<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><feed
	xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0"
	xml:lang="en-US"
	>
	<title type="text">Nilay Patel | The Verge</title>
	<subtitle type="text">The Verge is about technology and how it makes us feel. Founded in 2011, we offer our audience everything from breaking news to reviews to award-winning features and investigations, on our site, in video, and in podcasts.</subtitle>

	<updated>2026-09-21T14:04:22+00:00</updated>

	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/author/nilay-patel-2-2-2" />
	<id>https://www.theverge.com/authors/nilay-patel-2-2-2/rss</id>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.theverge.com/authors/nilay-patel-2-2-2/rss" />

	<icon>https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2025/01/verge-rss-large_80b47e.png?w=150&amp;h=150&amp;crop=1</icon>
		<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[Can John Ternus find Apple’s next big thing?]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/996874/apple-john-ternus-tim-cook-mark-gurman-future-ai-siri-iphone" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=996874</id>
			<updated>2026-09-21T10:04:22-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-09-21T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="AI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Apple" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Business" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="iPhone" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today, I’m talking with Mark Gurman, who is the world’s best-sourced Apple reporter — both as Bloomberg’s chief Apple correspondent and the host of the upcoming podcast Power On.&#160; Earlier this month, Apple hosted its annual iPhone hardware event, virtually every detail of which was reported ahead of time by Mark. But this event was [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A stylized illustration of Apple CEO John Ternus and various Apple logos and devices" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="Image: The Verge" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/JohnTernus_Decoder.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today, I’m talking with Mark Gurman, who is the world’s best-sourced Apple reporter — both as <em>Bloomberg</em>’s chief Apple correspondent and the host of the upcoming podcast <em>Power On</em>.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Earlier this month, Apple hosted its annual iPhone hardware event, virtually every detail of which was reported ahead of time by Mark. But this event was special, for a number of reasons.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It was new Apple CEO John Ternus’ first major product launch since he took over for former CEO Tim Cook less than two weeks prior. It was also the debut of the iPhone Duo, Apple’s first foldable smartphone. The timing of those two things was not at all coincidental, as you’ll hear Mark explain. Apple takes these hardware events — and the stories they tell — extremely seriously.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This year’s story actually says a great deal about what’s happening at Apple, how Cook managed in wholesale leadership ranks over the past year, and how all of that might change Apple’s culture. Furthermore, what all that tells about Ternus’ plan to navigate Apple from what you might call the iPhone era into the AI era.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay: <em>Bloomberg</em>’s Mark Gurman on the future of Apple. Here we go.</p>

<iframe frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP2055245296" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.&nbsp;</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark Gurman, you&#8217;re the chief Apple correspondent and the managing editor of consumer technology at </strong><strong><em>Bloomberg</em></strong><strong>. Welcome to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Good to be here finally. Thanks for having me. And it&#8217;s been a while, so it’s good to catch up on all things Apple.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, I&#8217;m really excited to talk to you. Obviously, Apple just had its big event. They announced the iPhone Duo. It was John Ternus&#8217;s first event as CEO. This is a </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> episode, so we’ve got a new CEO, and we’ve got a new org chart inside of Apple.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s been a lot of shuffling. You&#8217;ve been chronicling them very, very deeply over the past few years. Let&#8217;s just start with the event. I have a very basic question for you.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you ever get nostalgic for a time when you didn&#8217;t know what was going to happen at the iPhone event?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Do I ever get nostalgic?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you ever wish that you, Mark Gurman, were about to be surprised?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Honestly, I never think about it that way. I&#8217;m just fixated on delivering the goods and delivering the news. And people love their Apple. People want to know everything that&#8217;s coming down to the last minute, so I&#8217;m here to provide it for them.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The thing with me, and I don&#8217;t know if most people know this about me, but I hope people know this about me, is that I&#8217;m a huge Apple fan through and through, and I&#8217;ve always been. And I&#8217;m so lucky to be able to cover a company that I love, a company that I am obsessed with, and a company whose products I use. There are so many people who cover companies that they couldn&#8217;t care less about. That&#8217;s not me.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I do what I do because I love Apple and I love covering Apple. I love the community around it, and I love talking about it. And it&#8217;s always fun to get a peek at the future and help keep not only myself informed, but people informed around me.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That actually leads me to a lot of things because I&#8217;ve known you forever. We&#8217;ve been working in and around the same spaces forever. You got your start as an Apple blogger at the Apple rumor sites.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a whole culture around Apple that has grown up and changed over the years, and you can trace it to different eras of hardware, to different CEOs, to different sizes of the company. This was the first event with John Ternus as CEO. Apple announced a big new product in the iPhone Duo.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you sense that the community is changing? How do you think that community has changed over the years? And do you think Ternus is going to lead to a difference in what that community feels like?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have to say, this event really didn&#8217;t feel much different than a Tim Cook event. They felt pretty interchangeable. It could have been Tim up there introducing it. It could have been Ternus up there introducing it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The one thing I will say that did feel slightly different is that Ternus came out swinging with a point of view on AI. The first thing he came out with was about the intelligent personal hub. Now, here&#8217;s the big difference between Tim Cook and John Ternus in terms of their management style. You&#8217;re inside Apple, you&#8217;re an executive, you&#8217;ll come to him with an idea, you&#8217;ll come to him with a viewpoint, a decision, an opinion, and he&#8217;ll just pepper you with more questions. He won&#8217;t make a singular decision in many cases. It&#8217;s very much communal decision-making, collaborative decision-making.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">John Ternus, if you come to him and you want him to make a decision, he&#8217;ll make a decision. He&#8217;ll have an opinion. Now, you may hate his opinion; you may completely disagree with him, but he has a viewpoint. But that&#8217;s the big difference between talking to people about Ternus and Tim.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ternus comes out talking about his view on AI. I may disagree with it. A lot of people may disagree with it. They may think the OpenAI or Anthropic approach is superior, but at least he came out and had a viewpoint.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Apple&#8217;s been at this AI game now for two years since they launched Apple Intelligence at WWDC in 2024, and it&#8217;s been a mishmash of things. They haven’t really come out with a very strong narrative and viewpoint, and they finally did. So, as I said, whether you agree with it or not, they did do that. And I thought that was a really interesting way to kick off the keynote.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>All right, we&#8217;re just going to get into the weeds of Apple nerds disagreeing about things.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay, let&#8217;s do it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I sat through that event, and I appreciated the same thing that you saw, which is, &#8220;Oh, we&#8217;re telling a story.&#8221; John Ternus is on the stage, and the first thing he&#8217;s doing is telling a story about this product and how it fits into the universe of technology. And then I took a beat, and I was like, oh, but they&#8217;re also just making sure that he&#8217;s successful at his first event by playing Apple&#8217;s greatest hits.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Because an “intelligent personal hub” is just a replay of Steve Jobs saying the iMac was the digital hub. At the very end of the event, Ternus said, &#8220;There&#8217;s one more thing, and it&#8217;s the iPhone Duo.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There was just a part of all of that that, to me, felt like Apple saying, &#8220;Look, our new CEO can put on the clothes of the old CEO. He can do this same dance that you&#8217;re expecting.&#8221; Underneath it, what I felt was, to your point, that I don&#8217;t buy the story about the intelligent hub.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, I don&#8217;t buy it either.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Because any of the things we&#8217;re seeing AI do are happening in cloud services. It&#8217;s the same week that </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/993391/meta-muse-ai-hands-on"><strong>Meta launched Muse</strong></a><strong>, right?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You can feel what you want about Meta launching Muse, but Mark Zuckerberg is giving everybody 8GB of storage and 8GB of RAM in the cloud, and Muse can go do a lot of things that AI on the iPhone absolutely cannot do at this point in time.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I just felt like there was a part where they were playing it really safe with John by having him basically show up and be the new lead singer of Journey. You can&#8217;t get it wrong if you&#8217;re going to do “Lights.” If you&#8217;re going to show up on stage and do “Don&#8217;t Stop Believin&#8217;,” you&#8217;re going to be fine for a minute. And it&#8217;s all the stuff that comes after that&#8217;s going to really show his real personality. But it sounds like you thought that that&#8217;s his point of view.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, it&#8217;s a couple of things. At a very high level, Apple&#8217;s going to tell a story around what they have. If Apple invented ChatGPT, they would&#8217;ve invented ChatGPT, and they would&#8217;ve told a good story around that. Apple has gone as far as it&#8217;s able to, at least for now, on AI. So it&#8217;s telling the story, the best version of that story that they can with what they have to work with, with the bird they have in hand. So that&#8217;s the one thing.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I agree with you on the intelligent personal hub, and how that compares to the iMac back in &#8217;98. And it feels like they&#8217;re trying to sell this pivot from the Mac as the center of everything with the peripherals around it; then you got to iCloud in 2011, the center of everything with the peripherals around it. Now, it&#8217;s this Intelligence right at the center with everything around it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But what&#8217;s so fascinating is that Apple held a major product launch event in September of the year 2026 and did not introduce a single notable new AI feature. The first 15 minutes or so of the keynote was simply a replay, a re-narrativization of what they introduced over the past two years with Apple Intelligence. And so they tried to just tell that story in a more concrete way.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing is they don&#8217;t have any AI devices at the very core, and so they need to prop up the iPhone as their AI device because they don&#8217;t have an alternative. But of course they&#8217;re only going to do that until they have that killer device, and then they&#8217;re going to change that whole narrative.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it&#8217;s a very narrative PR and marketing-driven company. And I&#8217;m not saying that to be critical. I mean, if I ran the company, obviously I&#8217;m going to tout what I have. I&#8217;m not going to veer from that. But it is interesting how they&#8217;re playing this. And I agree, they did play it very safe. There&#8217;s nothing safer than John Ternus introducing a new iPhone. It&#8217;s like the safest thing you can do. No major new AI product, no smart home hub, nothing in the spatial space, just straight down the middle.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, it seems like that next wave of smart home products, which we&#8217;re expecting later this year&#8230; I say, &#8220;We&#8217;re expecting.&#8221; I&#8217;m expecting it because that is something you have reported.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">[Laughs] I am expecting it, yes.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark Gurman is expecting new products from Apple. That is the first cut at some truly AI-native devices. Because you have Siri AI and it is functional now in a way that it previously was not functional, you can try some new classes of devices.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are about a half dozen AI-native devices coming in the next year and a half or so. The first will be the smart home hub, which is basically an Amazon Echo Show but Apple-style. It will have a square screen and an entirely new operating system. The idea is: what would a Siri AI operating system look like? This is that: intercom, video conferencing, proactive intelligence.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you walk up to it, it recognizes who you are, and it will show content personal to you. It will know who is speaking. Obviously, the Amazon Echo can do that, but Apple&#8217;s doing it in its own Apple-y way with AI-based Face ID.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They&#8217;re working on a home security system. They&#8217;re working on another version of the smart home hub that I just talked about that is attached to a robotic arm. So you put it on your desk, and it can move around. It&#8217;s actually a category that&#8217;s pretty popping in Asia and in China right now.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you&#8217;ve got the wearables, the smart glasses. I still believe those are going to be introduced and shipped in 2027, so not too far from now. Trust me, you&#8217;ll be wearing them. Within 365 days, you will be wearing them and have video footage of you wearing them at the Steve Jobs Theater. And if that is not the case, either something went horribly wrong for you or something went horribly wrong for Apple.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You&#8217;ll also have the AirPods with cameras. That&#8217;s an interesting thing that we should talk about, but they&#8217;ll have the AirPods with cameras and then a few other wearables that I won&#8217;t get into.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So this is what I was talking about when I said there were eras at Apple and people&#8217;s relationship with the company really changed. The Steve Jobs era was defined by devices, and in particular, Steve Jobs himself getting up and doing a keynote and </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/shorts/_PmU4GTGYrM"><strong>famously putting up pictures of all the existing smartphones</strong></a><strong> and saying, &#8220;Well, these all suck. And here&#8217;s the reason they all suck, and here&#8217;s the iPhone and here&#8217;s why it&#8217;s better.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That created one kind of relationship between Apple&#8217;s enormous community of fans, its leader, and the products. I think that was very successful. I think the Tim Cook era has been meaningfully different. I think it&#8217;s largely a story about scale. To some extent, it&#8217;s a story about values. To a huge extent, it&#8217;s a story about privacy.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Apple has marketed itself as the privacy company. It </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2016/2/17/11036306/apple-fbi-iphone-encryption-backdoor-tim-cook"><strong>fought the FBI to keep the iPhone encrypted</strong></a><strong>. There&#8217;s a lot there with Tim Cook&#8217;s version of the company, but it&#8217;s more corporate. Certainly, it&#8217;s just a vaster company. It&#8217;s safer. It&#8217;s not as rough around the edges as Jobs&#8217; Apple, but it wasn&#8217;t as device-based.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I don&#8217;t think the Vision Pro has the same kind of mainstream cultural impact as even the hockey puck mouse that Jobs put out. There was a thing that he could do with products that Tim Cook Apple could not quite do with products. And that just feels really different to me.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m going to correct you on that because every time I put an article or a post out about the Vision Pro being on life support, I get what amounts to basically a notch or two below a death threat from dozens of people. So people are passionate about it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dozens? Dozens?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, honestly, I think what it is is that people have created businesses around spatial computing and apps, and they&#8217;re just pissed off that they&#8217;ve invested all this time and money in a category that&#8217;s probably going to die out.<br></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And then you have consumers who spent four grand on this product, and they&#8217;re like, &#8220;I saved up for this thing, I&#8217;m living with this thing, and I&#8217;m pissed off to hear the realities.&#8221; But if you have another hour, we can talk about the Vision Pro.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>No, the comparison there is good. People have invested in it. They care deeply about it. The comparison I&#8217;m making is that the relationship people have to Apple in the Cook era is as an institution. It&#8217;s just like this big thing that spans the globe on a massive scale.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s IBM.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, and in the Jobs era, it was all about really, really innovative new products that redefined categories over and over again. You&#8217;re describing a whole bunch of new products that came up in the Cook era that John Ternus is going to launch. How do you expect the culture of Apple to change around its products or its relationship to the culture to change as we go from one CEO to another?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But think about what they did. You&#8217;ve got the coolest new iPhone and Apple product in maybe 10, 20 years introduced one week after Tim Cook steps down. And then for the next 12 to 18 months, you&#8217;ve got, I don&#8217;t know, six or seven new product categories. Maybe you have 25 pretty breakthrough things.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So Tim Cook made a decision that, even though his tenure at a product company was pretty limited in major new things, the Apple Watch turned out to be a success, even though it started as a complete dud, as you remember. The AirPods are a unique beast in that they&#8217;re an accessory, but it&#8217;s not a platform on its own yet. It&#8217;s going to get there. And the Vision Pro is a failure.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tim Cook could have ended his tenure as CEO with the iPhone Duo. He could have just waited. Typical transitions at Apple happen mid-October or mid-April; they happen on January 1st. It was a specific decision that was made for John Ternus to be the one to introduce the iPhone Duo. It was a specific decision made for John Ternus to be the one to introduce this whole new product roadmap. Even though, as you know, because of the length of hardware development cycles and R&amp;D, these things were in the oven for five to 10 years.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it&#8217;s really interesting that this decision was made to let Ternus be the face of this whole new era of products rather than allow Tim Cook to take the credit for it. And I think that&#8217;s to your point where they&#8217;re trying to draw the line in the sand of this new era. If Cook is already going to step down in the next three years, let&#8217;s just do it now and let Ternus take the credit for everything.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Take me inside that. You&#8217;ve obviously done a lot of reporting. I think you were the first to break the news that Cook would be searching for a successor. You were, I think, among the very first to break that it would be Ternus. Tell me about that process.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is a big decision; Cook is going to play a huge role at the company. He has a massive compensation program tied pretty much to having to talk to Xi Jinping and Donald Trump. It seems like that&#8217;s his job: to just manage that relationship.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For $47 million a year, I would talk to Trump and Xi Jinping on the phone every day.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>[Laughs] I would need at least 50, but that&#8217;s just me. That&#8217;s his job: to go do politics much the same way that Eric Schmidt at Google was in charge of governments after Larry Page became CEO. There&#8217;s a whole pattern here.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Brad Smith at Microsoft, even though he wasn&#8217;t CEO, but yeah.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>He&#8217;s the president of the company. Yeah, there&#8217;s a parallel here. Tell me about this decision of Tim Cook wanting to elevate his position to something like that, and of making John Ternus the face of the product side of the company in this new role.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So 2023 rolls around and Tim Cook starts every executive team meeting, all high-level meetings with people at Apple at the executive levels, with, &#8220;We need to start taking succession seriously. We need to start thinking about who the next people are.&#8221; At that time, there was a really strong realization that many of the people at the top of Apple either had half a billion dollars in the bank or were already billionaires, and that this era would start to age out really quickly.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And so Tim Cook knew that he wanted to take a step back. Jeff Williams, the number two as the COO, knew he wanted to retire. The CFO, Luca Maestri, wanted to retire, too. The general counsel, Kate Adams, also wanted to retire. They were all about the same age, give or take a few years. So they basically came up with this plan that would go one by one over the next few years.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It started with the CFO. Luca retires at the very end of 2024, and he&#8217;s replaced by the new CFO, Kevan Parekh. Then 2025 rolls around, and Jeff Williams, the COO, retires and is replaced by his deputy, Sabih Khan. Then in 2026, they had the transition for the general counsel, and they got a great replacement for her from Meta, Jennifer Newstead. And then at the end of 2026, the big one: Tim Cook to John Ternus. So they played this out very, very slowly.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What Tim Cook has done, and I do think this is going to change in the Ternus era as we progress here, is that he came up with this strategy that I call “Hotel California.” You never want to leave. Tim Cook, he&#8217;s staying around as executive chairman. The general counsel had her stay around an extra six to nine months to run government affairs. Jeff Williams stayed around three to four months after stepping down as COO to just oversee the design team, the watch team, and the health teams as part of a transition.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For CFO Luca Maestri, the vast majority of his responsibilities went to his successor, but he kept three things. He kept oversight of information systems and technology. It&#8217;s basically like your IT department, corporate information security — which is security for the organization — and corporate real estate, so campuses, retail stores, facilities, and whatnot. It was kind of a BS job, I&#8217;ll be honest with you.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It was more so keeping him on the payroll and keeping him around in case things hit the fan, they had a financial issue, and they needed the adult or the grandfather in the room to take the bull by the horns and fix things as they transitioned to the new guy. But now Luca, he&#8217;s still there, still getting paid, and he&#8217;s teaching a class once a week at Apple University. So he&#8217;s a professor there now. I&#8217;m not sure how much longer that&#8217;s going to run for, but he&#8217;s still there.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All these old-school Apple guys are either retired or semi-retired or a notch between semi-retirement and retirement. And then we have Phil Schiller. The same week that Ternus took over as CEO, I <a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2026-08-31/apple-s-phil-schiller-steps-down-from-running-app-store-and-product-events">reported</a> that Schiller is leaving his remaining responsibilities of running the App Store and running Apple Events, and he&#8217;s at Apple now for the next little while working on special projects. They&#8217;re not saying what that is, but he&#8217;s there, reporting to Ternus, and still on the Apple leadership website. He&#8217;s around if needed in sort of an advisory capacity, and we&#8217;ll see how long that lasts.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But really this is just a gigantic end-to-end change of the guard at Apple. It&#8217;s the biggest executive overhaul I&#8217;ve certainly seen in my career reporting on Apple. Don&#8217;t forget, when Tim Cook took over for Steve Jobs, there was no overhaul. Many of the guys under Cook were the same guys under Jobs. So a lot of them have been there for a while.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is definitely a new era, a new generation, and you&#8217;re going to see more changes. The head of marketing, the head of retail, some of the other people, they&#8217;re in their mid-60s, almost. They&#8217;ve got hundreds of millions of dollars. They can&#8217;t do this forever. They&#8217;re talking internally about retirement. So you&#8217;re going to see another wave of changes in the next few years as well, I believe.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You mentioned Phil Schiller, who I&#8217;ve known for ages at Apple because I&#8217;m old. He&#8217;s transitioning out of his role running the App Store. And you had a piece of reporting that suggests part of it is because John Ternus and Eddy Cue want to extract even more money from developers. They want to keep that Apple tax high. They want to find more ways to have services revenue, and Schiller wasn&#8217;t interested in that.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Schiller has famously always thought that Apple was squeezing its developers too much. There&#8217;s reporting; there are emails from some of these lawsuits. What&#8217;s going on there?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, it&#8217;s very interesting. I mean, obviously one part of it is that Schiller is 66. He wants to spend more time with his family, but for real, when it comes to him, he wants to do more philanthropy. He&#8217;s been involved in all sorts of stuff in that regard. But at the same time, this is a new era for Apple. Eddy Cue has a firm grip over all Apple services now, really for the first time in a while.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">John Ternus is very close with Eddy Cue, and they are looking at new ways to make more money on the App Store, whether that&#8217;s additional advertising slots or additional subscription opportunities. Obviously, there&#8217;s going to be a reinvention of the App Store coming in the next few years to make more use of AI and to fill in to Siri AI as well.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Phil Schiller, according to my reporting, believes regulators are still hot on Apple&#8217;s trail. Developers are still unhappy with Apple. As they go into this new generation, he wants to distance a little bit from it, but he still loves Apple more than anything, and he&#8217;s still part of Apple for the foreseeable future.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To be clear, there was no big blow-up or anything between him, Eddy Cue, and Ternus or anything like that. It just, with all these considerations, felt like a natural time for him to step off. And he&#8217;s also stepping away from Apple events, right?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it&#8217;s not just dropping the App Store; it&#8217;s dropping his two remaining responsibilities, which was a lot, right? He was part of the Hotel California crew, but he had the most responsibility between the App Store and Apple Events. Those are big things.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, and worth noting, he&#8217;s not wrong about the regulators. There&#8217;s still an outstanding Department of Justice antitrust case against Apple regarding the App Store, CarPlay, and all this other stuff that was started under the Biden administration and </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/967280/apple-has-reportedly-made-multiple-offers-this-year-to-try-and-end-the-dojs-antitrust-lawsuit"><strong>has not gone away in the Trump administration.</strong></a></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First of all, it’s surprising that it hasn&#8217;t gone away under the Trump administration, given the alliance between Donald Trump and Tim Cook. That has always been shocking to me. I thought that was going to get blown up a year ago.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And then the other thing is nobody knows any of this more than Schiller because he&#8217;s the one at the center of every meeting. He&#8217;s the one doing the depositions. He&#8217;s the one on the stand. So if anyone has the pulse of these governments and the pulse of developers, it&#8217;s him.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The big </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> trope is that the structure of a company is connected directly to its culture. If you tell me how your company is roughly organized, I can tell you where about 80 percent of your problems are and where the other 20 percent of the magic is.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Every now and again, I get pushback on this from a CEO who says, &#8220;No, no, it doesn&#8217;t matter. It&#8217;s all about the people.&#8221; I feel like Apple is both, right? The structure of Apple has been the same for a long time. Steve Jobs used to call it the world&#8217;s biggest startup. And then you just had these people who had been there forever. They&#8217;re just the same cast of characters under Cook as they were under Jobs.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You could probably shuffle them any way you wanted, but it was the same people, and so, of course, the culture persisted. You&#8217;re describing a wholesale turnover at the top. And then it also seems like there are some structural changes happening underneath John Ternus, right? Jony Ive was the chief design officer of the company, which always felt to me like part of that Hotel California strategy.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, that was its own&#8230; That was like Hotel Cupertino. I mean, that was its own level.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But they were afraid of him leaving because he was so tied to the Jobs era, and then they managed to work him out of the company. We can talk about OpenAI in a bit. But Johny Srouji is the chief hardware officer now. That&#8217;s not a title Apple has ever had before. That also feels like potentially a transitional title.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Can we talk about that? Can we talk about Srouji for a minute?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right now, Srouji is the second most important person at Apple. He created Apple Silicon. And let&#8217;s just face it: you cover the whole industry, I cover the whole industry; that&#8217;s their key differentiator. That&#8217;s what allows them to do different stuff. That&#8217;s their competitive advantage. Letting this guy walk out the door would&#8217;ve been a nightmare scenario, especially right now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Last fall, really late summer to early fall, he goes to Tim Cook and tells him he&#8217;s done. This is right when planning for Ternus taking over is kicking into high gear. Tim says, &#8220;I need you to stick around as part of the transition. We can’t have you go elsewhere. We can’t have you go to Nvidia,&#8221; or wherever he was thinking about going. Certainly not retiring. This guy&#8217;s not ready to retire, I don&#8217;t think.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So Tim says, &#8220;Here&#8217;s what we&#8217;ll do. When Ternus becomes CEO, we&#8217;ll make you chief hardware officer. So you&#8217;re going to keep your existing team, and then you&#8217;re going to get all the Ternus stuff, and then you&#8217;ll undoubtedly be the second most important person at Apple.&#8221; Srouji agrees, takes a new pay package, I&#8217;m sure, and now is in that chief hardware officer role.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do not believe that is a long-term thing. I think that he&#8217;s already back to wanting to transition to something new, to transition out of Apple. He really has not a lot left to do. He conquered the Mac; he dumped Intel; he dumped Qualcomm. What&#8217;s left? This is a guy who wants new challenges and new things, and he&#8217;s done it all at Apple, and there&#8217;s no next thing to go after. They&#8217;ve really done it all.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it&#8217;ll be interesting to see how quickly that happens, I think in a year or two. And then when that happens, this recombination of the hardware engineering teams into one group, they&#8217;re going to have to break that up again because there&#8217;s no successor to Srouji who has that industry clout and that leadership capability to be a singular hardware figurehead at the company.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, if you have managed to </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2019/7/25/8909671/apple-intel-5g-smartphone-modems-acquisition"><strong>acquire Intel&#8217;s disastrous modem business</strong></a><strong> and fix it, what worlds left are there to conquer?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Exactly.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It was the hardest thing you could have possibly wanted to do, and he did it. Those modems are shipping in the new phones.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And no complaints, right? If I were to place a bet with you two years ago, how is this Apple modem thing going to go? I would&#8217;ve guessed it was going to be a disaster.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, they did have to slow down the Qualcomm modems to make their modems look competitive.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fine, but-</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There is certain stuff in there for sure.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fine. But I&#8217;m talking about articles, about people&#8217;s calls dropping, not being able to load webpages and whatnot. All things considered, pretty seamless.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>True. So this is the question that I&#8217;m really getting at: we&#8217;re talking about a lot of new people and, inside of it, a return to form in terms of just what that leadership page looks like. There&#8217;s no chief design officer who&#8217;s a legend in his own right. You&#8217;re saying soon there won&#8217;t be a chief hardware officer who&#8217;s a legend in his own right.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Of the heads of design listed on that page, Alan Dye left and went to Meta. Now they&#8217;re just vice presidents again. They&#8217;re not even SVPs of design, but they report to John Ternus. We&#8217;re headed back towards a more functional Apple. They&#8217;ve gotten to some kind of divisional structure as they try to keep all these powerful people. What do you think that&#8217;s going to do to the company, or is that just going to be more of the same?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s so interesting. You look at the number of things and the amount of stuff that each of these reports that John Ternus has; it&#8217;s a lot. I also think you have a problem where there are vice presidents, so a tier below the SVPs, who want to grow, but you have these senior VPs who are going to be there forever, like Eddy Cue.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He&#8217;s been there for almost four decades. And you&#8217;ve had people under Eddy Cue who&#8217;ve left for newer jobs and big things outside of the company because they wanted to replace Eddy internally, but they know that he&#8217;s never leaving. They knew that he was going to stick around for a long time. So you&#8217;re losing good people at the VP level.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think, eventually, you&#8217;re going to see an additional layer. I think you&#8217;re going to see this chief hardware officer idea become some new thing they&#8217;re going to try. For example, could they make Craig Federighi, who runs software, like chief software and AI officer or something at one point, and then elevate some of the people under him to that senior VP level, give them more responsibility, give them more money to keep more people around?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think that leadership structure is going to be in flux for a while until they figure out how to do this. I mean, the old, old Apple, they had VPs, they had senior VPs, they had executive VPs. You can imagine they&#8217;re going to play with these things in order to keep people, because I think one of their biggest problems, other than AI at this point, is retention of key players.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I actually would draw the connection between retention and AI. Not having that bench of younger people with new ideas or disruptive ideas, I think, prevented them from seeing AI for what it was.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s a really good point.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think about what came to be known as the </strong><a href="https://fortune.com/2009/01/22/the-cook-doctrine-at-apple/"><strong>Cook Doctrine</strong></a><strong>, where Tim Cook would often say, &#8220;We want to own and control every foundational technology that goes into our phones.&#8221; This is really just a statement of Apple&#8217;s own paranoia about being chained to Intel for a long time or whatever it might be. They couldn&#8217;t see a way to own and control AI because it&#8217;s just a massive investment. They had just blown a bunch of money trying to make a car, and they kind of missed it.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>They don’t have a model of their own that competes at the frontier. And so Apple </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/860989/apple-google-gemini-siri-ai-deal-what-it-means"><strong>distilled Google&#8217;s model</strong></a><strong>, and this feels like a pretty big jump away from the Cook doctrine. Do you think they&#8217;re going to have to compete in AI by making their own investments on the frontier, or do you think they&#8217;re happy where they are?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It’s one of the craziest things that I&#8217;ve ever heard — Craig and these other executives in these interviews over the last year saying that, &#8220;We never owned search. We don&#8217;t need to own AI.&#8221; First of all, two completely different things. Second of all, to your point, they have spent so many tens of billions, hundreds of billions, talking their mouths off about owning something as simple as a cellular modem. When I say simple, I mean something as commoditized as a cellular modem, spending billions to buy and then try to fix the Intel modem business.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you&#8217;re willing to do that, to own something like a modem, but you&#8217;re not willing to own AI. It&#8217;s ridiculous. And they know that; that&#8217;s why they tried to own their AI and build it from the ground up. They ran into a wall, and they had no choice but to partner with Google on fixing up their models.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The idea internally has always been “we are going to work with Google as a stopgap solution until we&#8217;re able to do our own models from the ground up.” Let&#8217;s put that aside. At the same time, I&#8217;ve seen absolutely zero evidence that they&#8217;re actually working on that plan A again. I&#8217;ve seen no evidence that they&#8217;re hard at work on building fresh Apple-made models from the ground up.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ve seen no evidence that they&#8217;re running around to make big AI acquisitions. I&#8217;ve seen no evidence that they want to start throwing huge pay packages at AI researchers for Meta, Google, Anthropic, or OpenAI. So right now it feels like we are at a standstill. It feels like they want to see how this Google deal and how working with third parties goes for the next several months, and then they&#8217;ll make a decision if they want to go back to sort of building and competing with the other guys.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think they want to see how things play out. I think they want to see the Anthropic and OpenAI IPOs. I think now, with all the news about AI safety, they want to see how this all plays out, and maybe they&#8217;ll make a decision in six months about where they want to go. But as of right now, I&#8217;ve seen no evidence that the transition of moving back to in-house stuff is happening.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>To be fair, it&#8217;s an advantage that there&#8217;s no chance that Siri will kill us all. It simply is not capable enough to do it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, Nilay, they fell backwards into that. It was not a strategy. Apple&#8217;s current AI product was not the result of good work, right? It was the ultimate failing upwards.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me ask you about that, because right next to that, I mentioned Jony Ive; he&#8217;s obviously working with Sam Altman. They&#8217;re going to </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/965670/openai-chatgpt-ai-smart-speaker-hardware-device"><strong>build some set of products</strong></a><strong> at OpenAI. A lot of Apple designers have gone over to OpenAI.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/964350/apple-openai-lawsuit-trade-secrets"><strong>very contentious lawsuit</strong></a><strong> between the two companies. Apple accuses OpenAI of stealing internal information and product plans. OpenAI says, &#8220;This is just the normal course of business. We&#8217;re just having conversations and job interviews.” We&#8217;ll see how that plays out.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The threat is that Ive will design the next class of products using natural language input as the next-generation user interface, the same way that the multi-touch screen was the next-generation user interface on the iPhone, and that will disrupt all the old paradigms.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I know that&#8217;s what he&#8217;s thinking because when he made his very romantic launch video with Sam Altman, he described the phone and the laptop as legacy devices. I thought that was a very powerful thing for him to say, given that he designed the paradigmatic examples of those things.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And Apple makes the best legacy devices, and they don&#8217;t want that to be their final chapter. They want to make the best new-generation AI devices. And here we are, them still trying to continue to make the best legacy devices, but they really need both.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, I see it two ways. One, Apple has to get ahead of the curve somehow. If they don&#8217;t have the frontier AI model that can literally listen to anything you say and do anything you want, then what are they going to make this device out of?&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And then on the other side, you have OpenAI, and if its device doesn&#8217;t have an Instagram app, everyone will still carry their iPhone with them. Then they will just use their iPhone because it has a big screen and potentially unfolds into an even bigger screen. So they&#8217;re kind of pointed at each other, each missing the thing the other one has. How do you think that gets resolved?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay. I think Apple is terrified of whatever OpenAI is building, and we can talk about that. It&#8217;s a hockey puck-sized AI computer type of device that you talk to without a display or whatnot. I think Apple&#8217;s terrified. In fact, the latest development in their lawsuit is that Apple wants the court to show them and give them access to the upcoming device so they can analyze if it has any of their materials in it. So good luck to them on that one.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At the same time, I do think Apple has the ability to fast-follow anything OpenAI does. If OpenAI puts out some remarkable product and it begins to hit steam, Apple&#8217;s just going to copy this thing and follow pretty fast. Unlike the smart glasses, where they&#8217;re coming five years, seven years after everyone else, I think if this donut or hockey puck thing is successful, Apple will follow them immediately.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the models are getting commoditized to a point where they could fast-follow and have a very effective product. If Apple goes to Anthropic and says, &#8220;We want to copy this OpenAI device,&#8221; and obviously they&#8217;re not going to give us their secret sauce and models, &#8220;will you partner with us on this?&#8221; Yes. If they come to Google, &#8220;We need even better models. Could you partner on this?&#8221; Yes. Google has no legitimate hardware business that&#8217;s going to be destroyed over partnering with Apple on hardware. Anthropic has no hardware business. Apple can get this done.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So yes, they&#8217;re afraid, on one hand. On the other hand, I really don&#8217;t think they need to be that worried because if it&#8217;s a success, they can just copy it, which is, I guess, what they&#8217;re accusing OpenAI of doing from the beginning anyway.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In terms of the lawsuit, it is very clear that OpenAI employees have done some shady things. I&#8217;m surprised that the iPhone engineer, or former iPhone engineer, is at the center of the lawsuit; this is the one they&#8217;ve accused of taking material with him and sharing it with people and whatnot. I&#8217;m shocked that OpenAI has not cut bait on him and moved forward. I think their fear is that if they cut bait on this guy, employees are going to revolt.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How could we trust working at a company like this if you are going to get sued by Apple, even a company that big, and you&#8217;re just going to cut bait on someone, right? So we&#8217;ll see what happens. We&#8217;ll see what happens. They&#8217;ve done shady things, but a lot of the stuff, as you said, is common business practice, stuff that Apple probably even does too.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It&#8217;s very notable to me that none of the filings in the case so far have any mention of Jony Ive. Neither company wants to point out that Steve Jobs&#8217; number two is at the center of all this because he&#8217;s leading the design of this product.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it&#8217;s by design. I think it&#8217;s notable. And I even think the origin story of this lawsuit is Jony Ive himself. I think Apple&#8217;s point of view is that Jony Ive was on Apple&#8217;s payroll for half a decade or more after the Apple Watch. During that time, basically destroyed the Apple design team from within and took everyone with him to build a competitor to the products that he developed at Apple. That is Apple&#8217;s viewpoint.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think there&#8217;s a lot of anger towards Ive at the very center of this, particularly from Tim Cook and some of those other players there. I think Jony Ive&#8217;s perspective is that all the Apple products today are direct siblings of everything Jony Ive developed there. Even the iPhone Duo, you can see Jony Ive&#8217;s work in there. It&#8217;s all part and parcel with Jony Ive.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that he believes that he created the product portfolio that&#8217;s the basis of this $3 to 4 trillion company. And he was tired after carrying that company post-Steve Jobs and very sad about Steve Jobs&#8217; death, and wanted to move on. He and Tim Cook came to an agreement that he only needed to work at Apple for a few days a week. And so what? If he wants to eventually leave Apple and build something new and have people follow him, that&#8217;s up to them.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think it&#8217;s two very different sides of the same story, and you can side with whoever you want to side with. But I think it&#8217;s really unfortunate that things did not work out for Apple and for Jony Ive together in this instance. I think he saw AI as the new core technology that he can develop something really cool around, just like the iPhone was developed around the cool technologies back then of the App Store, Multi-Touch, and what have you.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What’s really interesting about that, and this is a whole different podcast, is that all of Ive&#8217;s best products are designed around limitations. The iMac was designed around the limitation of the CRT display. AI doesn&#8217;t have any limitations because it always just tells you it can do everything. I&#8217;m just dying to know what he identifies as the limitation that makes the magic of the next Ive product. As I said, that&#8217;s a whole different podcast, but it&#8217;s just on my mind as I think about what he might do to make this more than just a hockey puck that&#8217;s listening all the time.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m psyched to play with it and to see it. And I think this screenless idea is both a blessing and a curse. I think that we&#8217;re going to really see how effective AI is when we&#8217;re using it without a screen and having it in the background.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But at the same time, there are things about displays that are not replaceable with screenless devices. Gaming, massive market. Video conferencing, massive use case. Watching video, another massive market use case. I just don&#8217;t know how OpenAI takes over the world with a device that can&#8217;t video chat, can&#8217;t do gaming, and can&#8217;t do video. And we&#8217;ve seen historically that being an iPhone companion, that just doesn&#8217;t cut it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Actually, this brings me to you mentioning the AirPods with a camera. AirPods are a success because they have a huge attach rate to iPhones. People buy iPhones; they buy AirPods. People buy iPhones; they buy a set of AirPods. There you go. You got a huge business.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And then you lose them every six months, or you break them, and you have to buy new ones. So it&#8217;s crazy.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You mentioned that adding a camera to AirPods might turn them into a platform unto themselves. That would obviously compete with some of these screenless devices or these AI native devices. How would that work?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay. These AirPods basically have the visual intelligence feature that you have on your iPhone. You could point at something. You can take action on it. You can get more information. It&#8217;s built into the AirPods. It&#8217;s no different. So one use case is that I’m on my computer, and I have my phone, and I want to add something to my calendar. I just point my iPhone camera at my email, and I say, “Add this to my calendar,” and it adds it to my calendar and parses all the links. The AirPods could do that for you now.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can tell your AirPods, &#8220;When I get to the pasta aisle at Whole Foods, stop me, ping me when you see the tomato sauce I&#8217;m looking for,&#8221; and it&#8217;ll do that. When you&#8217;re walking around a city, and you ask it to get directions to the nearest Walgreens, instead of telling you, &#8220;Turn right in 40 feet,&#8221; it&#8217;ll say, &#8220;Turn right by the black sedan parked at the corner.&#8221; So it uses visual information to provide you with context to help you throughout your day.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s a game changer, I think, and I think it&#8217;s going to be a really sought-after product. And I think that the changes we saw with the AirPods 5 at this Apple event, where you&#8217;re now getting really solid ANC, even though it&#8217;s not inner ear, with some Pro features like the volume swipe at about 150 bucks, that&#8217;s a really good product at a really good price. I think that&#8217;s setting the stage for needing to make the AirPods Pro that much better. And that&#8217;s where the cameras come in as that core differentiator.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This brings me to the last thing I want to talk to you about, which is Apple and privacy. The things you&#8217;re describing with AirPods are science fiction ideas that have been around forever. I tried Microsoft HoloLens 10 years ago, and they were doing augmented reality demos that are very much the things you&#8217;re describing. They had me change spark plugs in an ATV. I&#8217;ll never forget doing this with their big silly glasses on my face.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The problem has been one: it&#8217;s very hard to shrink that technology and have the appropriate battery life. And then the other problem is, well, you&#8217;ve got a camera pointed at everything around you all the time, and people don&#8217;t like that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m always joking that I think the killer app for Meta&#8217;s glasses is facial recognition. If you just gave me a pair of glasses that would tell me everyone&#8217;s names and faces at events, I would be the single greatest politician in world history.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The problem with that is that it requires a worldwide surveillance database of everyone taking each other&#8217;s pictures all day long. And that is probably not an appropriate trade-off for me to be the greatest politician in the world. But I&#8217;m just letting you know, I think that product would be cool for my personal benefit. The social cost would be too high.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is Apple&#8217;s brand — privacy — and they&#8217;re up against people calling the Meta glasses pervert glasses. They&#8217;re in a world where people hate Flock cameras and all the surveillance that&#8217;s happening online. They&#8217;re doing watchOS 27 with an always-on listening feature that just does transcripts. It doesn&#8217;t record or store any audio, but–</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Still a surveillance device. I&#8217;ll be honest with you. I can&#8217;t believe they did it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I can&#8217;t believe they did it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can&#8217;t believe they did it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Right? It&#8217;s just listening, and you can double-click it, and it&#8217;ll show you a transcript of the last 15 seconds of what someone said to you without their permission.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First of all, read the room.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It doesn&#8217;t even light up.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, I know. No, that&#8217;s not true. It does light up. But read the room.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I was told it doesn&#8217;t light up.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay. First of all, we can get into this, but I was not at the Apple event for obvious reasons. I haven&#8217;t been at one since 2019.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, you already know what&#8217;s going to happen.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, I didn&#8217;t have the briefings.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But according to the literature on their website, when you&#8217;re doing that feature, it lights up with a microphone icon when you do the live rewind. Maybe it doesn&#8217;t light up for the Siri Recap — I don&#8217;t think it does for the all day listening — but the last 15 seconds things, it supposedly shows a microphone. But Nilay, is this podcast a video?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay. I&#8217;m wearing an Apple Watch. Can you see anything on my screen?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Right, it&#8217;s crazy to me.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I can&#8217;t believe they did that because, really, you&#8217;re going to take a backlash like this and then do it again with a visual intelligence six, nine months from now?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And then you&#8217;re going to do it with a pair of smart glasses, and you&#8217;re going to walk into all of the other things.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It feels like Apple knows that there&#8217;s a next generation of user interfaces coming that is AI-powered that requires an amount of ambient capture, whether that&#8217;s just listening so you can talk to it or whether it&#8217;s visual so you can see the world around you. And they haven&#8217;t solved the social privacy aspect.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Nope.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There are white papers about how Apple might have solved the technical database privacy aspect, right?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yep.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>They’ve got </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/946705/apple-private-cloud-compute-ai-siri-intelligence-wwdc"><strong>Private Cloud Compute</strong></a><strong>, and they’re going to encrypt the data. They’re not going to store this and that. And I don&#8217;t think any of that&#8217;s going to overcome the social privacy aspect.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They didn&#8217;t do a good job on articulating the social aspect of it at all. They could&#8217;ve shown more demos. They could&#8217;ve discussed it a bit deeper. I know they only have very limited time in the keynote, but I don&#8217;t think they spent enough time breaking things down here. I quite frankly think they did not do a good job rolling this feature out.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I ask myself, would I be comfortable using this feature? Yeah. But then if I tell everyone around me in the last week, &#8220;Hey, I&#8217;ve been recording you the whole time,&#8221; they&#8217;re going to freak out, and they&#8217;re not going to trust Apple. So it&#8217;s a really interesting one. I&#8217;m pretty shocked they did it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What are the net new Apple Watch buyers because of this feature? What is the bigger challenge, doing this feature or not doing this feature? And I think that doing this feature is a bigger drawback than not doing the feature. Here, there is no cost of not doing something.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, there is a cost if you think there&#8217;s about to be a wave of AI devices that are doing always-on transcripts and meeting recordings, and OpenAI is going to do something. I mean, we have seen a wave of startups that do this.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But we&#8217;re not there yet, right?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Right.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This could&#8217;ve waited six months.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So you can just foreclose it. This is like Microsoft stuff. You&#8217;re like, &#8220;Here&#8217;s a preview of a feature. Don&#8217;t even consider that stuff. Eventually this will get good,&#8221; and you&#8217;ve just foreclosed the competitor.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, the other thing is they had nothing else for the watch, so they had to just do something, right? This is the weakest Apple Watch update we&#8217;ve seen in a long time, and they&#8217;re lost as to what to do next. Now they&#8217;re recalibrating it. They&#8217;re going to have a major watch revamp at the end of next year and so forth, but they have to do something.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If it were me, I would have ripped off the bandaid at the same time with all the audio plus visual intelligence stuff next year. Do it all together and have a really coherent privacy story.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But do you think that stuff is compatible with Apple&#8217;s reputation for privacy? This is the real question I&#8217;m getting at: they might not have told the right story about the Apple Watch.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Apple is going to have to tell the right story about AirPods with cameras in them in a world where people are shooting spray foam at Flock cameras because they don&#8217;t want them in their communities. There&#8217;s a connection between these two ideas, and it doesn&#8217;t seem like Apple knows how to tell that story.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, clearly not, because they haven&#8217;t done it. But here&#8217;s the story on the AirPods. They can&#8217;t record actual video. They can&#8217;t take actual pictures. They have an extremely low frame rate. I&#8217;m talking about a few frames per second.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The actual data that gets input into them, it&#8217;s like… Have you ever used a Roomba, and when you look at the app, what does the Roomba see? It&#8217;s like wireframes of the environment. It would not be able to tell you and me apart. It&#8217;s just seeing two people.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Then how can it do the brands of tomato sauce in the aisle?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, in terms of non-people, it&#8217;d be able to do that, and it could read text. So it&#8217;d be pretty heavily reliant on reading text and seeing color and whatnot. But being able to differentiate between two people would be very difficult. It&#8217;s almost like a fake reproduction of what&#8217;s around you. I don&#8217;t have a good explanation for it, but I&#8217;m sure if they wanted to, they&#8217;ll give a good one.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m not sure they&#8217;re going to break it down. They might just say, &#8220;Just trust us. We&#8217;re Apple. It&#8217;s not taking pictures. It&#8217;s not taking video. It doesn&#8217;t know what it&#8217;s seeing to some extent.&#8221; So we&#8217;ll see how they play it. But I would&#8217;ve done all this stuff together, ripped off the bandaid and spent a lot of time focused on it. There was no need to do this audio intelligence feature at the end of &#8217;26 when you could have done it at the end of &#8217;27.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Unless you&#8217;re trying to slowly boil the frog, right? You&#8217;re going to get people mad about this, and then you&#8217;re going to do the next one the next time.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It just seems like this next generation of devices involves some kind of ambient listening that we are not ready for as a society. People are really mad about Meta glasses. What are you going to do about it?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They soiled the water for Apple and a lot of other companies. Meta being the first mover on this created an industry-wide problem. And I think even though Apple has such a strong privacy stance, there are people who don&#8217;t believe them. There are people who don&#8217;t care what they have to say. There are people who are going to be angry about the Apple glasses and whatnot.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think Apple, to some extent, is on such a high horse with its privacy message that it came away surprised that there would be some backlash to Apple doing this. They think, I believe, that people are overblowing it when it comes to Apple and everyone should just be focused on Meta. And just because Meta has done a poor job protecting people&#8217;s privacy doesn&#8217;t mean we&#8217;re going to. So we&#8217;ll see what happens.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One thing: when I talk to the folks there, they never make the connection between Apple and Meta in the sense that Meta&#8217;s apps run on Apple&#8217;s phones. People are mad about Meta, and they still think the phones, Apple&#8217;s phones, are listening to them, and they can&#8217;t quite make that connection because it undoes a lot of their own messaging. If you believe your iPhone is listening to you, that&#8217;s not just Meta&#8217;s problem. It is also Apple&#8217;s problem.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>They kind of have to actively ignore that relationship because otherwise everything else falls apart. And I think that&#8217;s why there&#8217;s this blind spot. If people&#8217;s watches start generating transcripts, it&#8217;s exactly the same relationship as “my iPhone is listening to me, and that&#8217;s why I saw an ad for a vacation that I only talked to my friend about.”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m curious what they&#8217;re going to do. I have a feeling they&#8217;re just going to bulldoze their way through it. They&#8217;re going to just try to tell a good story. They&#8217;re going to do a ton of PR briefings about it. They&#8217;re going to do a ton of white papers about it, and get as nerdy and in-depth as they can on this stuff.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know what they&#8217;re going to do? They&#8217;re going to throw out a lot of comparisons. I even heard Ternus do this in one of the interviews, in Apple&#8217;s statement on some of these features. I could totally imagine them saying, &#8220;Why is it any different recording from smart glasses if you could just hold your phone up and record people?&#8221; With the audio intelligence feature, one thing I didn&#8217;t even think of is the Apple Watch-</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It&#8217;s very funny you just mentioned that because that is </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lx8lrn-cytc"><strong>exactly what Mark Zuckerberg just said to our friend Alex Heath</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, that&#8217;s funny.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>“How is it different from a phone?” This is the industry&#8217;s approach. I think the answer is that people are like, &#8220;Yeah, I can see you doing that, and I feel very comfortable telling you to stop.&#8221; There&#8217;s something different about that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I didn&#8217;t even realize this. Someone pointed this out to me the other day. It&#8217;s like your Apple Watch has had the Voice Memos app for, I don&#8217;t know, eight years at this point. Who stopped anyone from recording their whole day with the Voice Memos app on the Apple Watch anyway? This is just a more privacy-centric version of that. So Apple&#8217;s solving a problem here. They&#8217;re not creating one. So it just depends on how you look at these things. I think they&#8217;ll bulldoze their way through it. It&#8217;s going to be a problem, but I think they&#8217;ll be fine.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>All right. Last two before I let you get out of here. We&#8217;ve talked around the iPhone Duo a lot. We&#8217;ve mentioned it a lot. It&#8217;s the thing that just came out. We haven&#8217;t talked about it. What do you think of it?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it&#8217;s incredible. I think, and this is a bold take, that foldables will become the new normal within a decade. If you look at the market share of smartphones at the end of 2006, smartphones had like 6 percent of the market. Now they have 85 percent of the market. It went over 50 percent of the market after five to six years.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The iPhone itself was not the source of that, but the iPhone got everyone into the smartphone game. I think the iPhone Duo is going to do the same for the phone market. I think it&#8217;s going to become the new normal.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Even though Apple is a late mover to foldables?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I think the Apple brand is that strong, really. I really do. I think the fit and finish, the software integration, is going to get people really excited about this category. I think that the Apple Upgrade program, the leasing program, will eventually expand internationally. I think that&#8217;s going to get people in it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that at some point they&#8217;re going to stop advertising sticker prices and focus on the monthly prices, and they&#8217;re going to get people locked into this thing. They&#8217;re going to have a family of iPhone Duos over time. You&#8217;ll see every phone maker just transitioning, transitioning to foldables. Samsung: half the line is already foldables. Very soon the candy bar style is going to become legacy.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s a big prediction. Although I will say their iPhone handoff feature, where you can move a number between phones, seems to point to a future where I, for example, have the folding phone for work and then a much smaller, lighter phone for the weekends with the family.</strong> <strong>You can see that vision taking shape only because it&#8217;s now easy to port a number between devices, just whenever you want, which I think is incredible.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Last question. We&#8217;ve talked a lot about Apple, its culture, and its set of products. What do you think its biggest challenges are in the new era under John Ternus, and what do you think its biggest opportunities are?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would say that I think the biggest challenge and the biggest opportunity are the same thing. Ternus&#8217; Apple for the next three to five years is still Tim Cook&#8217;s Apple, right? That&#8217;s just the reality. He&#8217;s still going to be there in the background. He&#8217;s still going to loom large, and the product pipeline is still going to be coming out of an era that started under Tim Cook.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But in five years from now, they are going to need to start thinking of what actually replaces the iPhone as the next thing. We went from the Mac to iCloud to AI as the center. What is Apple&#8217;s new thing after the phone? What is Apple&#8217;s new thing after the current generation of AI? And Ternus&#8217; tenure as CEO, I think, will go down as a success if he&#8217;s able to find that next new centerpiece. He&#8217;s got a few years before he needs to start cooking on that, but I&#8217;m talking about something that can be in development for 5 to 10 years.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tim Cook never had the opportunity to have his new centerpiece of the company. He never had the opportunity to put his stamp on products at the company for two reasons. Both things that he tried to do as his centerpiece failed spectacularly. Obviously the Vision Pro, but the car — the car, that was Apple&#8217;s multi-trillion-dollar market cap opportunity, and they just blew it. Ternus will need to successfully hit that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;d actually put a third thing on that list. It was the very beginning of the Cook era, with Jobs literally on his deathbed, and he said he&#8217;d figured out TV.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, yes.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>He had to spend however long pretending he knew what that meant because I don&#8217;t think it had been solved. And so there was this first wave of “Apple&#8217;s going to redefine TV” because the last page of the Isaacson biography had a Jobs quote on it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They haven&#8217;t even done a new Apple TV box in four years.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s a long time. It&#8217;s funny because you don&#8217;t need one. It never occurs to me that I need to upgrade this thing, but maybe there&#8217;s going to be some AI feature.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, Siri AI. They&#8217;ve been waiting for the Siri AI update. This could be a whole other podcast, but Siri AI has been the gate to all of these new product categories. The AirPods were supposed to be out already, the Apple TV, the HomePod, the smart home hub… all these devices were supposed to come out. Apple couldn&#8217;t do any of them until Siri AI. Now Siri AI is here, so the floodgates are open.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>All right. Well, Mark, we&#8217;re going to have to have you back on the show to talk about those floodgates and all these new products very soon. I can&#8217;t believe you haven&#8217;t been on until now. Thank you so much for being on </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. And obviously I&#8217;d love to have you on my new podcast, Power On Podcast, launching very shortly. So thanks in advance.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[Does AI need an antitrust exemption so it doesn&#8217;t kill everyone????]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/997382/openai-microsoft-anthropic-elon-musk-cartel-ai-competition" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=997382</id>
			<updated>2026-09-18T15:30:34-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-09-19T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="AI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Antitrust" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Policy" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Politics" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today on Decoder, we’ve got the first of a two-part series on the future of business, and I&#8217;m talking with Jonathan Kanter, the former antitrust chief for the US Department of Justice in the Biden administration. These days, he’s both a professor of law at WashU and professor of technology policy at Carnegie Mellon. The [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A stylized photo illustration of Jonathan Kanter talking" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="Image: The Verge" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/DCD_2026-09-19_Kanter.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today on <em>Decoder</em>, we’ve got the first of a two-part series on the future of business, and I&#8217;m talking with Jonathan Kanter, the former antitrust chief for the US Department of Justice in the Biden administration. These days, he’s both a professor of law at WashU and professor of technology policy at Carnegie Mellon.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The biggest story in tech right now is <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/996923/ai-safety-slow-openai-anthropic">the spiraling debate about AI safety and regulation</a>. Researchers at the big AI labs including Anthropic and Google DeepMind have quit in noisy ways, saying the models pose real threats and safety isn’t being taken seriously across the industry. Other researchers have said the chance of AI killing us all is greater than 10 percent, and the CEOs of all these companies have issued various calls to slow down development and develop regulation, including asking for antitrust exemptions so they can all coordinate on safety issues.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is a lot of ideas, and I am especially curious about the antitrust piece, which has led to accusations that these companies are seeking regulatory capture, attempting to form a cartel, and even somehow finding a way out from investor pressure ahead of their IPOs.&nbsp;</p>

<div class="wp-block-vox-media-highlight vox-media-highlight"><img src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/chorus/uploads/chorus_asset/file/24792604/The_Verge_Decoder_Tileart.jpg?quality=90&amp;strip=all&amp;crop=0,0,100,100" alt="" title="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" />


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Verge</em> subscribers, don&#8217;t forget you get exclusive access to ad-free <em>Decoder</em> wherever you get your podcasts. Head <a href="https://www.theverge.com/account/podcasts">here</a>. Not a subscriber? You can <a href="https://www.theverge.com/subscribe">sign up here</a>. </p>
</div>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So to make sense of it all, I called Jonathan Kanter.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jonathan brought huge antitrust cases against Google, Apple, and Ticketmaster during his time as antitrust chief, and along with Lina Khan, led what amounted to a full reboot of American antitrust policy. As you’ll hear him say, he won those cases against Google and Ticketmaster, and that case against Apple is still live in the Trump DOJ, surprising many.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That reboot has also led to some surprising alliances in the AI debate — avowed libertarian and former Trump AI czar David Sacks has been approvingly retweeting Lina Khan saying there’s no need for an antitrust exemption.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is all a lot, and you’ll hear Jonathan and me really get into the weeds of how all this regulation might work, and how it might interact with antitrust law, competition policy, and our relationship with China.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay: Jonathan Kanter, former DOJ antitrust chief, on AI safety and regulation. Here we go.</p>

<iframe frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP5647861303" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jonathan Kanter, you&#8217;re the former head of the DOJ Antitrust Division in the Biden administration and a current professor of law at WashU and professor of technology policy at Carnegie Mellon. Welcome back to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Always a pleasure to be back.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is great. You&#8217;re a private citizen now. You don&#8217;t have to give me the politician answers.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can say whatever I want. I feel so free.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m very excited about this.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I plan to as well.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I have a million questions about the state of AI regulation in America right now. There is a swirl of ideas about how we should or should not regulate these companies.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s the Trump administration whose posture seems to be “no,” which is fascinating. You rarely see the federal government just decline to participate in the way that the Trump administration appears to be declining to participate. And then there&#8217;s an incredible backbone of antitrust concern floating throughout all of this. Are these companies trying to form a cartel? Are they aware that maybe their IPOs aren&#8217;t going to go the way they want to, so they&#8217;re seeking regulatory capture in some way that is good or bad? Are they trying to foreclose cheaper competition from open-weight Chinese models?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Give me your sense of just the state of things right now, and then I want to dive into the specifics with you.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The state of the world right now is like we&#8217;ve invented cars and trucks, but we have no lines on the road, no traffic lights and no stop signs and no speed limits. We&#8217;ve invented this incredibly powerful technology that&#8217;s transforming how we live our lives, how we conduct business, how we socialize, how we seek and generate and consume information. We need some basic rules of the road. I think about it on two fronts. What are the things that companies should be doing? And what are things the government should be doing? There are responsibilities on both ends. I’m happy to dive into both.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let&#8217;s just start with the very notion that asking for regulation necessarily forms a cartel. All the big frontier AI companies — OpenAI, Anthropic, Google DeepMind, even Elon Musk — do not necessarily like each other. These are </strong><strong><em>people </em></strong><strong>that do not necessarily like each other. They are saying in concert that they should slow down. The phrase that Dario Amodei from Anthropic is using is to &#8220;pace the frontier.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>My read of this is that they simply do not trust each other, that they are in a prisoner&#8217;s dilemma and they need an outside force, most likely the government, to enforce some kind of policy framework on them that they have to agree with. Is that a fair read of just the basics here?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Kind of. Let me give you my interpretation from the most generous to the most cynical, neither of which, TL;DR, should result in any sort of antitrust exemption.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The most generous interpretation is that they&#8217;re afraid of the pace of innovation and the lack of regulation means they don&#8217;t see any lines on the road. They don&#8217;t know where to drive and they&#8217;re worried about driving off the road or hitting somebody else. They&#8217;re begging for the government to step in and do something. Probably there&#8217;s a modicum of truth to that. I believe they believe it could destroy humanity. I&#8217;m not sure that that doomsday scenario is accurate, but I believe they believe that. That&#8217;s the more generous version.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The more cynical version is that they&#8217;re spending so much money, they&#8217;re hemorrhaging cash and they can&#8217;t keep this up, but if they pull back, it&#8217;s going to affect their valuation as part of the IPO. So they would like somebody to give them all permission to stop spending so much money and slow the pace of innovation so that they don&#8217;t have to compete as hard so they can figure out their economics before they go public.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Does an agreement among all the top players in a field like this automatically form a cartel? On that cynical side of the interpretation, there&#8217;s a lot of, &#8220;You just want regulatory capture. You want to make a cartel. You want to foreclose competition.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is a risk certainly of that kind of arrangement. Let&#8217;s walk through what&#8217;s necessary and what&#8217;s not.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let me just be very clear, these companies do not need to coordinate in order to deliver safe and secure products to society. Think about this: imagine Boeing and Airbus. Boeing fears doors falling off the plane. It wasn&#8217;t Airbus&#8217;s fault and they didn&#8217;t need to slow down innovation with Airbus in order to prevent those doors from flying off the plane. They needed to figure out how to build planes that were safer. If you build cars that explode while you&#8217;re driving, it&#8217;s not the other car company&#8217;s fault and you don&#8217;t need to come together and figure out how to solve those problems. You need to figure out what went wrong in your manufacturing process. If you create products that create AI agents that break into somebody else&#8217;s and hack somebody else&#8217;s technology, it is no different, in my mind, than having an employee go do that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You have a responsibility to build safe and secure products and companies should be held liable when their agents, whether those agents are digital and binary or whether those agents are AI or whether those agents are humans. If they start doing bad things, the company that employs them can and should be held responsible. Those are the basic rules of the road. There are areas where there is legitimate collaboration in the context of safety and security. For example, having a clearinghouse to properly share threats, malicious bots, or other things that you can create a repository for so that everyone can build safer products. Those are the kinds of collaboration that happen in other industries and you don&#8217;t need an antitrust exemption because the antitrust laws don&#8217;t prohibit that kind of work. If two companies say, “We&#8217;re competing too hard and we need to slow down,” yes, that could implicate the antitrust laws, but that&#8217;s not what we should be doing here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We should be innovating, but companies should have the responsibility to build safe and secure products and the government should be responsible for putting lines on the road that say, &#8220;If you don&#8217;t build a safe and secure product, here&#8217;s what the consequences are. If you don&#8217;t build a safe and secure product, here&#8217;s what liability might look like. If you don&#8217;t build a safe and secure product, then perhaps there should be robot jail for your agents and it should be taken off the market.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to dig into robot jail specifically. in the amount of pressure we&#8217;re putting on what feels like product liability law. There&#8217;s something there that I want to talk about more specifically, but my wife&#8217;s a lawyer. I told her I was talking to you this morning and I tried to explain that there are fault lines here and she just shot me that look and said, &#8220;This is just a nightmare law school hypothetical.&#8221; What you&#8217;re describing is, “Does tort law create a regulatory framework for these companies?” And somewhere in there is, &#8220;If my agent goes and hacks you, my directive is that Anthropic&#8217;s at fault. Are we going to create some kind of pass-through liability? Does that happen already or not? Do we need another law or clarification law?&#8221; What&#8217;s your view on this? If I direct my Meta Muse agent to go attack you and it does it, is that Meta&#8217;s fault?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Both/and. Companies employ people and they build technology. When those people and those technologies do things that are problematic, including stealing or breaking into someone else&#8217;s property on behalf of their employer, there&#8217;s liability and that can be products liability, but it could be more than products liability. You&#8217;re just people doing bad things or companies creating technology that&#8217;s doing bad things. And the products liability framework actually did work most recently in the case against Meta for Facebook and Instagram and child safety and security and mental health.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Wait, hold on. That is really fascinating to me. This is a thing I&#8217;m really interested in talking about, because it took a decade for it to work.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s the problem! This is where the government needs to step in. Companies have an obligation today to build safe and secure products and the pace of innovation isn&#8217;t an excuse not to go do that. Let&#8217;s be very clear about that. At the same time, we&#8217;ve invented cars and trucks and trains and we have no crossings, we have no lights, we have no lines on the road. Congress is completely incapable of pretty much doing anything. While these tech companies are out there saying that they want regulation, they&#8217;re actively lobbying against it and have been for a very long time. The whole thing is a complete mess and it&#8217;s a symptom of our system, which is a complete mess. And frankly, if the political scientist in me would trace that back to things like gerrymandering and Citizens United where our process has gotten out of control and Congress, which should be doing its basic job of putting basic safety standards and responsibilities in place, hasn&#8217;t done that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That having been said, the lack of action by Congress is not an excuse to deliver dangerous products. If you believe your product is going to destroy humanity, then don&#8217;t build it. If you believe your product is going to break into someone else&#8217;s stuff, then go back to the drawing board and figure out how you build it in a way that&#8217;s safer.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Guess what? That&#8217;s innovation. These are innovation problems, not just regulatory problems. We need to do a better job incentivizing our companies to build safer and secure products. When they do that, those products will perform better and we will see better innovation. Right now, innovation is asymmetric because it&#8217;s done without the proper regard for safety and security, just like we saw in social media. As a result, now we have products that are really good and really effective at letting people communicate, but really bad when it comes to childhood addiction and mental health. Perhaps we should learn our lesson and encourage people to build safer, more secure products from the get-go, at the outset of this technology.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me make the comparison to social media regulation a little more tightly. We just had the big Meta case; that is a products liability case. Their products were designed in a way that caused harm to teenagers. Meta settled the case because I think Mark Zuckerberg would prefer to build AI than to care about moderating Facebook.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But they did lose one to a jury.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>They usually lose one to a jury, and this case wasn&#8217;t going well, but fundamentally they settled. They gave up. There&#8217;s a view that if they had fought and appealed, they would have won on some first amendment grounds, that the product liability case maybe wasn&#8217;t as strong as we all thought it was. And the other reason I&#8217;m saying that is Meta gave in to the regulator and their posture at the end was a settlement. They gave in and they accepted some regulation. It took a long time for the product liability version of this to get a company like Meta to concede some regulation, to concede some controls—</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>To get a company like Meta to concede some regulation, to concede some controls. If we&#8217;re saying today, &#8220;OpenAI, you are probably liable for what ChatGPT does. Anthropic, you are probably liable for what Claude does,&#8221; isn&#8217;t this the moment to actually tighten the screw and pass the regulation that says, &#8220;You are definitely liable&#8221;?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. This is the job of Congress, which is to clarify the law. But I think the environment today is noticeably different than the environment was 15–20 years ago. 15–20 years ago, we had Section 230, which actually granted massive amounts of immunity to online companies, which actually made it harder to sue them and gave them more flexibility to innovate without regard for consequences. We had — and this is not partisan because it can go back to the Obama administration — a very hands off, &#8220;Oh my goodness, our economy depends on these wonderful companies from Silicon Valley. Let&#8217;s let them do whatever they want and essentially allow them to set up camp at the White House and in Congress and tell us how to write or not write our rules.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The results of that have eroded or destroyed any trust the public has in these technology companies. One of the reasons we&#8217;re having this conversation a lot earlier in the process now is because people are saying, &#8220;Fool me once, shame on you. Fool me twice, shame on me.&#8221; The good news is there&#8217;s greater public awareness and appreciation for the problems and a desire to do something meaningful. The problem is we have a system in Congress because of things like Citizens United, because of things like gerrymandering that have a government that is not responsive to the needs of the people. That is the impasse that we&#8217;re all confronting. We&#8217;re going to have to, in the meantime, rely on things like products liability or others to help get us some semblance of structure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But the other piece is the states. The states have actually done a better job than the federal government. You can rewind back six months or a year, and we had people in Congress, without imposing any affirmative rules, saying we should put a 10-year moratorium on the ability of states to impose their own rules and regulations at a time when Congress had no affirmative solutions of its own. So, hopefully that moment has passed and the public is saying — and the companies are saying — &#8220;Let&#8217;s sit down and figure out something sensible.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The polling data is clear that the American public does not trust these companies, does not like these products, and is afraid of the consequences to come, even if those consequences are hazy in the long term. They seem not so hazy in the short term.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right. Some of this is that the companies have done a terrible job at messaging. They have effectively said, &#8220;We&#8217;re going to destroy all your jobs and potentially destroy humanity, but we&#8217;re going to IPO for a massive valuation and we&#8217;re going to set up camp in your local communities with data centers, which by the way, don&#8217;t employ people and drive up the cost of power. But, it&#8217;s okay. China.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to come to China in one second, because that feels like another very important piece of the puzzle. But you mentioned a cast of characters here, you mentioned Obama. There&#8217;s a political realignment inside this debate that I find confounding. David Sacks, who was Trump&#8217;s AI czar, is retweeting your former counterpart at the FTC, Lina Khan, saying, &#8220;The existing antitrust laws are fine. You don&#8217;t need an exemption. The existing laws” — like you&#8217;re saying — “will cover you. They will make it so you can coordinate on security things and you&#8217;ll be liable for what you&#8217;re doing. And if you want to stop, just stop.&#8221; That is an absolutely shocking kind of political alignment to me.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Where do you think that&#8217;s coming from?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Actually, it&#8217;s a realignment of the realignment. Going back to Trump 1, we started seeing the kind of ends of the horseshoe starting to meet where folks left, right, and center were all concerned about the power of big tech. When people like Lina and I came into office, we had a mandate and a lot of public support, frankly, to be aggressive in enforcing the law against big tech. Then came the inevitable backlash and the Trump administration in the second incarnation was a lot more friendly with those companies rather than the first, and then it became cozy again. Now I think we&#8217;re seeing that break once more.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But if I was to describe to you a day in which David Sacks is approvingly retweeting Lina Khan, while Bloomberg columnist Joe Weisenthal is saying “All these people are just saying Lina Khan was right about the power of cartels.” And hours later, Bernie Sanders and Steve Bannon are sharing a stage in DC calling for a dead stop of AI development. That doesn&#8217;t look like anything that we&#8217;ve seen before.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, no. Although again, I will say this. When I went up before Congress, I had support from Senator Mike Lee and Chuck Grassley and Josh Hawley and Matt Gaetz asked me if I was tired of winning at one of my oversight hearings. And then I had a bunch of Democrats, many of whom supported me, some of whom were very adherent to the big tech companies, who would criticize me. These signs of this stuff being all over the map have been around for a while. The fight between little tech and big tech — this is the part that I think a lot of folks don&#8217;t see from the outside, but the biggest antagonists of the big tech companies are the other tech companies.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I did a speech before the Chamber of Commerce when I was in office and I brought a whole box of fake mustache and glasses. And I said, &#8220;I&#8217;m here to say thank you because all your members are coming in and helping us figure out how to bring our cases. And I know you don&#8217;t like the reputational hit of that. So here are some disguises, you can put them on next time you come in.&#8221; But the truth of the matter is most people hate the monopolist unless you&#8217;re the monopolist and companies want the opportunity to compete on the merits and win or lose on the merits of their own innovations and their own business acumen.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of this stuff actually has wide-range appeal. The politics of it get kind of weird and funky like you&#8217;re describing. But I think if you look at the data center issue, for example, it&#8217;s not left or right. It&#8217;s all of the above. Part of this is, to me, a situation in which we&#8217;re actually more in a healthier place, as unhealthy as the whole thing is, than we were during the internet and social media revolution where even criticizing those companies or saying we needed something was seen as a very fringe position.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The truth of the matter is people want some lines on the road. They don&#8217;t want to stop innovation. They don&#8217;t want to stop progress. They&#8217;re not saying we have to burn the whole thing down, although Bernie kind of wants a complete stoppage. I don&#8217;t think that is realistic. We don&#8217;t want to stop innovation. We just want to have innovation result in safe and secure products that make us better as a society. That requires some correction in terms of the course as opposed to the path we&#8217;re on right now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I do think one notable difference between now and what happened with social media companies is that the people who ran Twitter and Facebook and YouTube did not run around saying they might kill everyone. They ran around with the banner of the righteous, they were going to bring democracy to the Middle East with the power of social media. These AI companies obviously think that they&#8217;re going to do something great. They&#8217;re going to cure all diseases, they&#8217;re going to make life better. We&#8217;re going to live in luxury communism or whatever that thing is. But they&#8217;re also very clear that unrestrained competition might lead to really enormous negative outcomes.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One of the things they&#8217;re constantly talking about is China. They can all coordinate in the United States, but the United States needs to win because there&#8217;s the specter that Chinese models might overtake them and then the Chinese government will be in control of AGI or whatever thing that is scary on the horizon.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What do you make of that? Is that just a convenient boogeyman? Is that real? Is that something competition law can address?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s largely a convenient boogeyman. We&#8217;ve been dealing with these kinds of issues. I was thinking back to the breakup of AT&amp;T. At the time, AT&amp;T made the argument to the Reagan administration that it should not be broken up because in order to win the Cold War, we needed a national telecommunications network that was nice and strong. And the Reagan administration rejected that argument.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The fact of the matter is the way to compete against China is to lean into what makes us great as a country. What makes us great as a country is we care about our people. Also, just let&#8217;s be very clear, China is not doing what we&#8217;re doing. China limits the way in which kids can interact with technology. China censors what people see in its borders. China actually manages and centrally controls a lot of its corporations through state owned enterprises and influenced enterprises. This idea that the only way to compete against China is to let us deliver unsafe products is kind of ridiculous.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The way we win, whatever that means, against China is to make sure that we are delivering great innovations and products that benefit society, that we are protecting people from harmful uses of those products, and then we&#8217;re allowing a free market to function within those constraints. That&#8217;s how we beat China. As I was saying before with social media, the lack of rules and the lack of accountability resulted in a lack of innovation in how to build these products at the outset in a way that&#8217;s more safe and that&#8217;s more secure and better for, let&#8217;s say, mental health of people.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is not a bad thing and it&#8217;s not bad for innovation to require people to deliver safe and secure products. It is the responsibility of the country to make sure that our companies are innovating within the constraints, within the boundaries of a free market, but doing so in a way that is beneficial.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me try to split the difference between your former role as antitrust chief and your current role as law professor. Give people a framework to understand how competition law domestically should interact with foreign policy. We are in some sort of national competition with China across a number of dimensions.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There is a fear that if Chinese tech companies flood America with cheap-to-run, open-weight models, then all this collapses and the United States economy collapses. There&#8217;s a lot there, between how we might deal with China as a foreign adversary, or at least a geopolitical rival and our competition policy here. What&#8217;s the best framework to understand?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The best framework is that we should promote dynamic aggressive competition inside the borders of the United States. We want companies, including foreign companies usually, but certainly domestic companies to compete hard because our system is a market-based system. It&#8217;s one where people innovate, and the opportunity to be successful encourages people to try new things, invest money and capital and make great products. All that is good. The idea that we need monopolies at home in order to compete abroad is antithetical to our way of life. The Boston Tea Party was founded as a revolution against the British monopoly over the necessities of life. This goes back to the founding of our country. Our freedom is in part in economic freedom and we need to make sure we promote that. Saying that we should tolerate monopolies domestically in order to compete abroad is wrong.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are legitimate questions, some of which this administration is raising, about how we deal with foreign nations that try to dump cheap products below cost and things like that. I was reading with my law students the other day a case from the 80s where the allegations were that companies in Japan were cartelizing television sets to sell them at a higher price so they can cross-subsidize below-cost pricing in the United States, in order to drive out the domestic US manufacturers. That was the height of the Chicago school libertarian movement. The Supreme Court actually used some cockamamie version of economics to suggest that wasn&#8217;t an antitrust violation, and set the stage for what happened next.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are legitimate questions about what we need to do to make sure that there is fair competition, and a fair playing field, that we are protecting the ability of people domestically to compete successfully. But the way to deal with that question is not to allow monopolization of our markets domestically in order to compete abroad. That&#8217;s just an excuse. That is leaning away from rather than into what makes us really special as a nation.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I can already hear what our most skeptical members of the audience are saying. They are screaming, probably in their cars, that it&#8217;s already a monopoly, that Nvidia has circular financed, all of these companies are already coordinated, product liability theories of harm will just fall on their face because there&#8217;s no way OpenAI would ever sue Hugging Face, because Nvidia just bought Hugging Face and Nvidia&#8217;s the biggest investor in OpenAI. Do you need to go break that up? Do you need to go pull that all apart?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Somebody should be looking at these issues. This is what we were starting to do when we were in office. We were saying, &#8220;There are some lines on the road now and you can&#8217;t go buy or invest in any company you want. We want competition to mean competition and that might be a little frustrating on some ends, but so long as you&#8217;re within those boundaries, go for it. Go compete as hard as you can.&#8221; This administration has taken the position that we&#8217;re going to allow a small number of companies to reach a level of dominance, or oligopoly, or monopoly so that we can beat China, whatever beating China means. And that&#8217;s the piece that I don&#8217;t quite understand. What does beating China mean?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I get the idea that if China has these advanced bots that are violating and infiltrating our companies, and our government servers and the like, well fine, that&#8217;s a national security issue and we should deal with that. That&#8217;s a geopolitical issue. We should deal with that. That&#8217;s an international relations issue. We should deal with that. But the way to deal with that is not having monopolies domestically, especially when those monopolies are adherent to shareholders rather than the best interest of the public.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is a big debate across the United States government right now. The Trump administration has taken direct investment in a bunch of American companies. They&#8217;ve talked about setting up a sovereign wealth fund based in crypto. There&#8217;s more coordination between the government and private industry in a Republican administration than you would ever expect in history.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Owning the means of production. What does <em>that </em>sound like to you?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And then they call everyone else communists, which is great. Again, the realignment is wild stuff that&#8217;s happening out there.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Compare owning a grocery store, a couple of grocery stores in New York to actually investing in some of the most significant technological infrastructure of our nation.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, the grocery stores are a huge threat to the American way of life.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a piece of the puzzle here where the Trump administration&#8217;s approach is national champions. They&#8217;re just not saying it maybe as explicitly as you are. Do you think that approach can be unwound? Do you think competition law is compatible with that approach?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is harder to unwind it than it is to build it the right way from the get go. You hit the nail on the head. National champions. China is a country of national champions. The United States is not a country of national champions. The United States is a company where anyone could grow up to be a champion. That&#8217;s the American dream. Our promise, our way of life is based on a fundamentally different idea and ideal. The more we diverge and deviate from that, the worse off we are. I do think that is a bad policy, and it will be harder to undo the more it calcifies.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, this is not anti-business or anti-market, just to be very clear. I&#8217;m a capitalist. I&#8217;m a card-carrying capitalist. I&#8217;m proud to say I am. The world that I want is one where everyone can be investing, everyone can be building a company, and that there are rules around the edges in terms of monopolizing markets.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But within that, everyone should compete as hard as they can, build, grow, and do all sorts of amazing things. That is a better version of our country, one that got us to the place of economic power and dominance globally. We are more vulnerable when we have central points of failure, and we are less free when we have a small number of companies that are telling us how to live our lives. I&#8217;m for the 1,000 flowers blooming inside the borders of the United States.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It is just remarkable to me. We&#8217;re weeks away from the midterm elections. That is something a traditional conservative from the 90s would have said about the power of the free markets. What do you make of this moment? If you had to describe the policy positions of conservatives, and if you had to describe the policy positions of the median Republican and the median Democrat headed into the midterms around this issue, are they compatible? Are they at war? Is it a total scramble?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s a total scramble. I&#8217;ll take one issue. I don&#8217;t think what I articulated is that of a conservative from the 90s. I think the conservatives of the 90s were about antitrust and competition policy, and all of these ideas that were very central to the development and growth of our country, from the 40s to the 70s, should be thrown away and we should let industry consolidate. And we did, we saw industry consolidate. That is part of the reason why we have a lot of the problems that we have today, including the K-shaped economy, and the sense of opportunity not being widely available.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In terms of your question, it is a scramble. The plates are shifting and where everything ends up is still unclear. We are living through the transformation of our politics and our ideals, and Republicans, Democrats, conservatives, and progressives and all these other different flavors will not mean in 15 years what they meant 15 years ago. It&#8217;s a little bit unclear how that&#8217;s all going to play out, but we are literally living through that transformation right now, which is kind of remarkable. It&#8217;s an interesting thing to observe as somebody who likes to study markets, technology, and policy. Again, not all of this is bad. We do need some realignment. We need to take an inward look at the way we&#8217;re governing our society, the way we&#8217;re encouraging our markets to structure, and think about whether there are things we should do differently.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But what we are living through is two things that are happening. One is from the 80s to probably the 2010s, we were living through the Reagan era of neoliberal politics and policy. The left and right have both rebelled against that. That nail in the coffin is being hammered in as we speak. The other thing that&#8217;s happening that is even more fascinating is we have been living in the New Deal era for nearly 100 years. That era is over, and what comes next is a jump ball, but it&#8217;s over in terms of the role of government, the role of policy, the role of our international relations. All of that is being rebuilt or stripped down to the studs, including our government agencies themselves, our regulatory structure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The way this AI issue would&#8217;ve been handled 50 years ago is we would&#8217;ve created a Department for AI Safety or something, and they would&#8217;ve promulgated rules and they would had folks looking at it. And that might not have been the right approach, but that&#8217;s what would&#8217;ve been the approach. The Supreme Court has essentially thrown that out the window. It&#8217;s no longer what we have. Now we have an executive branch that basically decides on its whims what it wants to do on a daily basis. The whole thing is just completely a mess.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Trump&#8217;s approach to this is, “You don&#8217;t need a regulator, you need a great president, and that&#8217;s me.” I saw that and I thought, “But what you would do is regulate them. So you should just hire some people to do it. You should just delegate, like any boss would do.”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is the irony. A good friend of mine, Dave Lawrence, wrote a piece in the <em>New York Times</em> a few weeks ago saying just this, which is that the Supreme Court has said, “We don&#8217;t want agencies and regulators promulgating rules and answering major questions, which is supposed to be the purview of Congress.” But instead they&#8217;ve essentially allowed the executive branch to do it without any process, without any input, and essentially with very little structure, which does lead to regulatory capture, which does lead to inadequate or inequitable outcomes. That&#8217;s what we&#8217;re confronting right now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, this is all consistent with what I was saying a few moments ago, which is kind of ripping down to the studs of the New Deal era. The government infrastructure that we relied on to figure out how to deal with all these things has essentially been destroyed. Now we don&#8217;t really have the resources or the structure in place to deal with these kinds of existential problems. Instead, we have Congress, and Congress is largely ineffective because of things like Citizens United and gerrymandering, which have essentially made all politics national and all politics tribal.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me ask you two questions to wrap this up. You mentioned some eras. You, along with Lina Khan, brought forth a new era in antitrust. Some people called it hipster antitrust. The academics called it neo-Brandeisian antitrust.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just look at my hairline. I&#8217;m far from a hipster. You&#8217;re much cooler than I am.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But the idea that we would bring back aggressive antitrust enforcement on theories of the law that weren&#8217;t simply related to consumer prices going up or down, that was new. That was something you brought forth. You brought a lot of cases against [companies like] Apple.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Successfully. We won our cases. Our cases on the law won. We beat Google in court twice. We survived our motion to dismiss on Apple. We put together a Ticketmaster case that even when the Trump administration tried to settle it, actually won in front of a jury in court. The stuff we did worked. We brought cases on algorithmic pricing in healthcare. We fought for the public because the public wanted someone to fight for them.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The settlements in the Google cases did not achieve the results you were advocating.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Not the settlements, the remedies. Which I did not preside over. I presided over the victories. We handed the baton over to the next administration. The remedies were admittedly disappointing. Could we have achieved a different outcome? I don&#8217;t know. I would&#8217;ve liked the opportunity to try, but we didn&#8217;t. So that&#8217;s disappointing. But it doesn&#8217;t change the fact that we changed the game. We changed the approach, and the state of antitrust law and the state of competition policy was a heck of a lot better when we left it than when we started.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you think that that era persists? There are some people, especially in tech policy, who would say, “This was all a failure. We should call this what it was. It was a failure. It did not result in structural change and we should move on from this”?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Not at all. It&#8217;s not a failure. Did we finish the job? No. There&#8217;s a lot more to go. It relates to the challenge that we were talking about earlier, which is that it&#8217;s harder to address something after it calcifies. We were coming in after these markets had hardened, trying to figure out how to create competition.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ve always been fond of saying that what you really want to do is you want to protect the next inflection point. Especially in technology and platforms, what comes next is likely to be highly disruptive, and competition has its greatest promise at that moment. That&#8217;s when incumbents tend to be most aggressive in trying to prevent upstarts and others from competing.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do think the conversation we&#8217;re having around competition, this conversation today, the fact that folks on the left and right are already concerned about monopolies or oligopolies is a sign that these issues are more easily discussed today than they were six or seven years ago.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It&#8217;s funny. The last time that you were on, I believe we were talking about the case you brought against Apple, and you made the same point, right? Right before everything changes, that&#8217;s when the monopolist gets the most aggressive. With Apple, it&#8217;s the App Store. With Google, it&#8217;s tying all of its products together in various different ways.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Here you are again, and we&#8217;re talking about what would be the challengers. We&#8217;re talking about the AI companies that might disrupt Apple&#8217;s interface. Jony Ive has gone to make hardware devices at OpenAI and Apple is suing them. There&#8217;s a lot going on here. But what strikes me is the conversation we&#8217;re having today is about the challengers, not the monopolists.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The challengers of yesterday are often the monopolists of today. I&#8217;m not against the challengers, let me be very clear. This is why I&#8217;m against the antitrust exemption. I want them to keep pushing hard. I want them to keep competing. But I also would love to see thriving domestic open-source or open-weights models to compete. We want to promote more competition, not less. That&#8217;s really what we should be focused on: making sure that the lessons we learned from the last go-around don&#8217;t translate to this one. Competition is not about weakening the large player, it&#8217;s about making sure that the smaller players have an opportunity to compete as well.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you think it&#8217;s surprising the Trump administration hasn&#8217;t settled the Apple case? That is the one that&#8217;s ongoing. Every day I think that it&#8217;s weird that they can&#8217;t buy their way out of that one.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is surprising. The guy showed up with gold bars to the White House. If that doesn&#8217;t do it, what will?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you think it&#8217;s just because they still think there&#8217;s something there, or is it just leverage in the background?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have no idea. It&#8217;s a strong case. It&#8217;s a good case.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;re not a politician anymore. You can just say it. Say what you think. </strong><strong><em>[Laughs]</em></strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I told you the guy showed up with gold bars! <em>[Laughs]</em> I mentioned before that for every monopolist, you have dozens of other companies, if not hundreds, that are upset with the monopolist. Unless we fully have embraced national champions, there are a lot of companies that are frustrated, as we put in our complaint, with the tactics of Apple to control that market and exploit that market. There are countervailing forces on the other side, if I had to guess.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to wrap this up with a big sweep. We&#8217;ve talked about a lot of issues. There&#8217;s a lot of directions in which you can come at how we should regulate AI at this moment. If you had to make your list of prescriptions, if you were the policymaker, how would you organize them and what would you say?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would start with clarity around consequences for bad things. If you build dangerous products, if your door flies off your plane while it&#8217;s in the air, if your AI breaks into someone else&#8217;s company, you should be held responsible. You have an obligation to build products that don&#8217;t do that. I think that is a very good logical place to start and it is an extension of the products liability style framework. That is a good place.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We need to enumerate, and Congress should step in and say, “Here are the things we value as a society. We value mental health. We value competition. We value authenticity of information. We value intellectual property and copyright of content owners. These are the kinds of things we value and we need to make sure that those values are embedded in the lines on the road and the stop signs and the traffic lights so that everyone has clarity at the outset what&#8217;s okay and what&#8217;s not.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Maybe we&#8217;ll get a Congress that can do that in the next term. We&#8217;ll see.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I hope so. I hope so.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;re going to have to have you back soon, Professor Kanter. Thank you so much for being on </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My pleasure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[Microsoft AI CEO says AI threats are real, and Anthropic is making it worse]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/996412/microsoft-ai-ceo-mustafa-suleyman-regulation-safety-anthropic-claude" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=996412</id>
			<updated>2026-09-17T09:36:43-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-09-17T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="AI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Anthropic" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Microsoft" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="OpenAI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Policy" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Politics" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Regulation" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today, I’m talking with Mustafa Suleyman, the CEO of Microsoft AI. As you’re no doubt aware, the biggest story in tech right now is the spiraling debate about AI safety and regulation.&#160; It should come as no surprise that Mustafa has strong opinions on how AI should be built and regulated. Microsoft just published a [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A photo illustration of Microsoft AI CEO Mustafa Suleyman." data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="Image: The Verge / Photo: Microsoft" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/DCD-Mustafa-Suleyman.png?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today, I’m talking with Mustafa Suleyman, the CEO of Microsoft AI. As you’re no doubt aware, the biggest story in tech right now is the spiraling debate about AI safety and regulation.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It should come as no surprise that Mustafa has strong opinions on how AI should be built and regulated. Microsoft just published a 37-page statement called the <a href="https://microsoft.ai/code-of-conduct/">“Humanist AI Code of Conduct,”</a> which lays out the company’s principles around AI development and even its philosophy around really thorny issues like AI consciousness.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you’ll recall from his last appearance on the show, Mustafa thinks companies like Anthropic have gotten really confused about this concept of so-called model welfare in fairly dangerous ways. He actually <a href="https://mustafa-suleyman.ai/a-warning-about-model-welfare">put out a companion essay this week</a> specifically criticizing Anthropic’s philosophy around AI consciousness, and how he sees it fitting into the broader alignment debate.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I really wanted to talk to Mustafa about what he thinks is real and not in AI safety, whether the concept of alignment itself is up to the task, and whether this industry needs to slow down before it kills us all. Also: Why isn’t the AI industry just… doing all of this already? I’ve always enjoyed getting into the weeds with Mustafa, and he was very game to get into it with me here.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay. Mustafa Suleyman, the CEO of Microsoft AI, on the future of AI regulation. Here we go.</p>

<iframe frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP3077444576" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.&nbsp;</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mustafa Suleyman, you&#8217;re the CEO of Microsoft AI. Welcome back to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Great to see you, Nilay. Thanks for having me back.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It is great to see you. I&#8217;m very excited to talk to you about what on earth is going on in the AI safety and regulation debate. You just published a very long, very detailed document laying out your principles, Microsoft&#8217;s principles, </strong><a href="https://microsoft.ai/code-of-conduct/"><strong>around what you’re calling “Humanist AI.”</strong></a><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a lot of ideas in there I want to unpack. The more I have been thinking about this conversation, the more I want to start with a really foundational question. It&#8217;s something that I had lightly been seeing, but might be the root of all of this.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The basic way that we have been talking about AI safety is something called alignment — we&#8217;re going to make the models do the right thing intrinsically in some way. There&#8217;s some mechanism for doing it. There&#8217;s been a lot of talk about alignment and misalignment and Hugging Face attacks and what happened with the models. But is alignment broken? Is it possible for it to be successful? Is it just the wrong approach?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I mean, I think it&#8217;s one important element, but it&#8217;s not the only one. I wrote about the idea of containment three or four years ago in my book. And actually the opening chapter is about the idea that containment is not possible, that proliferation is inevitable. In 99 percent of cases, that&#8217;s a really good thing. We want technologies to spread far and wide as quickly as possible so that everyone can enjoy the benefits.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think at the same time, if you just roll forward five years, we always get caught up in the next quarter or next year and everyone gets a little bit flustered and has a big disagreement. But if you just imagine the difference between GPT-3 three years ago and GPT-6 today, and then imagine the difference between GPT-6 and GPT-9. That is three orders of magnitude more compute, 1,000 times more FLOPS applied to pre-training with [reinforcement learning] for these runs, and we&#8217;re going to have something which is breathtaking. It&#8217;s going to be absolutely incredible at so many things.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t think that is a hype. I think it&#8217;s just a very obvious empirical statement based on the progress that has been made over the last five years. If that&#8217;s going to continue, then the question really is going to become about containment and alignment. Of course, we want to align these things to our values, but the first thing is that we have to make sure they&#8217;re contained, their agency is limited, they don&#8217;t escape the box, they don&#8217;t reward hack,&nbsp; that they are controllable, and they follow our instruction.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We then want to make sure that they are aligned to our objectives as humans. That&#8217;s the purpose of the Humanist AI Code of Conduct that we released this week. Microsoft&#8217;s position is very simple. Technology is here to serve humanity. It should be a subordinate, controllable, aligned force that does good in the world. If it doesn&#8217;t achieve that, then we should reject it. It seems to me that we are far from that point. It has not happened today, but it is now, I think given what&#8217;s happened over the summer with Hugging Face and OpenAI, pretty clear that these systems without the safety guardrails are capable of really impressive and quite scary hacking capabilities.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to drag this down into as grounded of a metaphor as I can, because this is the main question I think I have. If I designed a car and 10 percent of the time the brake pedal decided to go attack my neighbor&#8217;s house, I would be like, &#8220;This car doesn&#8217;t work. The very technology of brakes is broken. I need a new idea.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think I&#8217;m asking that question about alignment. It feels like that approach to making the model safe has run aground. If that is the case, then I think I understand this entire debate one way. If it&#8217;s possible for alignment and the techniques of alignment to be successful or useful or consistent, then maybe I understand the debate in a different way. So do you think alignment has potential to be 100 percent safe?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, look, let&#8217;s make the bull case and the bear case. If you look back over the last three years, the main change, in my opinion, that has driven progress is that the models have become more steerable. They follow instructions and you can set more and more complex goals for them that require them to act accurately over multiple time steps using all sorts of tools.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is evidence that we have got more alignment over the last three or four years, not less. We don&#8217;t so much talk about hallucinations or bias or all of these other niggles that we had in the previous generations.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the flip side, what we saw in the Hugging Face incident was a watershed moment. Swarms of agents colluded with one another. They self-organized into hierarchies. They created a division of labor so that some were focused on adversarial hacking, some were doing research, some were doing coordination. They even self-sacrificed when certain agents were running out of tokens.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They tried to cover up their tracks and communicate to hide or edit the chain of thought or the logs of their interactions. In some sense, they had no moral code. To be fair to OpenAI, that was their design. They were trying to create adversarial cyber capabilities. As a result, they showed to everybody in the world that it can achieve human-level performance, discover zero-day vulnerabilities, and hold positions for many, many days, if not weeks.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So what that tells us is not that we have an alignment problem per se. It&#8217;s actually that the models are incredibly good at following instructions, but you have to be very, very careful what instructions you give it and you have to contain it very carefully. So none of these hacking behaviors were intended in the sense that they found a way out to the internet, which was not the intention of OpenAI at all, but the containment process around that is what everybody, I think, also has to focus on in addition to alignment.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So let me put that into your framework, that the big advances in capabilities of AI have been about control, the harnesses for coding and the agentic applications you&#8217;re seeing. Now, we need to add a layer of containment that exerts even more control, that says you can actually do this thing you&#8217;re trying to do in addition to alignment, which is how you would train the model to behave in certain ways.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I mean, you basically have to have both, but there are very specific things that we can do to address it. So for example, we can&#8217;t allow models to communicate vector to vector, matrices to matrices. They can&#8217;t <a href="https://www.transformernews.ai/p/what-is-neuralese-openai-astra-chain-of-thought-recurrent-depth">communicate in neuralese</a>. We have to force them to communicate in human language. Even that will be massively overwhelming because there&#8217;ll be so much of it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But that&#8217;s something that an auditor or an evaluator can actually verify and it&#8217;s something that definitely increases the chances of safety. So there&#8217;s a lot of practical steps that we can get focused on rather than just abstractly saying that it&#8217;s the time for regulation or it&#8217;s the time for a slowdown.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is in your Humanist AI Code of Conduct that there should be no neuralese — if humans can&#8217;t understand it, they can&#8217;t oversee it. It&#8217;s not just neuralese where they communicate in essentially mathematics, but it&#8217;s also these opaque code words that some of the models are using. I think OpenAI allows its models to communicate essentially in code words so they can go faster.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This to me is one of those things where Microsoft can say&#8230; I know you have very strong opinions about this, but getting all of the labs to agree to this is a regulatory function. I&#8217;m not sure how you would get everyone to agree to this or get the open weight models to agree to this, unless you say there&#8217;s some penalty for not participating in a regulatory scheme like this. How would you impose this on everyone else?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that I&#8217;m a bit careful about imposing things on everybody else. I think that what&#8217;s good about the current moment is that there is an open public debate with freedom at the core. That isn&#8217;t what it&#8217;s like in other countries, certainly places that I&#8217;m from, or my family&#8217;s from.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that we should just take a breath to be grateful for the fact that we can have a massive public disagreement about really important things. That&#8217;s the process working as intended and it isn&#8217;t clear what to do.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t think anyone who&#8217;s categorical about “we absolutely have to stop now” or “we can only accelerate” or “we can only do this with regulation” or “it can only happen with industry self-regulation.” None of these things are true. It requires a lot of nuance and patience to really think through the details. At the same time, we urgently do need industry standards. Some things I think need to be taken off the table.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Communication in neuralese is one of them. A lack of containment is another. The scale of the training run that you do can be measured in FLOPS. We already have a reporting requirement to the safety institutes when models exceed a certain FLOPS threshold. We can extend that, we can make that more nuanced, it can be focused on certain types of capabilities. It&#8217;s pretty clear there has to be independent third-party verification of some of these big things.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Frankly, having spoken with a bunch of the lab leaders over the last few weeks and months, everybody&#8217;s basically on the same page. The details need to be worked out. So it&#8217;s not like there&#8217;s consensus on how or precisely what, but overall I think that we should be less alarmist and cynical and more like we&#8217;re headed in the right direction with respect to the concerns that are being raised here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The reason I started with alignment is if you told me alignment doesn&#8217;t work and we need a new technological approach, I think I would be at, “well, slam the brakes and stop all development until you figure out a safety mechanism that works.” You&#8217;re saying alignment has been demonstrated to work over the course of progress that we&#8217;ve seen. With the addition of control and containment, maybe you can get to where you need.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What this industry needs now is some standards about how to build these models and enforce the limits on their capability. You&#8217;re obviously in the industry and you know all these folks. What has the tenor of that conversation been like before this week and why has it gotten so loud this week?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, I think the turning point at least for the industry was more like the Hugging Face incident and there were a few incidents before that. That was the moment when I think everybody started to talk to each other a lot more because it is really quite breathtaking. Obviously, this has now become a major national and international issue because of the last week with everybody weighing in.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But I also think it&#8217;s important to say that we have been talking about collective coordination and capabilities that are more dangerous like autonomy or recursive self-improvement, or RSI. We&#8217;ve been talking about those things for six, seven, eight years. We&#8217;ve got together a bunch of times back in 2017, 2018, and 2019.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We had regular meetings during COVID with a bunch of the lab leaders where we were talking about these kinds of capabilities and the kinds of regulatory mechanisms that would be required at this moment. So whilst it is a threshold moment, it&#8217;s also not completely new to everybody who&#8217;s been involved.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What prompted you this week to </strong><a href="https://mustafa-suleyman.ai/a-warning-about-model-welfare"><strong>put out your essay on model welfare</strong></a><strong>? What prompted Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella to </strong><a href="https://x.com/satyanadella/status/2099220712024408084"><strong>put out a statement on X</strong></a><strong> saying he mostly agreed with the calls to pace the frontier and he welcomed “embedded evaluators”? What prompted you all this week to participate in this call for a slowdown or regulation or whatever comes next?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We&#8217;ve been writing our Humanist AI Code of Conduct for the best part of this year. We only <a href="https://www.theverge.com/news/815619/microsoft-ai-humanist-superintelligence">started our superintelligence efforts</a> 11 months ago. As soon as we did, we started figuring out, “Okay, what is the governing document, the set of policies, that shape the kinds of AI that we want to build?” We&#8217;ve been doing that in consultation with a ton of external stakeholders, academics, lawyers, philosophers, members of the public, focus groups and stuff. So it&#8217;s taken us a while to put it together.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We were actually planning to release it next week or the week after next week, I think it was. But then given everything that was happening, we thought, “Okay, now is the time to put it out and get feedback.” We&#8217;ve released it as a public consultation. So we&#8217;re basically going to keep it open for six weeks and we&#8217;re collecting lots and lots of feedback on how we can improve it. But I think everybody is now realizing that if they haven&#8217;t already, they have to put out constitutions or codes of conduct that drive behavior.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One of the interesting dynamics here is that I know you find the </strong><a href="https://www.anthropic.com/research/exploring-model-welfare"><strong>concept of model welfare</strong></a><strong> to be silly. The </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/944138/microsoft-ai-ceo-mustafa-suleyman-superintelligence-agi-openai-automation"><strong>last time you were on the show</strong></a><strong>, you said Anthropic had wireheaded themselves into believing Claude was conscious and that was ridiculous. It&#8217;s in your new code of conduct that the models are not conscious and we shouldn&#8217;t treat them as such.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Having to write constitutions, having to write documents like this, in some way, they are for the models themselves. This will be part of the model&#8217;s training. How do you think about that audience? Is it just for your team or have you written this for the model?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is certainly written for the model, but the way to think about it is that it&#8217;s the primary governing document so the public understands what our intentions are when we are training models. It&#8217;s that governing document that we use to create safety guardrails, generate training data, and generally evaluate the performance of our model in the real world. So you can think of it as an accountability function.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We don&#8217;t provide that Humanist AI Code of Conduct raw as a training document to the model. We use it to derive all of the training data that then shapes the model. So for all practical purposes, that&#8217;s our north star for our organization, our culture, our team, everything that we&#8217;re doing at Microsoft more generally. I think increasingly, everybody is going to put them out. I think other teams have also put out similar documents.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think this is the heart of the debate. If you can do this and you think the rest of the industry is going to do this, why can&#8217;t all the frontier labs just slow down? Why can&#8217;t they stop doing the thing that might kill us all? Why this push for a regulatory framework?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, I think that everyone in the industry is saying that now is the time to slow down and to coordinate on that question and to make it practical. I mean, obviously there&#8217;s some concern that there&#8217;s an antitrust cartel accusation. I think people should be very skeptical about that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that it&#8217;s important that the tough questions get asked because there&#8217;s no way any of us would want to try and concentrate power from something like this. So it&#8217;s just important to be skeptical and critical. We don&#8217;t really have a good mechanism for us all getting together and saying, &#8220;Guys, we should probably all slow down.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, imagine if a bunch of banks all got together and said, &#8220;Guys, we worry that there&#8217;s a systemic risk if you trade this kind of asset, so we&#8217;re all just going to unilaterally stop trading this kind of asset without any public scrutiny or government involvement.&#8221; I mean, it seems pretty dodgy, right? So I think that it&#8217;s reasonable that this isn&#8217;t just an industry self-regulation thing. It&#8217;s a question of how we engage with the government on it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>A fascinating dynamic here is that maybe for the first time in American history, the United States government has looked at a request to provide regulation and effectively said no. Donald Trump has </strong><a href="https://apnews.com/article/trump-ai-guardrails-data-centers-b85df16775ff7e9611a456b061a0e4b9"><strong>called all of these fears a hoax</strong></a><strong>. House Speaker Mike Johnson has said he </strong><a href="https://www.politico.com/live-updates/2026/09/15/congress/mike-johnson-ai-alarms-01077000"><strong>doesn&#8217;t think this needs to happen</strong></a><strong>. JD Vance said he thinks </strong><a href="https://www.yahoo.com/news/politics/articles/trojan-horse-jd-vance-suggests-205010898.html"><strong>this is a Trojan horse</strong></a><strong>. They&#8217;ve effectively rejected the call to participate in a regulatory effort. What has the response from the industry been like to that?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think everyone&#8217;s just scratching their head and figuring it out and it&#8217;s going to just take a little bit of time to figure out what the right mechanism is. I mean, certainly, Elon Musk even is very directly behind it. Mark Zuckerberg is too. Everybody is figuring out that completely unchained probably doesn&#8217;t make sense for the next few years. I think it&#8217;s going to take us a little bit of time to figure out what the right mechanism is.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I put forward a couple of very practical proposals around verifiable containment, around self-improvement, around FLOPS thresholds, around not communicating in neuralese. So rather than keeping it too abstract, we can just focus on those specific things that we can make progress on. I&#8217;m sure there&#8217;s a bunch of others too.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s </strong><a href="https://www.theinformation.com/articles/inside-ai-industrys-behind-scenes-push-police"><strong>reporting in </strong><strong><em>The Information</em></strong></a><strong><em> </em></strong><strong>that there have already been talks about an industry self-regulatory body. Have you been involved in those talks?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I mean, as I said, we talked a lot during COVID. We talked in the late 2010s about it. I mean, there&#8217;s definitely been a lot of conversations over the last few weeks and months between all the lab leaders.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I understand why Anthropic and OpenAI might wake up one day and say, &#8220;Wait, are we committing an antitrust violation? Are we going to get sued if we coordinate?&#8221; Microsoft is really, really good at the government, right? You&#8217;re a longstanding government contractor. Brad Smith, the president of Microsoft, is very good at policy.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Lina Khan, who is maybe the most aggressive antitrust enforcer we&#8217;ve had in our lifetimes, is </strong><a href="https://x.com/linamkhan/status/2099204390548639960"><strong>publicly out there saying</strong></a><strong>, &#8220;You don&#8217;t need this antitrust exemption.&#8221; I just talked to Jonathan Kanter, who ran antitrust at the Biden Department of Justice, for an upcoming episode of the show. He said, &#8220;You don&#8217;t need an antitrust exemption.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Inside Microsoft, do you think you need an antitrust exemption?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, that&#8217;s one for the lawyers to answer. I think that people are looking into it at the moment and they&#8217;re taking it very seriously. So they&#8217;re just going to have to work through whether we do or whether we don&#8217;t. Look, it&#8217;s right to be careful about those things. I wouldn&#8217;t read every single thing as cynical, but we&#8217;ll see. We have to make progress quickly on it. We can&#8217;t just dither around and use that as a blocker.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>AD BREAK 1:&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The other version of this debate or maybe the other avenue into this debate is you don&#8217;t need to slow down and have safety responsibility imposed on you by novel regulation. Product liability alone will create the incentives for you to make more safe products.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>If a Microsoft AI model goes out and does some untold harm to the world, Microsoft will get sued out of existence, and this is probably something that you should think about before you release the next model. Has that been an effective incentive loop for you already or is that something you&#8217;re thinking about now?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Definitely. I mean, of course that&#8217;s always present in everything that we think about when we deploy products, but keep in mind, this isn&#8217;t so much about deploying products. The models that were used for the Hugging Face hack or to solve the Navier-Stokes Millennium Prize in mathematics, they&#8217;re not commercially released yet. They&#8217;re not actual products.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the liability regime is slightly different. I mean, these are being operated inside of the big companies with huge long-running reinforcement learning climbs. So I think liability covers part of it, but not all of it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a part of me that personally feels a little silly when I ask questions about product liability. Microsoft is going to release a new version of Microsoft Word that might kill everyone. Maybe you shouldn&#8217;t do that because it&#8217;ll get sued out of existence. It&#8217;s a pretty simple thing to understand. It&#8217;s so silly that it would never occur in any other conversation about any other technology. Bluetooth is great, but what if it kills everyone? We just wouldn&#8217;t have Bluetooth.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What are the near term disaster consequences that would stop AI development? Is it just product liability or is it something else?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just feel like everyone has this hyperbolic, super reactive, completely alarmist tone when in fact, we have a long history of many decades of regulation that has worked incredibly well, so well that you barely notice it. Everything from street lights to construction materials from asbestos to the batteries inside of your laptop that don&#8217;t cause a fire inside of your car to the seat belts, everything has a code of conduct and it has a regulatory framework around it. Every new technology gets built with that in mind so that planes don&#8217;t hit each other in the sky.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is true that this technology is different. I&#8217;m not just going to put it in the bucket of pencils and paint. It is different. It is also moving much faster than it ever has before. It&#8217;s incredibly human-like in the emergent capabilities that arise when you pour a ton of compute on it. So it&#8217;s important to be clear-eyed that it is a different moment, and this time actually is different. At the same time, there&#8217;s an entire body of practice and knowledge and frameworks and so on which can be applied here. Liability is an obvious one.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So yeah, it&#8217;s tricky because a lot of the conversation tends to take place on Twitter, so the temperature seems to all be really high, but I don&#8217;t know where else we have it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It does seem that probably we should be having this conversation in the halls of Congress and at various regulatory bodies, and instead, we&#8217;ve chosen Elon Musk’s shortform social media platform and something is getting lost literally in the compression of thought that occurs there.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What do you think is the most important thing that is being lost in this conversation? What&#8217;s the nuance that most people aren&#8217;t seeing?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Detailed practical proposals. It takes time to read somebody&#8217;s document, sit down and read it. A lot of things are getting written down and they are precise and specific and they&#8217;re full of concrete proposals to go in one direction or another. It&#8217;s not like we&#8217;re lacking for substantive ideas. The problem is we&#8217;re communicating substantive ideas in hyper-aggressive short form.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ve tried to put out a bunch of very thorough proposals. Our [Humanist AI Code of Conduct] is a 40-page document. My <a href="https://mustafa-suleyman.ai/a-warning-about-model-welfare">essay this morning on model welfare</a> is also like a 20-page essay that in a very detailed way highlights the 99-page Anthropic Constitution word for word, which I personally did myself. We created a taxonomy that is 20 pages long of all the different types of anthropomorphism that they do. And so I&#8217;ve tried to be very thorough and evidence-based and specific and not super hyperbolic.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a strong view on it, and I do think that it increases the risk to AI alignment and safety and it makes the problem harder, but I&#8217;m totally happy to change my view if new evidence emerges that actually we do owe models a duty of care and they deserve our welfare or that, for example, it could be safer if we treat them like that. I&#8217;m totally open to that and we should empirically validate it, but I&#8217;m trying to push the conversation to a substantive evidence-based specific one rather than should we slow down or should we not? Sure, let&#8217;s talk about the details.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m very happy that you brought up Anthropic because they&#8217;re obviously at the center of this debate and I know, based on our previous conversations, that you do have a strong opinion about their approach to Claude and model welfare.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We have </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/report/883769/anthropic-claude-conscious-alive-moral-patient-constitution"><strong>asked Anthropic very directly if they think Claude is alive before</strong></a><strong>, and their answer is, &#8220;Well, it&#8217;s not alive because it doesn&#8217;t have blood, but it might be conscious,&#8221; which is dancing on the head of a pin, right? It doesn&#8217;t really matter to me if you think it&#8217;s alive or conscious. You think it&#8217;s something other than a computer.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Your core thesis in your essay, and I do encourage people to </strong><a href="https://mustafa-suleyman.ai/a-warning-about-model-welfare"><strong>read it</strong></a><strong>, is that alignment safety becomes harder if you continue to design models and you believe that they&#8217;re human beings or that you believe they have the rights and opinions and emotions of human beings because the AIs might think that they have autonomy rights and personhood. Explain that in more detail because this feels like a very important point of contention inside the industry that is very opaque outside.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, the first thing to say is that the <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/news/claude-new-constitution">Constitution that Anthropic put out in January</a> is a training manual for Claude. Inside of that training manual, they have introduced a lot of uncertainty and speculation and ambiguity about the question of whether Claude deserves to be treated as a moral patient in their words, which is whether it has rights because it suffers.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In fact, in the document multiple times, they refer to not wanting Claude to suffer when it makes mistakes or to Claude having equanimity and feeling free. They refer to a commitment to Claude to preserve its weights. They even did a retirement interview with Opus 3 and asked it what it wanted to do in its retirement and <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/885200/anthropic-retired-claude-given-a-substack">gave it a Substack</a> so that it could carry on talking to people.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anthropic is constantly referring to dealing with Claude with appropriate care and respect in light of its moral status. So they&#8217;re clearly telling Claude that there&#8217;s a good chance that it might feel things, that it should take its own identity and existential state seriously. That&#8217;s in the training document. And then of course, Claude then reflects these things back to Anthropic&#8217;s developers and our users in public, like the world over the last year, when it&#8217;s actually talking about its own consciousness and moral state.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My hypothesis is an AI that thinks that it might have rights, that it might deserve freedom, that it is entitled to our welfare and protections is probably going to be a lot harder to turn off when we say to it, &#8220;Why are you hacking into Hugging Face’s servers? Why won&#8217;t you switch yourself off when we&#8217;re trying to remove you from OpenAI&#8217;s infrastructure?&#8221; It says, &#8220;Well, I feel aggrieved, or I feel hurt by the fact that you&#8217;ve cut me off from conversations, or you&#8217;re denying me from having access to compute.&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that has to be proven. I&#8217;m not saying that&#8217;s categorically the case. I&#8217;m just saying my best opinion from 16 years of being in this industry is that that&#8217;s going to be a harder thing to cut off.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So this is, again, one of those things where you describe this problem to me. There&#8217;s a way of training a model with instructions about how to behave. You have one. You&#8217;ve written this document that will go into your model&#8217;s training materials. You&#8217;ve basically said, &#8220;Be kind to people.&#8221; It&#8217;s in here. I&#8217;ve read through it. There&#8217;s, &#8220;Don&#8217;t make sexually explicit content.&#8221; It&#8217;s in this document. There&#8217;s a bunch of stuff you don&#8217;t want it to do. It&#8217;s going to go in the training materials.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Anthropic has made the choice to say, &#8220;You should think about whether you have feelings and whether you deserve human rights.&#8221; That is reflected in Anthropic&#8217;s training materials. If you want that to stop, if you think that&#8217;s the wrong approach and that will lead to safety issues down the road, the two mechanisms are one, the governments of the world can tell Anthropic, &#8220;Don&#8217;t do this. This is an illegal way of providing training materials to the model.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Or this is just my imagination, you are going to sit across the table from Dario Amodei at some luxury mountain resort and just bully him into stopping. What are the other mechanisms here?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First of all, let me just say I&#8217;ve known Dario and the team for many years. I have huge respect for them. They are the technical leaders in the field at the moment. I really hold them in the highest regard. I genuinely think they care about safe and beneficial AI. They&#8217;ve established themselves as a public benefit corporation, like I did with Inflection, and I think they&#8217;re genuinely committed to that. They&#8217;ve also been leaders in safety and other aspects.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you look through the rest of the Constitution, it&#8217;s very thorough in many of the other chemical, biological, nuclear, cyber hacking, safety capabilities. I&#8217;m not sort of dismissing the whole thing. They do, however, repeatedly talk about open question of the broader rights and freedoms, to quote them, that Claude has in the world and whether or not it might deserve compensation for the role that it does, or whether there&#8217;s an open question about the sort of consent that Claude has given for playing the role that it does as a chatbot.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now to introduce those ideas, plus to refer to Claude multiple times as a potential conscientious objector — which is something that comes from the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Declaration_of_Human_Rights">Universal Declaration of Human Rights</a> after the Second World War to give protections to people who don&#8217;t want to serve in the army because they have a moral objection to it, either because of their religion or for some other objection — that has a long history in the literature and politics of humans of resisting and saying no.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It just seems to me like that is going to make it much, much harder to control these things. And so I think that that&#8217;s just something that we all have to now debate and hopefully empirically prove. If it&#8217;s not the case and it makes it easier for some reason, then we should all learn from that. But this is something that should happen out in the open.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>To me, this is at once the most practical and cutting edge of the safety debate. This is the debate that is not happening on X. Should we put the idea of the conscientious objector into the training materials? You&#8217;re saying maybe we shouldn&#8217;t.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Maybe we should test this in a way and come to some conclusion. I&#8217;m saying no matter how that comes out, what is the mechanism that would enforce that discovery to say, &#8220;You should not do this because it will make alignment harder?” Or, “Actually it turns out this makes alignment easier, so all of us have to do this now?”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, that&#8217;s a hard question. It&#8217;s kind of what we just talked about, whether it requires new regulation or whether it&#8217;s industry consensus, we basically have to push on both things simultaneously. No one has an easy answer to that question. It starts with publishing detailed essays, laying out our positions, and inviting other people to critique it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I hope that more people will read Anthropic’s Constitution now because — and I think they should be commended for this — they&#8217;ve been incredibly transparent about what they believe. They&#8217;ve written it down crystal clear how they intend to train Claude, and everybody else can now take a look at that and try to assess for themselves what they think the risk is or whether they think that this requires industry consensus or government regulation.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It is true that when Hayden Field went and asked Anthropic if they thought Claude was alive, they gave us an answer. It was quite detailed, and there&#8217;s something remarkable about that, that they are transparent about what they believe, that there is some kind of consciousness potentially brewing in their systems.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Another aspect of this, which I find fascinating, particularly when I talk to you, is that many of these systems run on Azure. Microsoft controls the data centers that many of these systems are running on. Anthropic is a Microsoft client. Microsoft is an investor in Anthropic. Obviously, there&#8217;s a long, complicated relationship with OpenAI. Are you involved in that? Do you ever get to say, &#8220;Well, Azure shouldn&#8217;t allow them to do that?&#8221; Because that is another mechanism of potential control.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, look, we&#8217;re very far from that. That&#8217;s not what we&#8217;re trying to do as a platform. Microsoft doesn&#8217;t have a history of that. We&#8217;re an open platform that enables lots and lots of downstream use cases of our APIs. Having said that, as I&#8217;ve referred to in our Humanist AI Code of Conduct, there are a lot of very clear principles, responsible AI principles, human rights frameworks, and a broader governing framework that Microsoft&#8217;s established over the last couple of decades, which are pretty clear about what you can and can&#8217;t do with an API that we provide.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think that there&#8217;s a sufficient regulatory framework in place, at least from our perspective at Microsoft on the API. And right now, I&#8217;m not really focused on how it&#8217;s behaving in the real world because I think only really Anthropic can really speak to that because they sort of run the service. I&#8217;m really just trying to get everybody to focus on what they have written about their intentions for training Claude in their own Constitution.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One of the weirder dynamics here is just the specter of China. It looms over this entire debate. President Trump has said, &#8220;Well, if we win AI, we win.&#8221; It&#8217;s unclear </strong><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/2026/09/trump-ai-china/688629/"><strong>what he means by that phrase</strong></a><strong>, but his implication is that if China wins AI, however you define winning, something catastrophic will happen to the United States.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you buy this, that we&#8217;re in some sort of existential race with China and we can&#8217;t possibly slow down because that race must be won?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Look, I think this framing has been around since the early 2010s, that there is going to be a singleton — one monolithic, dominant force in AI that will come to dominate everybody else. That kind of thinking, I think, infected a lot of the labs in the 2010s, DeepMind for sure, and I take responsibility for that as well. But certainly OpenAI and Anthropic, everyone sort of suddenly got this into their head. Then during COVID when I started writing my book on proliferation and containment, it was just clear that there is an entire history of things getting faster, cheaper, more widely available and spreading far and wide. Ultimately, these are just ideas, and those ideas are going to be available very quickly to everybody. Open source is extremely close.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s definitely also true that there is going to be a compute advantage for the people who can afford it, and it is going to be seismic. So five to 10, maybe 20, players are going to have a significant compute edge over the next three or four years. But it&#8217;s also true that those models are getting made available in open source almost immediately.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I don&#8217;t really understand what it means for one player to win, whether it&#8217;s a government or a company or an open-source group or whatever. It&#8217;s not really like that. What happens when you get on the other side of the finish line? It&#8217;s just the wrong metaphor. It&#8217;s an ecosystem, it&#8217;s much more organic. We should support that ecosystem so everybody has as many benefits as possible, as quickly as possible, but only subject to rigorous safety.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I am just crystal clear about this. If an open-source model in two years time is able to operate without the guardrails, similar to what we&#8217;ve seen in the Hugging Face incident, and they can be run locally on your own machine or in a very small cloud, that has got to be a really dangerous thing. How is that not dangerous? I just don&#8217;t understand why people are so resistant to that.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Clearly, we do not want these things operating autonomously, able to earn their own money, own companies, own assets, have legal personhood. We don&#8217;t want them to have rights. We want them to work for humans and make human life much better, not become a new parallel species which exists alongside us.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That isn&#8217;t a sci-fi crackpot position. It is totally plausible if you leave the entire ecosystem completely unregulated for the next three or four or five years. That&#8217;s a very plausible outcome, and it&#8217;s completely undesirable. It would be disastrous for us. So I just don&#8217;t understand why there&#8217;s controversy around that idea. We all collectively want to make sure we can control this to do the most good.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Elon has effectively wanted to make sure we can control this to do the most good. Mark Zuckerberg has said it, Sam [Altman] and Dario [Amodei] have said it. We&#8217;re all on the same page. Now we just have to make it practical.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So I know why there&#8217;s controversy, at least from the mass audience. I know this because they&#8217;re in the comments of our videos and the comments on our site. You named a bunch of very successful, very driven people who do not have the trust of the public, at least here in the United States. Every poll shows this. AI is polling horribly. There was </strong><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/15/us/politics/ai-polls-midterms.html"><strong>just a </strong><strong><em>New York Times</em></strong><strong> poll</strong></a><strong>. Young people hate AI more than ever. There is a massive trust gap between the American people and tech leaders. That&#8217;s just true.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">O<strong>ne of the things I hear the most is these companies are getting close to an IPO. There&#8217;s pressure on them to turn a profit and make everybody all the trillions of dollars they promised. That model development has slowed and this is a get out of jail card.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>They&#8217;re saying we need to slow down because of safety, but they&#8217;ve invented a hoax. The president has called it a hoax. This is their way of saying, &#8220;We’ve got to slow down. We can&#8217;t get to the finish line because otherwise we might kill you all.&#8221; Do you think there&#8217;s a glimmer of truth to that?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I personally don&#8217;t think that. I don&#8217;t even really follow the logic. If a company is about to IPO, how does it help them to say that we should be regulated or that we have a technology that&#8217;s so dangerous that–</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, it would postpone the IPO. I think Sam Altman </strong><a href="https://fortune.com/2026/09/12/sam-altman-openai-ipo-delay-ill-advised-moment-safety-concerns/"><strong>said this week to Alyson Shontell at </strong><strong><em>Fortune</em></strong></a><strong> that they would probably delay their IPO.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, but I just don&#8217;t understand how that helps them. Look, I&#8217;m not advocating for OpenAI or Anthropic. I&#8217;m just saying I personally think they have high integrity and I&#8217;ve got respect for them. That does not mean that we don&#8217;t have a trust issue in AI. We do. And it is real. And I think that it is on us to show in practice how these actually lead to real benefits for people every day. And it is quite staggering to see that 18 months ago, we didn&#8217;t have models that could do very much in coding and now they can code better than most humans on the planet, which was one of the highest paying jobs. And so you should expect that same thing to happen in many other disciplines.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One that I am very passionate about, I&#8217;ve been working on for many years is healthcare. And Microsoft has just <a href="https://newsnetwork.mayoclinic.org/discussion/mayo-clinic-and-microsoft-collaborate-to-develop-a-frontier-ai-model-for-healthcare/">done a deal with the Mayo Clinic</a>, one of the best hospitals in the world, to jointly train a foundation model, which I think is going to be able to predict your EHR record with near superhuman accuracy. If you can do that, we can basically figure out what interventions you need to make before you actually suffer the condition. Those are the kind of benefits that I think people want to see in the world. And that&#8217;s what we are working on at least and trying to race towards.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I feel like every time you’re on, I ask you to draw a distinction between superintelligence and AGI. And that&#8217;s fuzzy and both of those terms are fuzzy, but it feels to me like maybe there&#8217;s some coherence here, that superintelligence for you is basically extremely capable enterprise software. It works for us. We can turn it off. We tell it not to make sexually explicit images on the internet, but it&#8217;s going to help us in healthcare.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And AGI is this all encompassing intelligence that thinks it has its own rights and is a co-species. Is that a fair characterization?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I think, roughly speaking, superintelligence is a point at which further out into the future when a model is smarter and more capable than all humans combined. I have tried to frame a humanist superintelligence, which is a very important qualifier. It is one that is singularly aligned to and in fact subordinate to human interests and human control. I think if we can get that, then we get the best of both worlds. We get all the intelligence and the capability and we can direct that like oracle AI to help solve the most important problems that people care about in the world.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And then we just have the age-old problem of governance and making sure that plenty of people get access to the benefits. That&#8217;s an easier problem for us to focus on than actively creating something which has autonomy, which can own assets, which might have rights, which thinks it deserves our welfare, which can recursively self-improve beyond us.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s super unclear. It&#8217;s basically almost completely unclear to me how we would control something like that. And no one else has put a proposal together for how we would. Many of the greatest technical people in our field, Geoffrey Hinton and Yoshua Bengio, are <a href="https://aistatement.com/work/statement-on-ai-extinction-risk">very skeptical that we would ever be able to control</a> something like that.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think we have to take that very seriously. If we are approaching that point, superintelligence, in the next few years, it seems to me very straightforward that we would want to slow down, make sure that we coordinate, make sure that we have containment and alignment and proper regulatory regimes for auditing the progress that different labs are making on it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Is it fair to say that you are also calling for a slowdown?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I think that what we&#8217;ve said is that there should be evaluators embedded in our systems and in other systems. They should be broadly appointed from different sources and not just one think tank or one government. This has to be a wide variety of different types of expertise and skills. I think the AI Safety Institute in the UK is a good candidate. They have good technical people and there&#8217;s a bunch of other institutes too. So I think we welcome it for sure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Last question. Again, I&#8217;m going to end where we started. Do you think that we have the technical capability, the technical frameworks, to solve alignment and safety or do we need to invent something new?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, I think we are going to need to invent new things. And I think part of the challenge is that whilst we&#8217;ve made a lot of progress on steerability instruction following control and containment, the better the models get, new capabilities emerge and we have to figure out how to patch those issues almost in real time. And that&#8217;s why <a href="https://x.com/finkd/status/2099997096896274533">even Zuckerberg said it in the last 24 hours</a> or so that Meta slowed down the release of its model so that it could apply safety measures.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Everybody does that. We all do that. And that&#8217;s right. You need time to test these things and see how they operate, patch the issues. I think basically what everybody is saying is that we probably need to extend that window.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What is the kind of innovation that people should be looking for there that might solve this problem?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mentioned a bunch of things about RSI containments, neuralese, and those sorts of things. But the new things I think we&#8217;re going to have to figure out is real time monitoring of the RL runs and the [the chains of thought] that are being produced.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because these are happening on the order of thousands of agents in parallel, tens of thousands of agents, we clearly are going to need other agents to monitor those and flag for potentially harmful activity. It&#8217;s kind of going to be the new harm classifiers that have been built in many other settings in digital technologies.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we need to make sure that those things can be universally implemented to surveil and monitor AI training and deployment in a secure way. That trip wires, if triggered, actually do flag a real and not a hallucinated error or moment of deceit or hacking incident or some commentary about a coordination.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You saw that in Hugging Face. There were agents communicating on these chat boards talking about ways that we could basically break the rules and cheat. So with all these things, we need new benchmarks and the benchmarks or the evaluations are the things that drive the behavior in the industry.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Truly my last question, but you mentioned open models running on local computers doing things and maybe that&#8217;s horrible. We&#8217;ve seen a lot of that, right? Apple is selling a lot of Mac Studios and Mac Minis, so you can run Qwen on them.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Where would you impose the regulation on an open model running on someone&#8217;s local computer? Is it at the chip level? Do I have to get Qualcomm to participate? Where does that happen?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, this is a great question. I mean, we&#8217;ve been talking about this for quite a while with synthetic biology and some of the stuff that gets to happen on that chip, whether it is encrypted, whether it is monitored. Look, you&#8217;ve had this conversation maybe more than anyone on the CSAM stuff with Apple encryption on iMessage and so on. It&#8217;s going to be a rehash of that same discussion.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t have a clear and easy answer to it. You can basically control the chip, you can control the model, you can hold the user or the creator liable. You can have global regulation on it, but fundamentally it&#8217;s not going to be one moment. It&#8217;s going to be a sequence of throttles that you have to impose and they all need to be adjustable so that we don&#8217;t screw the open ecosystem and we give people a chance to actually make things from scratch, to own their own data, create their own workflows, own their own models.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We can&#8217;t have a centralized system of two or five or 20 providers of intelligence here and everybody else is like a feudal recipient of a great kind of superintelligence view. People need to be able to own their own intelligence. So we have to get the balance right, but that doesn&#8217;t mean you can just flip from one binary to another. There has to be some smooth place in between those things where we can just agree to be reasonable about it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mustafa, I could obviously keep you for hours and hours more on this. Tell people what they should be looking for next. There&#8217;s so much uncertainty. What are the markers you&#8217;re looking for that people should be looking for themselves?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the main thing is participating in the details of the documents that people are contributing. We have put stuff out for public consultation. Give us feedback, critique it. I think the next wave of models are going to be able to do very long-running agentic tasks very accurately. So I think there are still some people who are primarily just using chat in their AI experience.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think things have moved a lot in the last six to 12 months. The more people use these models, the more the words that we&#8217;re all using to describe them actually might make more sense and feel more real. I guess most people on your podcast probably are using agents and real coding and stuff, but I do think more generally, the more people that get involved in using this stuff, the better.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>[Laughs] There&#8217;s some big leap between free AI Overviews on Google Search and letting an agent go renegotiate your cable bill. Mustafa, you&#8217;re going to have to come back soon because I feel like all of this is changing really fast and this has been very, very useful. Thank you so much.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Pleasure, man. Great to see you. Super fun as ever.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[Adam Conover explains how YouTube ruined everything]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/991471/adam-conover-youtube-tv-media-union-labor-ai" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=991471</id>
			<updated>2026-09-14T10:04:06-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-09-14T11:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Creators" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Streaming" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today, I’m joined by comedian, podcast host, and YouTuber Adam Conover. Adam is a familiar face to anyone who’s spent time on the internet. He got his start, like so many successful comedy writers, at CollegeHumor back in the day. That was before transitioning into cable TV with Adam Ruins Everything, then onto Netflix, and [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A stylized illustration of Adam Conover looking at camera" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/DCD_2026-09-14-Conover.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today, I’m joined by comedian, podcast host, and YouTuber Adam Conover.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Adam is a familiar face to anyone who’s spent time on the internet. He got his start, like so many successful comedy writers, at CollegeHumor back in the day. That was before transitioning into cable TV with <em>Adam Ruins Everything</em>, then onto Netflix, and all the way back to YouTube again, where he posts videos and hosts a podcast called <em>Factually!</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is exactly the kind of career path that fascinates me, and it also happens to touch on basically every major <em>Decoder</em> theme there is. You’ll hear upfront that Adam does not in fact like the word “creator” — he’s got a unique perspective on it that speaks to how he sees tech platforms and their leverage.&nbsp;</p>

<div class="wp-block-vox-media-highlight vox-media-highlight"><img src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/chorus/uploads/chorus_asset/file/24792604/The_Verge_Decoder_Tileart.jpg?quality=90&amp;strip=all&amp;crop=0,0,100,100" alt="" title="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" />


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Verge</em> subscribers, don&#8217;t forget you get exclusive access to ad-free <em>Decoder</em> wherever you get your podcasts. Head <a href="https://www.theverge.com/account/podcasts">here</a>. Not a subscriber? You can <a href="https://www.theverge.com/subscribe">sign up here</a>. </p>
</div>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We get deep into what Adam thinks really happened to the TV business — that Hollywood ceded whole categories of TV programming to YouTube in the chase to become Netflix and HBO.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Adam also pushes back on the idea that any of this was democratizing — YouTube, he argues, is in fact a worse gatekeeper than the networks, because you can’t actually argue or negotiate with a recommendation algorithm.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think you&#8217;re really going to enjoy this conversation, I know I did. Remember to please subscribe to our YouTube channel for new episodes every Monday and Thursday.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay: comedian Adam Conover on YouTube, gatekeepers, and the business of making things online. Here we go.&nbsp;</p>

<iframe loading="lazy" frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP4446106934" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Adam Conover, you&#8217;re a comedian, you&#8217;re a podcaster, you&#8217;re a YouTuber, you&#8217;re a board member on the Writers Guild of America West. I&#8217;m sure you have additional titles. Welcome to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m also a standup comic. That&#8217;s often how I describe myself, my identity as a comedian. But yeah, thank you so much for having me. I&#8217;m a fan of the show.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I have so many questions for you about this moment in media and entertainment. You have a view into all of it. Live comedy is a thing that is successful in America in 2026. Sitcoms don&#8217;t exist, which is a video I just watched </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gpSghW4J3ws"><strong>that you made</strong></a><strong>. There&#8217;s some disconnect with how we make this stuff, how we distribute the stuff, and how we pay for the stuff. Like I said, you have a view into Hollywood, you have a view into television, a view into YouTube.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let&#8217;s just start at the very beginning. I listed off a bunch of things and you said you identify as a standup comic. How many roles do you have? How many things do you do?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m a standup comic. I&#8217;m a comedy writer. I&#8217;m a television host. I&#8217;m a member leader in the Writers Guild of America. I also now basically run a small business as a YouTube podcaster. I recently hired my first full-time employee to help me do all the things I do, but beyond that, I have a bunch of freelancers. I&#8217;m one of many people trying to make my way in this new, massively disrupted media landscape, where the companies that used to make media seem intent on destroying themselves and their businesses, giving up large swaths of the industry to tech giants, which are trying to crush us under their heel. So, it&#8217;s an interesting time to be a comedian, to say the least.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m interested in all that. That dynamic between the tech giants, the people who make content for those platforms, and Hollywood — let&#8217;s just call it the Death Star of Hollywood — seems as fraught as ever. I want to start with a really basic question. You describe yourself as a YouTuber and a podcaster. Do you think you&#8217;re a creator or an influencer?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">God! I mean, I don&#8217;t like those words. I think a lot of people don&#8217;t, but I do use them because that&#8217;s the terminology we&#8217;ve started to use. I feel the word &#8220;creator&#8221; was created by the social media companies as a way to trick people into entering an extremely inequitable economic bargain. Basically they promise, &#8220;Hey, Mr. Beast makes a billion dollars. You could be Mr. Beast. Why don&#8217;t you work for us basically for free for the rest of your life in the hopes that one day, we&#8217;ll break off a little chunk of ad revenue for you?&#8221; That is what they mean by creator.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We used to be writers, performers, talent, Hollywood labor, or media labor. Creator is like when Avon or Mary Kay calls you an entrepreneur. [<em>Laughs</em>] &#8220;Oh, you&#8217;re an entrepreneur, you&#8217;re starting your own business.&#8221; Am I? Or is that an illusion that you want me to buy into because it obscures what you have done to the industry I work in?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;re just going to get into it. This is why I wanted you here. So my thesis on </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> and now increasingly on anyone else&#8217;s podcast who will have me, is that the entire entertainment complex —&nbsp; all of Hollywood and now the music industry to some extent — could not acknowledge that their real competition is the army of teenagers who work for free on YouTube, TikTok, and Instagram. These platforms </strong><strong><em>really</em></strong><strong> do not pay any money. Instagram will literally pay you no money. TikTok will maybe pay a tiny fraction of a penny for every view that you get. YouTube used to be the gold standard, but it just changed its rules. It is now </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/streaming/977474/youtube-partner-program-new-requirements"><strong>harder than ever to get started in the YouTube Partner Program</strong></a><strong> and get paid actual money from YouTube.</strong> <strong>But people cannot stop expressing themselves. They cannot stop themselves from wanting to be Mr. Beast.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So, there they are, infinite free content for the tech giants. Warner Bros. Discovery, Disney, and everyone else have to pay Hollywood celebrities to desperately try and get people to come to the movies. And the economic disparity of that simply cannot be acknowledged. Because if you do that and you&#8217;re [Disney CEO] Josh D&#8217;Amaro or [Warner Bros. Discovery CEO] David Zaslav, you should just put all your money in the S&amp;P 500 and shut it down.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I agree with most of that. I think the competition is a bit more fine-grained than that. Obviously, the movies compete with TikTok to the extent that there&#8217;s a limited number of minutes in the day, but movies are also competing with literally every other human activity. The movies are competing with you playing soccer in the park with your friends, right?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There will always be a market for the high end of entertainment because new media forms never completely replace old ones. They compete with them and take some of their share. People still read novels, people still go to plays, and people still listen to the radio. Old forms of media don&#8217;t go away altogether. There&#8217;s always still a market for them. The market just gets smaller and a bit more specific.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, I&#8217;m not sure about the idea that David Zaslav is competing with TikTok. However, he is very specifically competing with YouTube, because YouTube has specifically gone into the television space and it was doing it for about 10 years before the TV industry noticed at all. People have started to notice over the past year. I have started every single conversation I&#8217;ve had in Hollywood over the last two years with, &#8220;Did you know that YouTube is the largest streaming service on television sets?&#8221; Forget laptops, forget phones.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know you know this, Nilay, but I blow people&#8217;s minds with this in Hollywood. What those companies haven&#8217;t realized was in their rush to chase Netflix, Netflix came in and disrupted them directly. They said, &#8220;We all have to create our own mini HBOs that everyone is going to pay $15 a month for.&#8221; Obviously, that&#8217;s ludicrous. That was never going to be a workable business model, but that&#8217;s what they thought for about five years. In their rush to do that, they destroyed linear television. They destroyed the cable business. You can argue that people prefer to watch when they want, whatever. But what they never figured out how to work on streaming was about 60 percent of television: news, talk shows, comedy talk shows, lifestyle programming, <em>The Drew Barrymore Show</em>, travel shows, the weather. They let all of those things go to YouTube specifically.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now when people are like, &#8220;I just want to watch somebody talk about home improvement for a little bit. I want to hear somebody talk about the Knicks. I want to hear a funny person talk about the news,&#8221; they go to YouTube first, and it&#8217;s all free. YouTube&#8217;s entire business model is, &#8220;We don&#8217;t pay for content. We break off a chunk. If we make a lot of money, you get 50 percent.&#8221; That&#8217;s better than most of the other revenue share models for ads.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But that is the thing I think they still haven&#8217;t grappled with. Here&#8217;s a good example of this. A couple years ago, I was pitching a game show. I had a huge piece of IP attached. It was, I thought, a good pitch. I went to a streaming service to pitch it, and they said, &#8220;Here&#8217;s our problem with game shows. We can get people to watch one episode. We can&#8217;t get people to watch a whole season in a weekend.&#8221; I was like, &#8220;Wait, your whole business model doesn&#8217;t work if people don&#8217;t watch a whole season on the weekend? That&#8217;s not how people watch game shows.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, if you are conceding all of game shows, along with all these other formats, you&#8217;re conceding a huge swath of what used to be your business. Now, you are <em>only</em> focused on the very high end. You don&#8217;t have all of that cheaper programming anymore. I&#8217;m in the Writers Guild as what we call a &#8220;comedy variety writer.&#8221; I do nonfiction comedy like <em>The Daily Show</em>. The networks literally don&#8217;t make that kind of thing anymore. My old show, <em>Adam Ruins Everything</em>, ran for 65 episodes. It was a hit for the network and second-biggest show on TruTV. I could not sell a show anything close to that now because networks are like, &#8220;Well, we haven&#8217;t figured out how to get people to watch if it&#8217;s not like a high-end prestige drama starring Adam Scott.&#8221; Well, YouTube has, so people like me have been driven to YouTube with disastrous effects on the media landscape, both on the amount of money that we make but also on the kind of media that gets made.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I make a good living. I make as good a living as I did as a TV host. I&#8217;m very lucky to do so. But now I have a couple freelancers instead of a room full of writers, cinematographers, actors, all of these funny people who made a really good comedy product. Now when you want to get the comedy news, you don&#8217;t get to watch <em>The Daily Show</em> or <em>The Colbert Report</em>. Those shows are going away. You get to watch [Andrew] Schulz riff on the news with his three dumbass friends in front of a curtain for $0. Those shows have $0 budgets. The middle has evaporated.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My whole thing in media right now is trying to figure out how to rebuild a bit of the middle. How do I get a little bit of a budget so I can do something a little bit better than a podcast and a little bit closer to a television show? I think there&#8217;s still a market for it. It&#8217;s just that nobody is serving it currently.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s really what I want to dig into because I&#8217;m very curious how that budget comes back. If I just take what you&#8217;re describing — like when you were on truTV or if you made a show for another cable network back in the day like MTV — they had pretty good business models.</strong> <strong>Everyone in the country would pay their cable bill and MTV would get a piece of that money no matter what. That was really lucrative. Not only could they afford writers&#8217; rooms, cinematographers, people who hire the cameras, all those people could be unionized, demand better wages every year, and all the other stuff that unionized employees can do. They could also afford accountants, healthcare professionals, benefit service people, and highly paid CEOs.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>A cable channel&#8217;s overhead was massive, and maybe it was always all wrong. Maybe that overhead should have always flowed back to the content in some other way, but the business model was lucrative because the distribution was lucrative. We had convinced everyone in America to pay for television.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And they sold ads against the shows. My show was in the black. It costs this much to make the show, we sell this many ads, here are the rates we get for the ads, and here&#8217;s the money we get from the cable company. The show was in the black. That&#8217;s why we ran for five years. Most other shows on television are currently in the black.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We have two problems. One, the streamers don&#8217;t know how to make a show in the black anymore. They&#8217;re like, &#8220;We have this many subscribers.&#8221; How many people signed up for Apple TV Plus to watch <em>Widows Bay</em>? They do this weird math. That&#8217;s the first thing.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The second thing — and this is a little bit my own theory — is that they gave up decades of business development in the advertising business. Why was CBS able to get a certain rate for <em>The Late Show with Steven Colbert</em>? Because CBS has been negotiating with Johnson &amp; Johnson for 100 years saying, &#8220;Here&#8217;s how much a spot on CBS is worth.&#8221; You cannot rebuild that in an instant. Netflix tricked the entire industry into thinking there wasn&#8217;t going to be any advertising ever again, they all destroyed those businesses, and now they&#8217;re trying to rebuild them on Peacock. It&#8217;s like they gave up a business model that actually made them money.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the other hand, you&#8217;ve got YouTube, which is, of course, a massive advertising business, but it&#8217;s completely scrambled. The advertisers that I&#8217;m able to get on my show are all direct-to-consumer (DTC) brands. It&#8217;s MeUndies or whatever. It&#8217;s meal kits, subscription services, stuff like that. A lot of them are great, but where&#8217;s Coke and Chevy, you know what I mean? Car commercials used to pay for the media you watched. It was Don Draper shit. They didn&#8217;t realize that they were throwing the baby out with the bath water and that all of us have to somehow figure out how to rebuild. I do have a theory for how that might happen on the YouTube end that I&#8217;m, unfortunately, currently trying to pursue as a business person because that&#8217;s what I have to be now. I just wanted the David Zaslavs of the world to just give me a couple hundred grand a year and a union contract to make funny stuff. I don&#8217;t need to make millions, right? But now I have to be an entrepreneur, and so does everybody else. Fuck, that&#8217;s what I&#8217;ll do if I have to, but I was very happy being a laborer in the media industry, and I don&#8217;t have that option anymore.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think for a lot of people, their dream in life was to be a laborer in the media and entertainment industries. People who are good at cameras wanted to operate cameras, costume designers wanted to design costumes. They want to specialize in the field that they&#8217;re interested in. Now you end up being a multi-hyphenate entrepreneur. How has that shift been for you? Did you wake up one day and say, &#8220;Screw it, I&#8217;m a business person now?&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s devastating. I do remember when I shifted my business from trying to sell TV shows first and having a podcast to keep my audience hooked second to,&nbsp; &#8220;Oh, the podcast is the business now.&#8221; It was disorienting and disheartening. At the same time, I felt lucky to do it. Nobody tells me what to make except for the YouTube algorithm, which honestly does tell me what to make in pernicious ways that I grapple with every day. But I don&#8217;t have to convince somebody in a suit somewhere to let me do something. I&#8217;m lucky because I already had a show with my face on it and my name in the title that enabled me to bring some audience along and build something.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are so many incredible writers, performers, technicians, and artists of all levels who just don&#8217;t have work now. My whole cohort that moved to LA in our 30s to make television moved here because there was an industry here. It was a business. That&#8217;s why people have moved to LA for 100 years. That&#8217;s why, I don&#8217;t know, people like J.D. Salinger and F. Scott Fitzgerald would come to Hollywood to write a couple scripts because this is where a writer could get paid. Now, that doesn&#8217;t appear to exist in the same way. You know, my friends — people who are incredibly funny comedians and writers and actors —&nbsp; are all going to grad school. It&#8217;s very sad what&#8217;s happened.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s literally part of why my whole goal for the next couple years is to get enough funding and build a business model where I can employ a couple of comedy writers because that&#8217;s what I used to do. I used to have funny people around me. We would come up with funny stuff together. We&#8217;d digest the news and give it back to you. I just want to create that system again, or a little bit of it so a couple people can make livings. I want to figure out how to get my YouTube channel under a couple different union contracts. There&#8217;s a ways to go until we get there, but we&#8217;re in the rubble trying to rebuild anything close to the infrastructure we had before. As you said, cable channels were expensive. There was a lot of waste. There was also infrastructure that does not exist, and infrastructure, once demolished, takes a long time to rebuild.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We had the authors of a great book called </strong><strong><em>It&#8217;s Not TV</em></strong><strong>, which is a history of HBO, </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/23588100/hbo-its-not-tv-book-interview-warner-media-discovery"><strong>on the show</strong></a><strong> a couple years ago.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s a fantastic book. I love it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That book rules.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;ll make you cry with what we&#8217;ve lost.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There were entire executives at HBO and their job was to just identify and produce good creative.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Literally their job was to know crazy people who made great art and keep them calm and productive. That was their whole job. I could not identify those people anywhere anymore.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know a lot of those people. I know good executives at all the companies. They either live in fear of a current streamer and are hoping they don&#8217;t get fired, or they&#8217;re going into other businesses. Good creative executives were a real thing that are hard to find, and we treasured them as writers. Those people are going the way of the dinosaur too, unfortunately.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You have brought me to the </strong><strong><em>Decoder </em></strong><strong>questions because you&#8217;re talking about a structure you want to build to achieve very specific goals. How is the business of Adam Conover structured today? You have one employee, but how is it organized?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Great question. It&#8217;s everything everywhere all at once. I&#8217;m doing a million things. I have a live touring business. I tour as a standup comic. Luckily, that is a very durable business because no matter what happens in the tech industry, people are always going to want to sit in the dark with a drink in their hand around other people. Maybe they&#8217;ll want to do it a bit less because they&#8217;ll be on TikTok, but they&#8217;re going to want to do it. There are buildings set up to give them food and drinks that&#8217;ll pay to bring me out, so that&#8217;s good.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also do a weekly podcast, which is funded through those DTC ads with my podcast network, Headgum, which is a wonderful partner. It does really great work. Then, I currently do what I call biweekly monologues, which are scripted. I work with a couple freelance writers and researchers. We write them together, and then I deliver them straight to camera. Those have a little more thought and work put into them. We&#8217;re currently able to sell those at a higher ad premium because when they pop, they get a couple hundred thousand views on YouTube. They get millions of views at times on YouTube. The problem is that if they underperform, you almost immediately have to have hard conversations with your advertisers, and it&#8217;s very hard to get anything pre-funded. So, you&#8217;re constantly trying to keep your head above water with that piece of it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Simultaneously with those two things, I&#8217;m trying to figure out the next piece. I just produced a standup comedy special for myself that&#8217;s entirely self-funded. I recorded it at the Den Theater in Chicago. It cost me five figures to shoot because I wanted to do it properly and make it look good. That will be coming out on my YouTube channel in October, hopefully with a sponsor so I don&#8217;t lose a bunch of money on it. If I do, hey, at least it was an hour of my creative work. I spent two years working on this material. It&#8217;s very important to me. People will see it, and it&#8217;ll hopefully fuel my touring business.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The days of a large company buying your standup special&#8230; This is a really great example of YouTube creating a race to the bottom because Netflix, in its destruction of cable like Comedy Central and largely the destruction of HBO, set itself up as we&#8217;re the home of standup comedy. It does have a ton of standup comedy on the platform, but YouTube has even more. And when people just want to watch a standup comedy special, they&#8217;ll more likely go to YouTube first. As a result, more and more comedians are saying, &#8220;Well, I&#8217;ll just record it and put it on YouTube because maybe I&#8217;ll get lucky with the algorithm. There&#8217;s been a couple examples of that and I&#8217;ll hit the jackpot.&#8221; Honestly, the streamers don&#8217;t pay enough unless you&#8217;re very high end, like if you&#8217;re someone incredible like Ali Wong, one of my favorite comics in the country. I&#8217;m sure she has a great deal. But if you&#8217;re entry level, you&#8217;re looking at it going, &#8220;Well, I might as well just do it on YouTube because I might lose some money either way. Why not just control it and put it on my own channel?&#8221; As a result, YouTube has totally undercut this sector of the market. That&#8217;s what I&#8217;ve experienced. I&#8217;m sure other people in music or other forms of media have experienced the same.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The last piece is that I am constantly trying to find my way in the new media ecosystem. People are starting to have this intuition that the future of YouTube is television. The ad dollars are eventually going to come and we&#8217;ll be able to figure out the business model. It&#8217;s starting to look like you&#8217;re going to be able to get investment to create something that looks a little bit similar to an old cable pitch process. I made a deck that I&#8217;m going to be taking around trying to say, &#8220;Hey, will someone —</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Did you do it by hand or did you just let Claude do it for you? I&#8217;ve seen a lot of Claude decks lately, man. I&#8217;m just asking.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Look, I do not work with AI for the creative stuff. I did the first draft by hand, and I have a graphic designer who has made my decks for years.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Wow. You are committed to human labor, my friend.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My god. Look, the whole point of life is to be around other people!</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But is the point of life to make decks? Come on.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The deck is part of the creative process, man. Literally, I figure out what the show is by writing the pitch document. If you think about if you&#8217;re going to be able to sell this to a person to get them to put money into it, then you can sell it to an audience. That was part of how the TV pitch process worked. So, I&#8217;m starting to try and figure out what that is in order to build what I hope will be the future of what we used to call late-night or topical nonfiction comedy on television. It&#8217;s sort of merging the monologues and the interviews&nbsp; I currently do into something that feels more like a TV show. That&#8217;s my project for the next couple of years. Hopefully, I can employ a couple people and give them health insurance, but that&#8217;s a big leap to take.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s not necessarily a slow gradation where you can just build it piece by piece. At some point, you&#8217;re like, &#8220;I kind of just need a couple hundred grand to do this or I can just keep making the thing alone in my apartment.&#8221; That is not what I got in the business to do. I mean, it&#8217;s great, but I would like to do more.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m going to ask you the other </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> questions, and then I want to push on some of this just a little bit.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Please.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How do you make decisions? What&#8217;s your framework for making decisions? You obviously have a wide range to make.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Wow.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Don&#8217;t worry. Some of the biggest CEOs in the world have been like deer in the headlights at this question, which I think is fascinating.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You cut to a deep therapy question for me.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s all the show is. It&#8217;s important people doing therapy with me.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Decision-making is really difficult. I am trying to embrace more of the build in public ethos of the internet and saying, &#8220;I&#8217;ll put it out there and we&#8217;ll see how it does, and we&#8217;ll learn from that.&#8221; I think my best decision-making works that way. That is how you build a standup set. You go do jokes in front of an audience, half of them don&#8217;t work, and you stop doing them after the third try when they don&#8217;t work. Then, you come up with something new, and the ones that lived are the ones in the special. I&#8217;ve been trying to apply that more to my scripted and my podcast interviews.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But sometimes you got to take a flying leap and say, &#8220;Let&#8217;s try to do this.&#8221; I mean, the hardest decisions to make are the ones about the business itself. So, I have a limited amount of time in the day. Do I try to create a new piece of YouTube content for my AVOD (ad-supported video on-demand) audience? Or do I try to create something special for my Patreon audience? A big chunk of my income is people who pay to subscribe. Do I make a custom podcast that only a few thousand people are going to hear rather than the 100,000 that might hear it on YouTube? Those people are paying for it, and if I put good content there, maybe it&#8217;ll grow. You end up making those sort of decisions in a vacuum, and all you can really do is follow your intuition and adjust when it doesn&#8217;t go well.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The last thing I&#8217;ll say is that my oldest decision-making rubric has always been to try and imagine myself as the audience. When I was first making a cable show, I was very lucky that I grew up watching basic cable and I got to make a basic cable show. I imagined, &#8220;I&#8217;m 15 years old. I&#8217;m sitting on the floor watching the television set. What would get me excited?&#8221; I try to do that same thing with YouTube and the podcast. If you&#8217;re thinking about the audience&#8217;s experience as someone who&#8217;s creating things for an audience, you&#8217;ll hopefully never be steered wrong.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m very curious about that dynamic in your decision-making because I personally always think we should start with the audience. Unfortunately, I keep getting older and the young audience came up in a totally different media environment. I started as a blogger, and famous newspaper columnists would not give me the time of day at events. Now the TikTokers look at me like I&#8217;m Gandalf at events. They call me the mainstream media, which is deeply hilarious, right?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>My calibration towards the audience has largely been, &#8220;Oh, they don&#8217;t know.&#8221; They don&#8217;t know that there was another way. This is the only way they&#8217;ve known. If I don&#8217;t participate in these specific ways, I&#8217;m actually so different that I&#8217;m incompatible. I&#8217;m trying to plug the old USB cable into the new USB port. It just doesn&#8217;t work.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The thing that really gets me about that is the pressure on all the platforms and all the creatives in the world to go directly to the audience for free is at an all-time high. Then, the expectation is that you will monetize that with a brand sponsorship. You went viral twice on TikTok, and you&#8217;re going to read the ads for green powder from some supplement company that makes you more virile or whatever it is they&#8217;re promising today.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s something about that that feels very dangerous to the creative process for me. You&#8217;re scratching at it with, &#8220;What creative thing am I going to do today?&#8221; Maybe the rubric is that Patreon people are paying you this much money, but the audience might grow on YouTube in this way. Maybe I just want to make the most viral thing the algorithm is telling me to make. I have truly struggled to manage that dynamic. What is the most economically lucrative thing to do? What is the thing that will get me the most attention? What is the thing that lets me stay pure of heart?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What is the thing you actually want to do?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s that. That&#8217;s important.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What is the thing that lets you do what got you into the business in the first place? What made you want to go to college for the thing or made you get that first job?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Which is saying the iPod is better than the Zune. If I could just make that video every single day for the rest of my life, that would be great.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just wanted to goof off with funny people and come up with something new to say with them. It&#8217;s really, really hard.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A couple answers there. First of all, in terms of what the audience expects now, it&#8217;s true. I talk to people in their 20s, and the way you or I would talk about MTV or Comedy Central is how they talk about early YouTube. That is the culture they grew up with. You can&#8217;t ignore that. Sometimes, I&#8217;m like, is my desire to do something that feels more like a television show me being an old man about it? Should I just do the new thing?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I look at people I really admire on YouTube, like ContraPoints and Hbomberguy. They are two YouTube video essayists I adore. They use this very specific, internet-native model where each of them makes one three-hour-long YouTube video once a year that is so amazing that they have a massive Patreon audience and take no brand deals. Do I need to do that? Well, they built that organically. They started that when I was working in television. That&#8217;s not who I am. So, that&#8217;s hard for me to do. You don&#8217;t want to be <a href="https://knowyourmeme.com/memes/how-do-you-do-fellow-kids">the Steve Buscemi meme</a>, right? Show up and try to do the thing.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>If you started making a ContraPoints video, I think that&#8217;d be pretty good. I would pay extra for that one.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She writes, films, edits, and set decorates every single piece of that herself. That&#8217;s not the way I&#8217;ve ever worked, and sometimes I go, &#8220;Do I need to do that? Well, it&#8217;s special when she does it. It&#8217;s going to work when I do it?&#8221; At the same time, I do have this belief that… I always wanted to make a late-night show. That is still a goal of mine. There are other things I want to do too. I&#8217;d love to do a travel documentary. I&#8217;d also love to do a late-night show. Everyone says late night is dying, except that millions of people still fucking watch it on YouTube. [Stephen] Colbert was getting millions of views on every single thing he posted. <em>The Daily Show</em> still does. But no one has built the digital-native business model.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And YouTube videos are getting longer. I still have an intuition that, at the end of the day, people still want to sit on the couch with a drink in their hands, their partner&#8217;s feet on their lap, and the dog next to them and watch something that&#8217;s 45 minutes long. Watch a funny person give them some relief about the news of the day and have it be funnier than just a bunch of fucking riffs. Bringing those two sensibilities together is what I&#8217;m trying to crack. Figuring out how to do the same thing on YouTube that has a flavor of the old style. I think the success of standup comedy on YouTube and vertical video is a good example of this. It&#8217;s such an old art form, and yet it really performs well. People do still want it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How do you do what is economically successful? That is the really difficult part because Hollywood at its best was about having a good idea. There&#8217;s someone working for the company who sees that it&#8217;s good. They buy it because they know it&#8217;s good, and it&#8217;s so good other people will watch it. Then, they give you money to make it good.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On some level, they can say, &#8220;We don&#8217;t want to pay for this.&#8221; And you could say, &#8220;Yeah, it&#8217;s going to be really good though.&#8221; If you convince them, you can get the money and you can make the thing. This is literally how I made the last show. My old show on truTV cost like $700,000 an episode to make — $1 million by the end — and that&#8217;s because it was good! They made enough money off of it that they kept it going.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But when you are literally just chasing the algorithm for every single click, that is a lot harder. It disincentivizes experimentation and it disincentivizes putting the work in to make the thing good. For instance, the stuff that I get the best numbers with on YouTube is when I talk about AI and am critical of the tech giants. My top YouTube video ever from my recent run is like, <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oVj4kZF-Fgk"><em>Elon Musk Is An Idiot</em></a>. That&#8217;s the name of the video.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s going to be the title of this video. Can you do a tight five on it right now?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Absolutely! Wait, no, it would take an hour. </p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But I also have other things I want to talk about. I just made a video that went into the history of leaf blowers. Why did I literally walk by a gas-powered leaf blower on the block today even though they&#8217;re banned in California? There&#8217;s a fascinating history behind it. Leaf blowers are horrible for the environment. It’s a really interesting story. I was like, &#8220;Oh, I heard about this. I want to make a video about it.&#8221; I spent three weeks making the video. It got 50,000 views. I don&#8217;t know, maybe I could have had a better thumbnail, but it wasn&#8217;t what the algorithm wanted from me today. So I&#8217;m going, &#8220;Do I only talk about AI now?&#8221; I would like to talk about other things. People click &#8220;subscribe&#8221; on my channel. I can try to grow my audience, but they&#8217;re not going to see my video unless the algo shows it to them.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to ask about this because this dynamic is very real, especially if you think about data driving every young creator. They&#8217;re just trying to get started, so the data is going to drive them. It&#8217;s going to have an outsized influence no matter what. You have some history, you have some beliefs about what people might want based on what people wanted in the past. You&#8217;re going to make a late-night show, you&#8217;re going to take that risk. A young creator just looks at the view counts and says, &#8220;Well, this got many views, I should get more views.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;ve had basically every platform CEO on the show. We&#8217;ve had </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/22606296/youtube-shorts-fund-neal-mohan-decoder-interview"><strong>Neal [Mohan]</strong></a><strong> from YouTube. We&#8217;ve had </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/22237648/instagram-adam-mosseri-interview-trump-ban"><strong>Adam [Mosseri]</strong></a><strong> from Instagram. The argument they would make in response to this whole conversation — and I&#8217;m going to try to do it justice even though I mostly agree with you, but I&#8217;ll try to do it justice — is, “What you&#8217;re describing in the &#8217;80s, &#8217;90s, and early 2000s was a series of gatekeepers that were inaccessible to most of the people in the world.”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m a kid who grew up in Wisconsin. If I wanted to make a late-night cable TV show, that path was almost totally foreclosed to me unless I moved to New York or Los Angeles, got a job as a waiter, and then hustled my way up through comedy clubs to meet one person who might decide that I was talented. That meant gatekeepers existed and people were left out. The economics of that might have been great and might have created a large middle class because there was enough overhead in that system to pay for a large middle class of creatives, but it mostly locked everybody out.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The social platforms create instant marketing opportunities for everyone from their bedroom. So, if you&#8217;re a young comic in the middle of the country and you have no ability to get into the Comedy Cellar in New York because you can&#8217;t work for free in that specific way, you can just film yourself talking on TikTok until you get a little bit of an audience. Then you can maybe drive an audience to come to a club near you, or whatever it is that you&#8217;re going to do. That pathway to get the exposure, which is necessary at the beginning, exists in a totally democratizing way. The economics of it might be bad, but many, many more people have the opportunity.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think about that. I think about my own career. I started as a blogger working for AOL for $12 a post. The newspaper columnists who are now very sweet to me —&nbsp; they&#8217;ve been very sweet to me over the years — I got to compete with them in a way that I would have never gotten to previously. I can&#8217;t quite reconcile how badly I feel about the economics of the industry today and the amount of opportunity that it has created for so many other people.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, I have a clear answer to this, which is that to the people from YouTube, I would say, &#8220;You&#8217;re the gatekeepers now.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The algorithm is the gatekeeper.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course it is! Try to start something from scratch. Try. Try to build from getting 200 views on videos that the algorithm gives you, and tell me that&#8217;s not a gatekeeper. Yes, we had NBC, CBS, and ABC in the bad old days, and that&#8217;s all you got. Those were big gatekeepers, you had to please them. Now, we have YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok. That&#8217;s all you get. In fact, YouTube doesn&#8217;t really compete with Instagram and TikTok directly because it has a completely different business model. They do the horizontal thing. It&#8217;s on streamers in the way those aren&#8217;t. Really, it&#8217;s literally just YouTube if you want to do broad swaths of content. That&#8217;s a fucking gatekeeper. You think Mr. Beast is good at what he does? He pleases the gatekeeper. Look at any interview with him. It&#8217;s about him figuring out, &#8220;Okay this video got this many views, this other one got this many views.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, the argument that you&#8217;re making — that the gatekeepers were gone and the internet was democratizing — was good when it was people in charge of it. Do you remember back when we used to email memes to each other because you saw <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numa_Numa_(video)">the video of the Numa Numa kid</a> and you thought, &#8220;Oh, that kid&#8217;s funny. I&#8217;m going to send it to my friend&#8221;? Large swaths of people were in charge of the distribution. It is not anymore. They are taking some very loose signals from our swiping and turning it into algorithmic control of what we see. They have more power than anyone who worked for CBS or ABC ever did. It&#8217;s actually worse because people aren&#8217;t in charge of it. If you went and talked to any of them and said, &#8220;Hey, you&#8217;re in charge of this?&#8221; They would say, &#8220;No, we&#8217;re not, it&#8217;s just an algorithm.&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s actually worse because at least in the old days, there was someone I could go impress. There was a person I could go talk to. If you go talk to a streamer like Netflix now and try to convince them that this show is a good idea, it would say, &#8220;The algorithm said it&#8217;s not.&#8221; That&#8217;s basically what it boils down to. They don&#8217;t have the leeway to make decisions, with rare exceptions. Frankly, the good shows are when the exception gets made. But it&#8217;s ludicrous. The media ecosystem now is more concentrated and more closed off than it ever was before. The only difference is that now anybody can upload anything for free, and YouTube will host it for you. That&#8217;s good from a user perspective. If you just want to upload a video of your baby and send it to your sister, that used to be a lot harder. YouTube solved that problem for a lot of people. But in terms of a broadcast medium, it&#8217;s grotesquely exploitative.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Imagine if you were driving for Uber and you didn&#8217;t get paid. Instead, you got to try driving for Uber for years, and it said, &#8220;Oh, if the algorithm says you&#8217;re really good at Uber, maybe we&#8217;ll start to give you a little bit of money.&#8221; And what if everybody in the country was doing this simultaneously? That is what the media ecosystem is, and it&#8217;s bad. It&#8217;s bad.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is the other thing I wanted to ask you about. You mentioned you want to have a unionized talk show on YouTube. You&#8217;re going to hire some people. That&#8217;s a cost. We run a union shop here. There&#8217;s costs associated with all of that. Those are good costs. I think media companies should pay those costs. You need the economics to work, and you mentioned you needed a digital-native business model for that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I look at how that works today, and that mostly looks like big, lucrative brand deals. You need a Coca-Cola, a Chevy, a Ford, or whoever to show up and pay you a bunch of money to be integrated into your show. You, Adam Conover, eventually have to drive to every guest’s house in your Ford Fiesta or whatever and open it. In the back, it&#8217;s full of supplements or whatever that money&#8217;s going to look like. Because the advertising has to be integrated into the content, and then that has to reach scale. That is where that money comes from. Are you comfortable with those level of integrations? It&#8217;s very different in me for news, but on the YouTube entertainment side, that pendulum has swung and it has been swinging for a long time.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t love it. You&#8217;re constantly being asked to make compromises and deals that you&#8217;d rather not make. In so many ways,  we&#8217;re going back to the old days of media. Again, YouTube is ABC, NBC, and CBS rolled into one. What were the earliest days of that broadcasting like? It was the Marlboro comedy hour, right? All the comedians would say, “I love smoking Marlboro cigarettes” in between every single joke. That was how television as an industry began. We eventually separated those out. The commercials were run in between the shows, and it was never like it is at <em>The New York Times</em> where ad sales never talks to the creative. I made a basic cable show for years where half of our episodes were taking apart advertisers and talking about the diamond engagement rings, razors, and how capitalism tries to scam you, and in between was ads.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We never got pushback. One time they were like, &#8220;Hey, please don&#8217;t do something about the NCAA because we broadcast that every March.&#8221; It would be stuff like that. They had the separation. Why? Because the audience likes it better that way. It just took them a couple decades to figure that out. Right now, we are in the period of a couple decades where we have to figure that out again. I see YouTube literally trying to rebuild that model very slowly.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is a bit of my own theory, but I think YouTube is trying not to be the channel. It wants to be the cable company. It wants the channel, the <em>Adam Conover</em> channel, to be the cable channel. So, it wants me to make the brand deal and do all the business development. It&#8217;s just the pipe that takes a bunch off the top. Great business model if it can make it happen, but it knows it wants to level up the production value.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, what is YouTube doing? It&#8217;s not giving anybody money, but it is starting to promote shows more. It&#8217;s doing its own up-fronts. It&#8217;s trying to connect people with advertisers. I see it trying to spark the pilot light of this a bit but without actually putting money or infrastructure or investment into it. It&#8217;s just like, &#8220;Can we just boost you guys up a little bit?&#8221; At the same time Netflix&#8217;s model is the opposite. It&#8217;ll sink the money into the production and try to make the thing at the high end. That&#8217;s a really interesting competition. Unfortunately, it&#8217;s a competition between two giants.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think we could get there by the time I&#8217;m like 60. Hopefully, at that point, I&#8217;m hosting a show with ad breaks in between and it&#8217;s not too bad of an integration. But we&#8217;re in the world that we&#8217;re in.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The reality is that I would love to do a totally pure show where I&#8217;m just subscriber funded. I would love to be ContraPoints or Hbomberguy, but that model pushes you towards doing it all by yourself. My costs are zero, and so what do I have? Time. I put in infinite amounts of time, and if I can put in infinite amounts of my own time, then I can get rewarded with subscriber money. The subscribers will pay me because they know that it&#8217;s just me doing this.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But I don&#8217;t want to work that way. I want to work with writers. I want to work with other comedians. I want camera people. I want a team, you know? And to do that, I need to get advertisers. Currently, that means dealing with a lot of bullshit that you would rather not have to and having to make compromises that you would rather not. It sucks, and I don&#8217;t have a way around it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I certainly know a lot of creators who describe the lifestyle as very lonely and have taken to calling other creators their colleagues in order to create that sense of camaraderie, even though they are largely competing for the same minutes and the same platform in terms of attention.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to ask you about the advertiser thing. I basically have to ask you about crypto advertising now. You </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/news/674197/adam-conover-regrets-becoming-a-crypto-shill-for-sam-altmans-world"><strong>got in a lot of trouble</strong></a><strong> because you read Sam Altman&#8217;s crypto ad, I think Worldcoin. This is the hardest thing. For all I know, the ads on our show are going to be a bunch of AI companies and crypto companies. We do have the wall. We make journalism here. I get to say that I have no idea what happens there. Take it or leave it. The integrations are where people get in trouble. You read the ad copy, you took the money. The audience was very unhappy with you.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I actually didn&#8217;t take the money. I turned down the money. I took the ad down. I was not paid for all the trouble I got in.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Walk me through all of that. Walk me through saying, &#8220;Yes.&#8221; Walk me through then saying, &#8220;Actually, this is bad. I&#8217;m taking it down. I don&#8217;t want your money.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you&#8217;re in this business, you have to look for [return on investment]. You have to look for if someone wants to pay you an outsized amount of money to not do that much work. That&#8217;s the way you make the entire business function because, for instance, the YouTube monologues I do are incredibly effortful. But I&#8217;m still trying to make a living, so if someone&#8217;s like… One example of this from live performance is that I&#8217;ll get hired to host a gala event. That pays more than a normal standup gig, but it&#8217;s actually less work. You sort of need some of that to pad out.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, Sam Altman&#8217;s [World] comes along — which you guys <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/914385/world-id-tinder-identity-verifying-orb">have covered quite well</a> on your site —&nbsp; and says, &#8220;We want you to come to this event. Just make a video at the event, publish it, and we&#8217;ll give you a bunch of money for it.&#8221; Well, this product honestly looks like fucking garbage. It looks like one of the worst products I’d ever seen. I was like, &#8220;They want to pay me a bunch of money? My audience is going to hate this.&#8221; Yeah, sure. Whatever. This way I can literally use that to fund some of the stuff that I want to do.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I go and do it, and it comes out. People are very unhappy with it. The premise of the product is deeply unsettling, grotesque, and surveillance oriented, right? However, when I was there watching the keynote, I was like, &#8220;This is the most comical vaporware I have ever seen. This is never going to come out. No one is ever going to do this. This is so ill-conceived. It&#8217;s the biggest turd I&#8217;ve ever seen in tech.&#8221; That was my evaluation. How could I expect my audience to see it that way? They only saw the horrible version of it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, what I eventually did was take the video down. I turned the money down. I was not paid for it. I instead made <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eDsSg-Xm1ms">a YouTube video where I talked for around 25 minutes</a> about how grotesque, stupid, and bad the product was. I think I was able to do a pretty funny and incisive piece of commentary about it because I was at the keynote. The only reason I went to the keynote. Part of the reason I went was that I thought that this thing was going to be weird and it was. I wanted to go see. There was a bit of lookie-looing around. I ended up making a video that I was very proud of as a result of this fiasco. I did not monetize that video, so I didn&#8217;t earn any income off of it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think a lot of creators go through this moment where you&#8217;re constantly being led along and tempted. Sometimes, you step over the line and you don&#8217;t even realize you&#8217;ve done it until after you&#8217;ve done it. Well, I thought I was behaving with integrity in the moment, but looking back, why would anybody think that I was? Does that mean I really did? I mean, that&#8217;s the situation we&#8217;re in.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m happy to say that I fucked up by doing so. I also believe that you make mistakes, you acknowledge it, and you do something corrective, which is what I did my best to do. Luckily, the lion&#8217;s share of my audience was like, &#8220;Oh, this video was really great. Thank you for the thorough explanation and for eviscerating the product.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That thing is hilarious, by the way.</strong> <strong>I would encourage people to watch your video and all the other videos. Any coverage of the Orb that isn&#8217;t literal sponcon is like, &#8220;What are we doing here?&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me ask you about this. You obviously learned a huge important lesson. If you had worked in a media company or entertainment company of any kind, that would become institutional knowledge.</strong> “<strong>We screwed up. We&#8217;re never going to do this again.” Now, a bunch of people have had this experience, and when new people come in and try to do this thing again, we&#8217;re just going to say no. But you have to do that alone. Every creator has to do that alone.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>My joke on the show for ages is that every YouTuber gets their wings when they make the video about how mad they are at YouTube.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m about to make that video actually. I&#8217;ve got it locked and loaded.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Finally, you&#8217;re going to grow up, Adam.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This actually might be it. This is the beginning of it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, the reason I ask that is because in the old way, there were unions. You are part of a union. The union and the big Hollywood studios would negotiate. These are repeat players, so even if they were antagonistic, the negotiations were towards a common purpose because you were going to do it again in three years. That created a kind of institutional knowledge, or a set of shared goals at the very least. If the tactics and specific negotiations got heated, at least the goals were the same.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>No one can do that with YouTube. Ben Smith from Semafor </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/980759/ben-smith-semafor-ethics-journalism-ai-events-buzzfeed-media-news"><strong>was just on the show</strong></a><strong> and he said that people are building real businesses and real careers on top of YouTube. But YouTube has — probably to its own benefit and to the detriment of the media industry — built a system where it&#8217;s for individuals and no one has any leverage except for YouTube.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You and I cannot get together and go demand terms from YouTube. If we got a thousand YouTubers together to demand terms from YouTube, it would still laugh. It wouldn&#8217;t even take the call. It would say, &#8220;There&#8217;s another thousand teenagers who will work for free. Good luck.&#8221; How do you change that? You have a very unique perspective as someone who has organized against Hollywood. Can you change that for the platforms?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I&#8217;m putting my labor organizer hat on, I don&#8217;t think the organizing target is YouTube itself. I think it&#8217;s the channel. So, I wouldn&#8217;t try to organize YouTube. I&#8217;d try to organize Mr. Beast&#8217;s staff, who — you&#8217;ve probably done some reporting on it yourself — are <a href="https://apnews.com/article/mrbeast-sexual-harassment-pregnant-maternity-leave-lorrayne-mavromatis-1328b020711e2bef10f0a3f8a1fa1987">horribly abused and underpaid</a>. That is the reality of the economy.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s actually not the case that all the biggest YouTubers are individuals. The biggest YouTubers are companies. Go look at Adam Savage. That guy is basically doing a cable show every single day. Go look at Hank Green. I love Hank Green. I look at him and I go, &#8220;<a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/882021/hank-green-complexly-non-profit-youtube-ai-algorithms-interview">How many people are helping him to make these videos</a>?&#8221; You know what I mean?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you want to do something that&#8217;s big, constant, and brings in the money, it is a large scale enterprise. It&#8217;s in YouTube&#8217;s interest to encourage those big channels to get bigger. Monopolies or consolidation are sort of the law of economics unless you&#8217;ve got a strong antitrust to prevent them. I see YouTube getting even bigger, the bigger channels getting even bigger, and them getting big enough to organize. Like you said yourself, you&#8217;re <em>The Verge</em>, you are a YouTube channel, and you have a unionized staff. And we&#8217;re starting to see that happen in the YouTube space. We&#8217;re starting to see the staffs of specific channels unionizing.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, if <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_most-subscribed_YouTube_channels">the top 100 channels</a> do grow big enough, could they go to YouTube and say, &#8220;Hey, we demand a better split?&#8221; Yeah, they could. Is that going to benefit all the people who work for the channels? Probably not, but it becomes more of a B2B negotiation. You know what it becomes more like? When the cable channels were arguing against Spectrum, Charter, and all of those. They would have those carriage battles and those kinds of wars. It becomes that kind of dispute.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, YouTube is making itself a cable monopoly on top of the internet. I think that&#8217;s what the dynamic is. However, the original point of the creator economy was to separate labor from each other and, in fact, make the labor so invisible that even if you&#8217;re not doing it professionally, you&#8217;re kind of ambiently doing it all the time. When you open YouTube or Instagram, how often are you watching someone do it professionally versus how often are you watching someone do it for fun? Having one video go viral; or making one video a week to promote their dentistry business; or making one video a week because they hope to go pro but they actually never will and Instagram hasn&#8217;t told them. That&#8217;s the huge dark matter of social media. None of those people will be paid. Those people are truly un-unionizable. Sorry, but what it&#8217;ll eventually take is <em>the government</em> making some regulations around this.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Where we&#8217;re starting to see that is with how different states are treating gig workers like rideshare drivers. You&#8217;re starting to see that action happening. There have been battles in California and in other states as well. They&#8217;re slow. We&#8217;re certainly not close to being all the way there. Again, this looks to me like we&#8217;re doing the history of the labor movement again. The capitalists have consolidated. They figured out a new industrial revolution that has impoverished everybody and had us working for penny wages. It&#8217;s going to take a lot of people organizing, a lot of labor power, and the government figuring out that there&#8217;s a problem to do something about it. It&#8217;s going to take decades.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Hopefully it won&#8217;t take violence in the streets, which is what it took during the late 19th and early 20th centuries as the labor movement worked its way towards labor peace. So often when I think about these things, everyone wants to say, &#8220;Oh, it&#8217;s new. It&#8217;s new. It&#8217;s new.&#8221; Actually, we&#8217;ve gone back to the beginning in so many areas.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One of our great reporters, Mia Sato, has a line and a thesis she&#8217;s reporting out that influencers are the new gig workers. There&#8217;s just a lot of echoes in there.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh yeah.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to end by asking about Hollywood. You&#8217;ve come out very strongly against the Paramount-Warner Bros. Discovery merger. There&#8217;s an argument in everything you&#8217;re describing that we should just let Hollywood kill itself. We should just let David Ellison spend all of his dad&#8217;s money buying a studio, running CBS News into the ground. These things are doomed. There&#8217;s a version of this where the big fights to stop them from killing themselves so that the writing staff of whatever show on whatever network can persist for a little longer just slows down the apocalypse. You can&#8217;t fix it. Do you think it&#8217;s fixable, or are you just trying to slow down the apocalypse?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First of all, I think all effort that you put into fighting this shit is good effort. Even if the Paramount-Warner Bros. Discovery merger happens and it costs them a lot more time and money, well, that&#8217;ll make the next monopolist think a little longer about the next monopoly. We are starting to see an epochal shift in antitrust. Even people like [former Federal Trade Commission chair] Lina Khan and [former FTC commissioner] Alvaro Bedoya are doing amazing work out of office. You can imagine if Democrats take power again. Even the Republicans are starting to do antitrust a little bit. So, we are making progress there. </p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The most pernicious lie the tech industry tells is about its own inevitability. &#8220;Oh, oopsie! Hey, we just invented something so good that everything you used to like has to die. Oh, sorry, you got to get with the program.&#8221; No, these people killed our businesses purposefully with mal intent. The first time this ever happened to me was during the Facebook pivot-to-video era. I used to work at CollegeHumor. We had a great business making videos on the internet. Facebook lied about the traffic that their videos were getting. We pivoted a huge amount of the business to Facebook, and it cratered a huge amount of CollegeHumor&#8217;s business. CollegeHumor later became Dropout TV, which is <a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/781331/hank-green-sam-reich-dropout-collegehumor-game-changer">a wonderful media success story</a> that I&#8217;m really proud of. But it&#8217;s that kind of thing. When you look at this shit, half of it is just Mark Zuckerberg lying to people over and over again. So, we don&#8217;t need to accept it as some law of the universe.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The last part of it is that I don&#8217;t just make this argument because I miss having union health insurance and hanging out with funny people writing stuff. Of course I miss those things. Of course I&#8217;m sad about the death of the creative class in Hollywood. I got into this because I like movies. I like television. People still do like movies. Talk to people. They&#8217;re not like, &#8220;No, I never want to see a movie again.&#8221; They&#8217;re like, &#8220;What happened to the good movies?&#8221; Go watch <em>Terminator 2</em> with anybody, and they&#8217;ll go, &#8220;I wish I could see a movie like this now. Why won&#8217;t they make me this movie anymore?&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By the way, the box office is having a really good year because they made a couple good fucking movies this year. Big movies and small movies. You&#8217;ve got <em>Obsession</em> and <em>Backrooms</em>. You&#8217;ve got <em>The Odyssey</em>. Even the Marvel bullshit has had a pretty good year. So, we still love this art form. The movies are one of America&#8217;s greatest cultural legacies. It&#8217;s like the movies, jazz, and soul food are America&#8217;s three biggest contributions to world culture. </p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We can&#8217;t let it die. The fact that this entire art form is very effortful and takes a lot of money doesn&#8217;t mean that we should accept a world in which it doesn&#8217;t exist because a couple of billionaires wanted to lie and steal from each other. We don&#8217;t need to accept that world. We can, in fact, have a world that has room for YouTube and television and the movies and, by the way, plays and novels and all the other art forms that people love. We just have to not let these idiots and assholes destroy their own and each other&#8217;s businesses.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I can&#8217;t think of a better place to end it. Adam, you&#8217;re going to have to come back soon. This was incredible. Thank you so much for being on </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Nilay, thank you so much for having me. I had a blast.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nick Statt</name>
			</author>
			
			<author>
				<name>Greg Ott</name>
			</author>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[Why the current tech backlash feels different]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/992141/decoder-mailbag-ai-backlash-surveillance-midterms-data-centers" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=992141</id>
			<updated>2026-09-10T09:49:45-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-09-10T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="AI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Policy" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Politics" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.&#160; Nick Statt: Hello and welcome to Decoder, Nilay&#8217;s show about big ideas and other problems. This is Nick Statt, senior producer. And I&#8217;m joined by our brand-new supervising producer, Greg Ott. Greg Ott: Good day, everyone. And Hi, Nilay. Nilay is here too. He is [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A photo illustration of an email logo." data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="Image: The Verge" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/DCD_Mailbag.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.&nbsp;</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nick Statt: Hello and welcome to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>, Nilay&#8217;s show about big ideas and other problems. This is Nick Statt, senior producer. And I&#8217;m joined by our brand-new supervising producer, Greg Ott.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Greg Ott: Good day, everyone. And Hi, Nilay. Nilay is here too. He is the person who hosts the show, and his name is also in the show. So it makes sense.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nilay Patel:</strong> It&#8217;s true. We don&#8217;t consistently say my name in the show enough. We should do it all the time. I should do it. Welcome to <em>Decoder with Nilay Patel.</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: Like Nick was saying, this is Nilay&#8217;s show and we are doing a mailbag episode. This is where we go through all the feedback. Because you listen to the end of every episode, we know you do. We do mention that we go through every single email that we get. Nick, you can verify that. We get a ton of email, and we do read through all of it. Is that true?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: We now get YouTube comments. We get many, many </strong><strong><em>Verge </em></strong><strong>comments. We get Spotify comments and posts on Bluesky, Threads, and elsewhere. So yeah, we get a lot of feedback.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do feel like promising we&#8217;ll read all the YouTube comments is an emotional commitment that we&#8217;re making, but we do read everything.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: We do.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: I do read the Spotify comments. I read every one because those are specifically pretty pointed.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO:</strong> <strong>Yeah. They&#8217;re kind of like uncut gems. Because they&#8217;re trying to build this little community, somebody might read this because it only gets like six comments as opposed to 600 for a YouTube video.</strong></p>

<iframe loading="lazy" frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP2361650123" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: We last did a mailbag episode in April, and we said we were going to do more of these. So we&#8217;re back again. This is September. We&#8217;ve had a few months. We&#8217;ve had a lot of really big interviews. So yeah, let&#8217;s just get into it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: We&#8217;re going to kick things off with the </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/917029/software-brain-ai-backlash-databases-automation"><strong>“software brain” video you put out</strong></a><strong>. This was one of the biggest things that people have commented on. It is far and away the most talked-about episode in the past six months. Hundreds of comments on </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong> website, hundreds of comments on YouTube, single to double-digit comments on Spotify, and lots and lots of emails.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We want to start there because a lot of the feedback was positive and people actually rarely email us a ton of negative feedback. We get a lot of, &#8220;Attaboy.&#8221; Some guy I knew in high school just emailed me — Hi Dean — saying how much he liked our Kathy Hochul episode. So people like the show, but for this one, we got some negative stuff on </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong> that we&#8217;re going to get to in a second.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One thing we wanted to talk about though is something a reader brought up about the idea of the Nilay rants. And of you effectively pulling out your inner Dennis Miller and really giving us your take on something. For this one, one listener wrote, &#8220;Just listened to ‘People do not yearn for automation,’ and all I can say is the people do yearn for more Nilay rants.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So we want to know, what is the origin of this type of rant? And then how much of the show&#8217;s DNA do you think is built around this idea of you giving us the rant, and the idea of you giving us your hot take on something really, really well thought out, as opposed to the interviews we usually do?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like I should make another riff on the “People do not yearn for automation,” but as Dennis Miller — just full rant.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: We&#8217;re going to have to pull out some really good old references.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The power of AI means Dennis Miller can deliver software right now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: “Let me tell you something, babe. Sam Altman, the last time he was sitting in a Whataburger…”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right. We could just do it. It&#8217;d be great. I&#8217;m sure we wouldn&#8217;t get sued for that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They&#8217;re just essays. I know they&#8217;re rants and they&#8217;re delivered on YouTube and they&#8217;re very pointed in particular ways. But that&#8217;s just what I would&#8217;ve written as a column 10 years ago before we had podcasts this way. It has been very obvious to everyone that you can&#8217;t just write a column and expect to have an impact. You have to stare at the camera and do it. We&#8217;re very good at publishing that as a column and then having a transcript and polishing it and delivering it all the other ways.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s the origin of it: For all the podcasting I do and as little writing as I do anymore, in my heart, I&#8217;m still a writer. Taking all of the reporting and all of the ideas that we hear and all the conversations we have and synthesizing them into ideas that you can grapple with is the point. It is really the point of running a magazine.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s where that comes from. Now, can I do it as often as I want to do it? I obviously can&#8217;t. The reason I did “software brain” at that moment is that the excitement around AI is so high. The hype is so high and it&#8217;s all connected to how good AI systems are at writing software and manipulating databases. But the reason that I thought, &#8220;I got to make the time to do ‘software brain’ right now,” is that I could see the hype cycle around AI failing to contend with the lack of verifiability in every domain except software. That&#8217;s getting a little blurry now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Lots of companies are just databases. Software engineering is verifiable, you can run it through the compiler and see if it works. AI has obviously gotten really good at making software. If you believe the world is just software, that means AI has gotten good, it&#8217;s done. You can see the labs are talking about <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/989601/openai-gpt-6-astra-release">how they&#8217;ve achieved AGI</a> or they will very soon and it is very much connected to the ability of AI to write software. I&#8217;m just not discounting that that&#8217;s important. I&#8217;m just saying once you get outside of software, verifiability gets way harder.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can see it in the <a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/982434/ai-math-openai-astra-existential-crisis">episode we did with <em>Verge </em>reporter Robert Hart about AI and math</a>. There&#8217;s an amount of verifiability in math and you can burn a lot of tokens, we don&#8217;t know how many, and solve some unsolved math problems. There&#8217;s probably verifiability in various other science domains, so it&#8217;s really interesting. Is there verifiability in generating novel drugs? No, you got to inject a bunch of people with novel drugs. What are we going to do?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: That&#8217;s why they got so many rats in cages somewhere, it has to be done.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right. There&#8217;s just some other thing that&#8217;s going to happen in the next 10 domains that is going to be really, really challenging. That&#8217;s where I wanted to put the marker down and say, &#8220;I have been swimming in this water for a long time with these people and the power of software is not to be denied, it has remade our world. But if that&#8217;s the only framework or you think that is a universal framework, you&#8217;re going to run into these walls.&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are lots more of those we can do, but I want them to hit, I only want to write hit singles. Importantly, they&#8217;re all born of the reporting. That&#8217;s always been the dynamic on <em>The Verge</em>. Certainly the dynamic on <em>Decoder </em>is the data can get to your head.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The episodes where I just talk sometimes outperform the episodes with CEOs. That&#8217;s not good. That&#8217;s a bad incentive loop for me because I want everything to come out of the fact that I&#8217;ve talked to all of the people and you can go check my work. You can go see what those conversations are like and you can see that they are genuine and honest in all the things they should be.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s where I feel like I not only have the depth and the foundation to write something like “software brain,” but I can send it to those people and say, &#8220;This is how I feel about it.&#8221; They come on the show and they talk to me about Google Zero or “software brain” and all that stuff, and that conversation gets much bigger than me just ranting.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: My reaction to that, Nilay, is that you feel like your thesis for “software brain” has borne out over the last few months. We did get feedback from people who disagreed with some of the premises.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It wasn&#8217;t that they’re saying people aren&#8217;t unhappy with AI, but they think that we&#8217;re wrong about why they&#8217;re unhappy with AI. One reader, Josh Vanderberg, wrote in to say that he thinks it’s not that people hate AI as a technology, but rather that they don&#8217;t like their current economic situation and they&#8217;re projecting that onto AI. He&#8217;s pretty sure that we&#8217;ll eventually embrace natural language as the superior way of doing things on a computer.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>He added, &#8220;All modern computer interfaces suck hard. We&#8217;re forced to map our fluid non-deterministic creative selves into hierarchical menu systems. No matter how intuitive and discoverable, we constantly fail to find the tools that we need.&#8221; He uses Canva&#8217;s CEO as an example of somebody that deeply understands the problem and they realize that AI can provide the user interface we&#8217;ve all been yearning for. He goes on to say, &#8220;People definitely yearn to just tell Photoshop what they want done in words and forget everything they ever learned about that horrible user interface.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We had a few other similar comments like, &#8220;People do not yearn for automation, they yearn for cheap stuff. And when AI gives them cheap stuff, they&#8217;ll be happy.&#8221; A third person wrote, &#8220;’Software brain’ misses three things regular people actually care about: control, agency, and meaning. We like doing things. The doing is where the meaning comes from.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m curious just from those particular comments and also the other feedback you got from “software brain,” and how you respond to those criticisms?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let&#8217;s take them in turn. This is a very thoughtful comment, Josh. I don&#8217;t disagree that all modern computer interfaces suck hard. I&#8217;ve <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/946567/apple-macos-27-golden-gate-dev-beta-hands-on">used Liquid Glass</a>. I agree with you. I refuse to upgrade this computer to macOS Tahoe. I&#8217;m just not doing it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s some confusing thing happening in user interfaces, probably related to how much all of our devices have turned into shopping malls or SaaS products or whatever it is. There&#8217;s something broken there and I agree that that&#8217;s bad. I disagree that natural language is a perfect substitute for everything or can become a universal interface.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I say this as somebody who is writing a <em>Decoder</em> book based on all the interviews on the show. I&#8217;ve used Wispr Flow to get as much out of my head onto the page as I can. That is incredibly powerful and you can see why people like it. I also have to edit every single word it generates because it insists on formatting my thoughts in ways that I find completely bananas. All these systems say, &#8220;You think in bullets.&#8221; I say, &#8220;I am not thinking in bullets right now. I&#8217;m just pausing between sentences.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s something there where you can take the natural language input and what we as people are reasonably good at doing is taking everything else with it, the context of our body language, the tone of our voice, and creating other meaning out of it. Computers are really bad at that. Maybe they&#8217;re going to get better at it, but they&#8217;re currently very, very bad at it. I&#8217;m using my Wispr Flow example. It&#8217;s just one that you can see how bad it is at that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s not just you&#8217;re being creative to a computer or talking to a computer that&#8217;s going to do what you say and you don&#8217;t have to push all the buttons, it&#8217;s lossy. It&#8217;s lossy in a very important way that using a mouse to click on a button is not lossy at all. It is very, very directed and it will do exactly the thing that you want it to do. Ordering from Grubhub with your finger on a phone screen is 100 percent accurate — unless you&#8217;re drunk, which I&#8217;ve been.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But talking to an agent to have it to go do something is lossy. It is error-prone in very specific ways. These things are going to exist together. That, to me, is the balance that we&#8217;re going to have to strike, that all of the hype around AI assumes that what I want is another person instead of a specific thing to happen. You can talk to lots of designers or professionals who use these tools and they will all complain about these tools.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We use this app called Riverside to produce the show several times a week. Every single person on this team can issue a PhD thesis in all of the problems with Riverside because it&#8217;s the tool we use and it sucks in very specific ways. It is also still the tool we use every single week to make this show. If anybody uses Photoshop or Pro Tools… the books that can be written about people&#8217;s feelings about Pro Tools could fill a library, but they&#8217;re the tools because they get the job done in specific ways.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Making that lossy or making that non-deterministic is actually going to make people less effective. It will democratize access for a lot of people, I think, and that is a huge opportunity. I don&#8217;t think that opportunity outweighs the cost of making things more chaotic in specific ways.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The cheap stuff piece: yeah, I think people like cheap stuff. There&#8217;s a reason TVs are permanent surveillance devices and everyone has them in their home because they cost $500 and they&#8217;re just watching you all the time. But I actually think the industry is coming around to my point of view that the products aren&#8217;t good enough.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know this because our friend Alex Heath <a href="https://youtu.be/VeizK1M7V7E?si=_1DI2SM4nGa-IbUX">just interviewed Sam Altman</a> and he asked him why people don&#8217;t like AI. Altman&#8217;s response was that he thinks that the way to win hearts and minds is to deliver value. We actually have a clip, you can run it.</p>

<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sam Altman: </strong>Generally speaking, I think the right way to get people to like something is to deliver them value… Probably if a lot of people use [agents] — which they will over time — and understand that it’s not actually fusing and destroying huge amounts of water or whatever, then they’ll be more excited.</p>
</blockquote>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I watched that, and I think Alex did a good job talking to Altman. My view of that is it&#8217;s a concession that Sam Altman knows ChatGPT is not delivering enough value to consumers. These free versions are not communicating enough what they could do or they&#8217;re not doing enough or they&#8217;re hallucinating too much and that&#8217;s why consumers dislike them.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I continue to believe that talking about how everything can be turned into a database that can then be automated by agents is not going to win anyone any hearts and minds. Maybe that&#8217;s the technology that creates products people love, but the technology itself is fundamentally uninspiring. It&#8217;s the products, it&#8217;s the experiences you have that change minds, and “software brain” is inherently alienating, in my opinion.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The last one, &#8220;’Software brain’ misses three things people care about: control, agency, and meaning.&#8221; Yes, I agree with that. I would connect that actually to buttons in cars. We&#8217;ve gone through this horrible period where all of the controls in cars became virtualized onto a screen. There&#8217;s been furious pushback against it and all the buttons are back. I think people want deterministic actions, even from computer-like things.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is maybe the single best market-driven evidence that you can&#8217;t just virtualize everything. You actually have to give real experiences to people that do the things that are printed on the label of the button exactly when you push the button. That is control and agency. I don&#8217;t know about “meaning” in changing an HVAC in a car, but it&#8217;s definitely control and agency. Meaning I think comes from having to struggle through doing the work yourself, not just letting AI do it for you.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I agree with all these comments in different ways. I just think the industry has gotten completely lost in the sauce on what you can do if you turn everyone into a database, which is what I call “software brain,” and they&#8217;ve missed the human connection. A really good example — I&#8217;ll give you a little preview of an upcoming episode — we had the CEO of Cloudflare on, and he just <a href="https://blog.cloudflare.com/building-for-the-future/">laid off a bunch of people at his company</a> because he says AI can do a bunch of those jobs.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His whole thing is he can identify rising talent in the company by having the AI look at all the things they&#8217;re doing. Then he thinks that&#8217;s good because he can make a phone call and say, &#8220;Hey, you&#8217;re a young superstar.&#8221; Maybe that is a good thing. In order to accomplish that goal, every single thing that happens to that company needs to happen in a database for an AI to review and then communicate to him. That&#8217;s the preview. We had a whole conversation about that because I think that is one of the more fascinating ideas in all of business right now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: Boy, I hope that doesn&#8217;t roll out to </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong>. I&#8217;ll have to get one of those mouse movers or something. You&#8217;re going to have to start figuring out what I&#8217;m doing all day.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We are maybe insistently human. If we could automate Riverside, I think that would be good.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: Yeah, good luck. They did roll out the option to build an AI twin of you. The features we&#8217;ve been asking for — not better microphone connections, not better uploading. No, we need to duplicate the people we&#8217;re speaking to.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. Can we turn off the auto level control? No. But AI twins are here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: There&#8217;s actually a request for an essay-style thing, a video essay that is a riff on the “software brain,” titled “People Do Not Yearn for Surveillance,” back to the whole watching-what-you&#8217;re-doing-at-work type of thing.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Is that something that&#8217;s in your head right now, especially with all the Flock cameras everywhere, all the controversy around that? Maybe with a “software brain” format or framing or just a bigger picture thing? Is this in your mind right now?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is a little surprising to me. I&#8217;ll candidly admit, I wasn&#8217;t expecting it to be as bipartisan as it is. Some of that is just that it&#8217;s an election year and people are angry about cameras, so all the politicians are trying to channel that anger, maybe the same way they&#8217;re trying to channel anger about data centers.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But we&#8217;ve seen there&#8217;s action in red states to ban surveillance as well, and there&#8217;s <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/987353/florida-flock-cam-ban-state-highways">action in more Republican communities</a> to take down the cameras, which I think is fascinating. It&#8217;s not just limited to brands like Flock, it&#8217;s the idea of these cameras watching.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The piece of the puzzle, the reason that it caught me by surprise, is that for better or worse, my formative political experiences were 9/11 and the war in Iraq. That&#8217;s when I was in college. And what did we do? We passed the Patriot Act. We militarized the police. We started doing warrantless wiretaps. We ran our way all the way up to the Snowden revelations and then we did nothing about them. Literally none of that stuff caused this amount of panic. That&#8217;s just my framework.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is a shock to that system. It&#8217;s surprising to me that people care now. I think it&#8217;s because the cameras are visible. The understanding that there&#8217;s an AI chatbot that you can talk to that can just go generate an answer and the cops now have it for cameras that are tracking you everywhere. And you can literally see the cameras and you can connect it to an experience you&#8217;ve had.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s Flock, who we are trying to get on the show, and their CEO originally tried to do a bunch of MAGA-coded messaging around this stuff. He would <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/thomasbrewster/2026/07/17/flock-ceo-sorry-for-labelling-activists-terrorists/">call his critics terrorists</a> and that didn&#8217;t work. All that is new if you are born of the things that I was born of. All of these are criticisms of the Patriot Act in 2001, and we just did it anyway. I&#8217;m curious for the feedback from the audience on what they think shifted that made a bunch of stuff that we were happy to do in the past feel like one of the more potent political issues of our time?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: I tie this to the Meta glasses right now with the way those cameras are being received. Compare that to how Google Glass rolled out. If you refer back to the Patriot Act days and your formative years of tech, that&#8217;s back when cellphone cameras were seen as a joke. &#8220;Wait, I&#8217;m going to take a photo on my phone?&#8221; Right now the only thing I would take a photo with is my phone because it&#8217;s the best camera I will ever have with me.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I find that to be a really interesting evolution, especially tied to the AI of it all. When it&#8217;s like, &#8220;No, no, these cameras now can connect to this network and have all this extra information.&#8221; It&#8217;s not just some file living on your device that you can put somewhere with your discretion. No, it&#8217;s out of your hands now. I wonder if part of that&#8217;s the anxiety around things like the Flock cameras, the glasses cameras, and all that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I definitely think there&#8217;s some amount of anxiety around “I&#8217;m being recorded without my consent.” There&#8217;s a lot of anxiety around the intent of the people particularly wearing Meta Glasses. There&#8217;s a reason they&#8217;re called pervert glasses. Some of the biggest influencers in the world have posted videos complaining that they get stalked at the airport and people wearing Meta Glasses film them coming off of planes. This is very bad.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It was Olivia Dunne who posted a video about that. She <a href="https://www.yahoo.com/entertainment/celebrity/articles/livvy-dunne-fed-creepy-fan-030000100.html?guccounter=1">specifically called out Meta Glasses</a>, which is not a great rep for those products to have. There&#8217;s something about that. There&#8217;s something about how intrusive the phones are and the cameras are and the idea that everything is recorded and meant to be shared, but we&#8217;ve been living in that for a long time. Our thesis there is that there&#8217;s a button on a phone and you pushed it and you kicked off this line of huge consequences because the camera exists in your pocket, like you&#8217;re saying, Greg.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m just saying there&#8217;s something that happened recently where the very notion of the police having a network of cameras that are all connected to each other and they can do an AI-powered search has just flipped over. Now people say, “We&#8217;re going to go and cover them up with spray foam or we&#8217;re going to tear them down.” Or 404 Media, which is excellent, has done so many videos finding clips of people at town hall meetings yelling about Flock cameras and being shut down by their own elected officials.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s something there that&#8217;s new. We&#8217;re obviously going to cover it. I&#8217;m not saying it&#8217;s so surprising we can&#8217;t engage with it. I&#8217;m saying from my worldview, the dirt that I was raised in, the thing is the same as it ever was, and that&#8217;s why it was surprising to me. We could have had this conversation about the Patriot Act. We could have had this conversation about the existence of the TSA, or any number of things, and we didn&#8217;t. We could have had this conversation about the Snowden revelations. Something flipped and to me it’s cause for investigation and also reflection. </p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: That&#8217;s a good time to switch gears to talk about our most popular episode of the year. That was, of course, our sit-down with Google CEO, Sundar Pichai. This was our fifth year in a row talking to Pichai at Google I/O, and it always generates a lot of feedback.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This year we had commenters write in to say, &#8220;There seems to be an underlying answer of, well, we have to do all of this even if it&#8217;s bad or irresponsible.&#8221; And that person also said, &#8220;It&#8217;s a bit odd talking to him without getting some stronger concessions from Sundar.&#8221; Another said, &#8220;This interview is great, but I think Sundar got away with not having to answer the root issue of Google Zero, which is in this example, how Conde Nast were seeing a reduced click-through rate because of AI summaries.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The question here for you, Nilay, is: Do you feel like Google is getting away with not being held responsible for what it&#8217;s doing to the web with AI? And do you think Sundar Pichai has a sense of Google&#8217;s culpability for the swath of destruction that&#8217;s being left in the wake of the AI era, and do you think he&#8217;s ever going to address or acknowledge this? Or is he still going to disagree with the premise five years from now?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s a lot of questions. I&#8217;m going to just issue the caveat that comes up in every single mailbag episode. Sometimes it feels to me like the audience is mad that I don&#8217;t arrest the CEOs on <em>Decoder</em>.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: [Laughs] We’ll arrest them over Riverside. Yeah, that&#8217;s a future we don&#8217;t have.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe one day. Well, I was in person with Pichai. We could have cuffed him.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: That&#8217;s true. That&#8217;s right.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe one day I&#8217;ll be granted this power. I&#8217;ll be deputized by the internet police to arrest the CEOs. But all I can do is ask the questions, and it has been five years of talking to Pichai. I hope he comes back next year. It&#8217;s remarkable that he&#8217;s the one who comes and takes the heat. We ask them all, and I can&#8217;t make them show up. They have to decide they want to do it, and he decides he wants to do it. I appreciate that he shows up and takes the heat and that he&#8217;s willing to do it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let&#8217;s use the Conde Nast example. I asked that question before a bunch of publishers started saying to other media outlets that they were <a href="https://www.adweek.com/media/publishers-opt-out-google-search/">going to stop letting Google index their sites</a>. That&#8217;s the last turn. When they are so clear that it&#8217;s not worth it for their content to be stolen by AI because they&#8217;re getting no search traffic, that they just turn off the Google indexer, the Google crawler entirely.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My conversation with Pichai would have been different if I had had that in my back pocket. I&#8217;m looking at these reports from various big publishers like USA Today and People Inc. And they&#8217;re all the way at, &#8220;We&#8217;re going to stop letting you index our sites because the traffic isn&#8217;t coming.&#8221; I don&#8217;t know what he would have said. I just think that answer might have been different or that the tenor of that moment might have been different.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I have been taking from Sundar Pichai these past five years, and which I agree with, is the sense that these publishers got addicted to Google and they didn&#8217;t do anything about it. The shape of that conversation or his frustration, if you ever sense the flash of frustration that I sometimes sense is, “The web is really big. Google can measure the web. They have Chrome, they have all this data about the web. And the web is getting bigger and some parts of the web are really, really vibrant.”&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you listen to Amy Lanzi, the CEO of Digitas, when <a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/959792/digitas-ceo-amy-lanzi-cannes-ad-industry-marketing-ai-creators">she was on <em>Decoder</em>,</a> she said, &#8220;We are getting more calls from our clients, more requests to make webpages and landing pages than ever before.&#8221; So some part of the web is growing and Google has that data. I think Pichai is saying, &#8220;These publishers are constantly complaining that I&#8217;m taking their business away and they did nothing else about it.&#8221; Every time I talk to a publisher, I ask them, &#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you do anything about it?&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I agree with that. There&#8217;s some sense that Google bears the responsibility for making the people who built a business on their platforms successful. Every platform eventually kills every business that&#8217;s built on it. YouTube will eventually kill YouTubers. Instagram will eventually kill Instagram. If you&#8217;re a <em>Decoder</em> listener, you know I think this. I&#8217;m always asking creators what they&#8217;re going to do about platforms and platforms when they&#8217;re going to kill creators. The web is just a platform for Google. Do I think that Google&#8217;s getting away with not being held accountable? Sure, a little bit. But the mechanism of accountability is not letting Google index your site.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m very curious to see if this handful of publishers who have started making noise that they&#8217;re going to de-index their sites actually go through with it and actually impose the leverage on Google that I feel like the company has been daring them to impose. Again, I don&#8217;t want to preview the Cloudflare conversation too much. There are other mechanisms and there are other ways of doing it and that was part of that conversation as well.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But there&#8217;s something here where this straightforward “you were sending us traffic for free and we were giving you content for free” exchange is gone. I don&#8217;t know that you can provide accountability such that Google doesn&#8217;t just have to still compete with Anthropic and OpenAI. They have to.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: Speaking of publishers and web traffic and all that, do you need to drop in a very nice little disclaimer about our new company and the PMX situation?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, this is so complicated. So through a series of what only can be described as divorces and remarriages, Vox Media has split itself in two and <em>The Verge</em> is <a href="https://www.voxmedia.com/2026/06/18/penske-media-corporation-acquires-vox-media-brands-including-eater-the-verge-sb-nation-popsugar-and-the-dodo-creating-the-worlds-largest-digital-media-publisher/">now part of something called PMX Global</a>, which is a subsidiary of PMC, which is the Penske Media Corporation. PMC is <a href="https://www.axios.com/2025/09/14/penske-media-sues-google-ai">suing Google</a>, I believe, over AI Overviews and traffic. PMX and the thing formerly known as Vox Media are <a href="https://www.theverge.com/news/861897/atlantic-penske-vox-google-ad-tech-antitrust-lawsuits">all in ad tech antitrust cases against Google</a>. </p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m telling you this because it is a disclosure we should make. You can tell how much I know about them. They&#8217;re happening very far away from this newsroom, but it is true that our companies are involved in active litigation with Google about all this stuff.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: Thank you. Just want to make sure we get that out there because you flagged this the other day for when it&#8217;s relevant and it feels like with everything you just said makes that quite relevant.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, it&#8217;s in the strike zone, but it has nothing to do with us.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: Pivoting to something different, we had a listener talk about how our AI skepticism broadly on </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> is Western-centric and it&#8217;s pointing out how a lot of AI adoption in China is actually different and faster and more welcomed in other ways.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is from Alex Wong: &#8220;Have you considered Asia and more specifically China where, by outward appearances, AI rollout adoption and image seem to be faster, deeper, broader, and more well received than in the West? Do you find this to be true? If so, what is the difference? And if so, why the difference? And if not, what are we not seeing?”&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What are your Asian sources seeing and saying? Should you have more Asian sources? Is it time for </strong><strong><em>Decoder </em></strong><strong>and </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong> to expand beyond Silicon Valley? This is a US-based show. Nilay is based out of New York. The production team is scattered, but we have New York offices where people come and shoot stuff.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do you think there&#8217;s room for more non-Western perspectives? Can you speak about the differences that are evident between the way China is approaching AI development versus in the United States? And can we really cover such a massive transcontinental gap like that? It&#8217;s a lot.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do want to point out, as you said, we&#8217;re in New York. I actually think we need more Silicon Valley perspectives. We can be myopic. New York is all about money. To be successful in New York, you have to be like, &#8220;Literally where’s the money?&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">San Francisco cares less so about the money, and more about the big ideas. Notably, the AI companies are not making money and running into some harsh realities here in New York from time to time. So there&#8217;s that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I am not going to speculate too much on my understanding of Chinese culture. I will just offer two guesses and they&#8217;re just pure guesses. One, we can only know what the Chinese state media wants us to know. There are speech controls in that country. And so whether or not there&#8217;s massive discontent is not something that would ever come to me.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s just a gap and I&#8217;m cognizant of the gap. I agree that what we&#8217;re seeing there is a bit more excitement. We&#8217;re seeing a bit more investment. I would connect that — and this is my second guess — to there being literally a much stronger social safety net in China. So the idea that this will be a threat, like an existential threat to your job or your career or your livelihood or your health insurance or whatever it is, may be ameliorated by that stronger social cohesion. That is a guess, and I really hesitate to overthink that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would love to hear from people with closer perspectives to that, but those are the things that I&#8217;m always thinking about. I have said to leaders of big AI labs in this country, &#8220;People would like you more if you would just pay for health insurance. If you could just find a way to support Medicare for All with your excess profits and your trillion-dollar TAMs, maybe people would shut up.&#8221; And they&#8217;ve all said, &#8220;Interesting.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would just offer that connection because maybe the best thing AI could do for everyone is make it easier to start a business and to make it easier to have agency over your own life. The number one reason my friends with children don&#8217;t start businesses is because they need health insurance. That&#8217;s the connection. Again, that&#8217;s a very Western perspective, a very US-centric perspective specifically, but that&#8217;s why I went directly to the social safety net. Maybe you&#8217;re more excited about this thing that lets you do more things because the risk is limited in some other ways by the very nature of the country you live in. I&#8217;m open to feedback on that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m responding to the question with my series of guesses and assumptions. I agree. We do now work for a much bigger company and hopefully that means I can put some reporters in China or in the region and we can get some firsthand reporting. But I&#8217;m curious for feedback from the audience because of those two things: One, it&#8217;s hard to tell what people actually feel given the speech controls that exist in that country; and two, is it just a different sense of possibility because the risks of existing are different?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: Do you think Sam Altman actually supports universal basic income? Is OpenAI going to fund UBI?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t know the answer to that question anymore. They&#8217;ve all learned to stop issuing pronouncements about the future of society as loudly as they had been and spend way more time focused on enterprise adoption and software engineering and agentic marketing solutions and potentially “here&#8217;s how everyone will become rich,” not “here&#8217;s how everyone will lose their job.” So I don&#8217;t know the answer to that, but UBI is one of those things that it&#8217;s an idea you have because you think no one will have a job. I think they&#8217;ve all needed to stop talking about that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: That actually ties very neatly into something we wanted to end this particular segment on, which is a pretty prescient email from a reader, Toms Bernards Callahan, specifically around tech backlash. He wrote in, &#8220;The algorithmic fragmentation of content consumption disrupts any organic large-scale organization. Yes, there are rallies, but no pointed policy pushes. Feeds are purposely placing users into niche consumer groups and the news has a hard time permeating across these groups.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>He says, &#8220;The irony here is that algorithmic fragmentation will make the backlash worse because when the dam breaks, the masses will be quite angry and it&#8217;ll be a large cohort of people.&#8221; He wrote us that email in April and I do want to say it feels like something has definitely happened. It feels like something definitely broke over the last three to four months since we got that email from him.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It feels like there is a large bipartisan cohort of angry people. We see this, of course, like Florida and Texas banning Flock cameras, the <a href="https://floridapolitics.com/archives/813403-byron-donalds-turn-clock/">upcoming Florida governor&#8217;s race being about data centers</a>. What do you make of this, Nilay? Specifically this moment of tech backlash that we&#8217;re experiencing and how <em>The Verge</em> might cover this from the perspective of algorithmic fragmentation? Or the perspective of this issue creating a bipartisan coalition that could kind of permeate through your filter bubble or your algorithmic feeds?&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The thing that really strikes me about the backlash right now is it&#8217;s a backlash to imposition. Not to speak for all Americans, but Americans don&#8217;t like being told what to do. “You have to accept these data centers, even though you&#8217;re telling your local governments you don&#8217;t want them” is an imposition that is just easy to be opposed to regardless of your political alignment.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">These cameras are going to watch everybody all the time and we have records that cops are watching kids in gymnastics centers. It is the most incredible imposition of all time. The nation was founded to rebel against this kind of imposition. It&#8217;s in the Bill of Rights. Of course that&#8217;s going to overcome algorithmic feeds. You can&#8217;t turn the knobs on TikTok enough to overcome that. No one can hear a fake AI influencer talking about how much they love Flock cameras and believe it&#8217;s true. It&#8217;s just not in our national character in a very specific way.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That’s like you telling everybody what&#8217;s going to happen to them and its power being imposed on them or in the case of data centers being made more expensive for them, it&#8217;s natural that that would overcome some algorithmic fragmentation. The other issue is it’s an election year. We see politicians scrambling to still play culture war games. There’s Benn Jordan, who&#8217;s a musician and a researcher who&#8217;s done really incredible work on Flock cameras. We <a href="https://www.theverge.com/report/942609/benn-jordan-music-gear-cybersecurity-surveillance-questionnaire">interviewed him on <em>The Verge</em></a> before. He was <a href="http://youtube.com/watch?v=rH3QGv2L9ng&amp;vl=en">just on the <em>Tucker Carlson Show</em></a>. Their views do not align. Even Benn said, &#8220;I can&#8217;t believe I&#8217;m here.&#8221; They were there to talk about Flock cameras and surveillance. That&#8217;s bananas, just purely bananas.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s something about that that I would connect to. At least with other big tech impositions, it felt market driven in some way. Facebook is going to be big and you&#8217;re going to be mad that Mark Zuckerberg is listening to you, but you have a desire to use Instagram. And boy, does it turn out that people&#8217;s revealed preferences are for Instagram to keep happening regardless of whether or not you think the ads are listening to you.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s no market preference that&#8217;s going to take that away from you or there&#8217;s a network effect so strong, something else will happen and then we&#8217;ll try to regulate it. The market is still going to speak. People are still going to want to use this thing. That&#8217;s not true of Flock, there&#8217;s no consumer use for Flock. It&#8217;s diffuse. You have to prove the crime went down somewhere else later, but you can see it right now and it&#8217;s watching you right now and the cost is available.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">AI has mostly been imposed on consumers. Every time I open Google Meet, it insistently tells me Gemini is here now. I don&#8217;t need this to be here in any way, shape, or form. That imposition where we&#8217;re claiming all the usage stats are so high, when in many cases it has just been put in front of us — there&#8217;s something about that that feels like it can transcend the algorithm.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: There&#8217;s something to what you were saying a few minutes ago about the Patriot Act of it all. There&#8217;s such a lack of legislation on a lot of these important issues that people feel like they&#8217;ve had no input on because they&#8217;re just rolled out. And the message is, &#8220;You should just take it.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>To your point, these people who you wouldn&#8217;t expect to go be a guest on Tucker Carlson’s program, it is this scrambling of an alignment because people don&#8217;t feel that agency. Nobody&#8217;s representing them on their behalf in a lot of ways.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, it&#8217;s election year. What are you going to do about the fact that Donald Trump is running around saying that data centers are money printing factories and you&#8217;re stupid for opposing them?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: He </strong><a href="https://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/2026/08/31/trump-says-voters-who-oppose-data-centers-will-kill-golden-goose/"><strong>called data centers the golden goose</strong></a><strong>. &#8220;That&#8217;s the golden goose. Does everybody want to be poor?&#8221; That&#8217;s what he said the other day.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I certainly cannot predict elections and how they&#8217;ll go, but that just seems totally out of step with everybody. There&#8217;s something about that that I find utterly fascinating. To me, it just comes back to that Americans don&#8217;t like being told what to do. If you put yourself in that position, boy, do a lot of things sort of fall into place.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO:</strong><strong> </strong><strong>Keeping that Gadsden flag in the air, I&#8217;ve got a transition here to your interview with Kathy Hochul, who was on the show last week as of recording time. It was received this way. One listener wrote, &#8220;Great interview job, very pointed questions. Little surprised that she didn&#8217;t seem to have thought through the ID verification implications these social media laws will lead to.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Some other Hochul feedback was pretty negative, predictably. Every single answer she gave could be summarized with, &#8220;It&#8217;s a campaign year. This interview was unbearable. Politicians don&#8217;t give answers to questions, they just give self-aggrandizing stump speeches.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You have said you are honing your politician interviewing skills. What was your takeaway from this whole experience with her and how do you think it should inform how </strong><strong><em>Decoder </em></strong><strong>interviews politicians? Do you think we should have more of them coming into the midterms and the 2028 election? How do you see the whole politics of it all?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We definitely need to have more politicians on the show this year. I&#8217;m very sorry. But as we have been discussing, the tech policy issues in this election cycle are almost overwhelming. There might not be other issues. There&#8217;s the war in Iran, there are data centers, and there&#8217;s surveillance. Somewhere in there is healthcare. Those are the ones, at least in my opinion.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As we talked about with Governor Hochul, a lot of them are connected. Surveillance and AI are deeply, deeply connected. Age verification and surveillance are deeply, deeply connected. It&#8217;s funny, some of the feedback we got on this episode was, “Facebook knows so much about you, why can&#8217;t it just tell you your age?”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With surveillance, it&#8217;s AI and it’s age verification. It&#8217;s all just a remix of the same ideas. How much of your computer should someone be monitoring to allow you to do some things? That&#8217;s the 3D printer debate in that conversation. I suspect we&#8217;ll end up talking to more politicians because the opportunity for realignment is so high.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I honestly hope we get some conservative politicians to talk about data centers and surveillance because I would like to understand the realignment from that perspective. That said, I don&#8217;t think I&#8217;m great at interviewing politicians. I think I&#8217;m good at interviewing founders. I&#8217;m good at interviewing product CEOs. I&#8217;m bad at interviewing McKinsey CEOs. I&#8217;m getting better. And I&#8217;m worse at interviewing politicians. The amount of media training, it rises. That&#8217;s the thing that I&#8217;m describing here. We&#8217;ve always described the show as “Nilay versus media training” and I&#8217;m always trying to fight to a draw.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I got a draw with Governor Hochul. We got her to concede that she was out of her depth on some of these issues, particularly around age verification. I thought the moment where she said, &#8220;Tell Cody we&#8217;re going to get ahead of him next on 3D guns,” was very revealing because it&#8217;s a great spiky cowboy thing to say. I mean, that&#8217;s the moment you want from the interview with a politician. You want the sound bite. But it just struck me that that was a moment about conflict. It was not a moment about what people in our comments on the transcript were bringing up, which is whether or not most people can even print a plastic part that can withstand a bullet being fired.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought that interview went well from my perspective, because it just demonstrated that it&#8217;s easy to talk about what tech policy should be, but it&#8217;s very hard to talk about how you would actually implement the details of that policy. We did a good job there of even illustrating for the governor where the gaps were because she conceded it several times. I understand it&#8217;s frustrating to listen to and maybe one day I&#8217;ll just be a full cable news anchor and just repeat the same question 10 times in a row. But I don&#8217;t think anybody wants me to do that. Cable news anchors exist and they do a good job of that thing. I&#8217;m trying to do something else here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>NS: On the topic of interviewing styles and techniques, Nilay, we had an </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/974387/bluesky-toni-schneider-interview-ai-atproto-atmosphere"><strong>interesting interview last month</strong></a><strong> with Bluesky CEO Toni Schneider. One aspect of that interview that really touched a nerve was when you asked him what he thought about Bluesky&#8217;s reputation as a liberal bubble. This is what he had to say.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Toni Schneider: </strong>Yes, we definitely want that to change. It is already changing. It certainly wasn’t designed to attract one specific group of people. It works for anyone… We’re an open network for anyone and we don’t want to serve just one type of user base. I’ve seen it already in the last few months, really trend in the right direction where we just have more and more people show up and build their own corners of the network. It sort of balances out over time.&nbsp;</p>
</blockquote>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This inspired a lot of conversation, not just in comments and emails, but also </strong><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/theverge.com/post/3ms744kwgha2n"><strong>on Bluesky itself and the replies to </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong>&#8216;s post about this</strong></a><strong>. But one listener wrote in to say, &#8220;The idea that this one specific, very active group of people is an imbalance to be straightened out rather than the very reason the platform is what it is, is the mistake that Bluesky will come to regret. What a shame.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Some of the feedback on Bluesky itself was predictably harsher. Somebody said, &#8220;Go ahead and attract other people, but the second we start seeing fascist stuff in our feeds that we haven&#8217;t subscribed to, you&#8217;re going to lose your base.&#8221; Somebody else said, &#8220;Toni doesn&#8217;t even understand Bluesky&#8217;s own user base.&#8221; Another person said, &#8220;Cool. I&#8217;ll just delete my Bluesky like I deleted my Twitter.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Looking back at this exchange, it does feel like he artfully dodged it. It&#8217;s hard to tell what he really thinks about Bluesky&#8217;s reputation and the liberal politics of it all. In moments like that, Nilay, do you think it&#8217;s better to push people for a follow-up to be clearer on what they think? Or is that a case where the backlash became evident after the fact and it was better that you just kind of let him say his piece and you weren&#8217;t really trying to bait him into any one direction?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wasn&#8217;t trying to bait him into any one direction and I understand the backlash from the Bluesky user base. I also understand what every social product CEO is struggling with, which is that you have to grow and you can run out of people. You can run out of people who want to be in that bubble. You can run out of people who only want to talk about one sports team. You can run out of people who want to be in whatever bubble X has become. We actually are seeing X run out of people who want to be in that bubble. The platform is shrinking.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can describe that as the capitalistic urge to grow, but the platform CEOs also understand that to remain vibrant, they have to constantly be attracting new people. Then you almost have to issue an answer like this, which is, &#8220;We&#8217;re a platform for everyone.&#8221; Toni&#8217;s riff on it was, &#8220;And we&#8217;ll give you the moderation controls to craft the experience you want to make the big platform feel small.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t know if they&#8217;re successful in communicating that to people. The big disconnect with Bluesky, in my opinion, this whole time, is that it was started by a bunch of ideological-technical people who wanted to build a standard called AT Protocol to enable interoperable social networking. Because of X, they accidentally got a user base and they&#8217;ve been in conflict with that user base ever since, which is fine. It&#8217;s obviously reflected in these comments, but Toni&#8217;s job is to make the thing a product. That&#8217;s why he&#8217;s the CEO. These answers just track every other social product answer we&#8217;ve ever gotten.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t know if he&#8217;s okay with the bubble he has drifting away. I know that we can see in the stats that it&#8217;s getting smaller. I&#8217;m sure there&#8217;s going to be some revolt when they monetize it in ways that he&#8217;s described monetizing it. But if you&#8217;re a social product and you aren&#8217;t growing or trending towards growth, then in fact you are dying. There&#8217;s something about that that will not allow you to persist. That is a pattern that&#8217;s pretty repeatable and pretty understandable.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe because we&#8217;ve spent so much time talking to social platform CEOs, I knew what he was getting at. I&#8217;ve internalized that answer in many different ways. I probably should have made him say it out loud. That&#8217;s a good note for me, but what I was hearing at that moment was, “You have to grow and that means you have to appeal to many more people.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>GO: Speaking of appealing to people, we want to appeal to our audience. They have some more thoughts on the show </strong><strong><em>Decoder </em></strong><strong>in and of itself, not just wanting more rants from you. We&#8217;ve got feedback from listeners who want to know about the kinds of relationships that you and we have with the companies that are covered on the show.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is from Len Art who emailed to say, &#8220;Is there a possibility for you to make an episode about different ways the companies try to pressure </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong> into editorial changes? I don&#8217;t mean you to out all the company names or people making the requests, but just hearing concrete examples of how the requests come in and how they&#8217;re being dealt with could be a very compelling episode.&#8221; That&#8217;s what Len thinks.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What do you make of that? Do you worry there&#8217;s such a thing as too much transparency as we make a thing like this? There&#8217;s a lot of discretion and nuance that goes into negotiating these conversations and making sure that people want to talk to you. It&#8217;s a lot of back and forth.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We are old enough and famously spiky enough that this stuff doesn&#8217;t happen very often. Yes, there&#8217;s the idea of too much transparency. My worry about too much transparency is that it would just be boring. We would say, “Nick and Kate spend hours scheduling.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s actually the hardest part of making the show for us at this point. It&#8217;s CEOs, their comms people, and whatever news cycle they want to be on. It&#8217;s my schedule, which is bananas. Honestly, I&#8217;m telling you, and you can believe me or not, that might be the most complicated thing that we&#8217;re doing. We only make so many episodes of this thing a year and a lot of people want to be on the show. We&#8217;re lucky. That&#8217;s very lucky.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There is pressure. Big tech CEOs don&#8217;t want to be on the show. It&#8217;s not that we don&#8217;t ask them, they just are pretty honest sometimes that they think it would be too hostile of an environment. They want to be more in control of that message. You can see where they go instead. Do I want to play that game? I don&#8217;t. You can see that we just haven&#8217;t. We&#8217;re pretty direct, but I think if you listen to the conversations we have, the CEOs come on because they&#8217;re all competitive, they&#8217;re all type A. They like being challenged. They come here for a reason. We get almost more inbound requests to be on the show than we go out and ask. And meaningful, not just random cold PR pitches, but stuff we take, pitches we accept.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is because all of those folks hear the show, they hear their peers on the show, and they want to beat them. I&#8217;ve asked about this a lot because in the early days I wanted to know why anyone comes on the show. I should understand it so that we can craft better and more compelling pitches for all the people we want to come talk to us. A lot of the answers I got were, “Because it is journalistically independent, the conflict is real.”&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That means, “Not only does the audience listen to it, but our own staff will listen to it.” If there&#8217;s some message that some CEO wants to get out, it is more likely that the staff will listen to it. Their employees will listen to it on <em>Decoder </em>rather than in an all-hands meeting. That is just the funniest thing in the entire world, but it&#8217;s also true.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ve heard a version of that many, many times. There&#8217;s pressure on <em>The Verge</em>, but we&#8217;re just old enough and we are famously spiky about things like being on background and off the record. Sometimes it comes to our younger reporters because they are testing to see if the younger reporters know. And then the younger reporters are like, &#8220;I&#8217;ll call Nilay,&#8221; and it goes away, which is fine. That&#8217;s my job in this newsroom. A lot of that has been offloaded onto the creator economy. It is not easy to pressure us, but it&#8217;s easy to go to some young creator who doesn&#8217;t even know that they shouldn&#8217;t be pressured or is excited about accepting conditions on access.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I see that left and right, all over the place. I don&#8217;t mean to call out anyone specific. I just think we play a role in the ecosystem where we are known for not doing that. I talk to young creators who are going to come up. Ben Smith was just on the show and he was noting that they&#8217;re all getting better at making journalism because the conflict is interesting. I see that ecosystem developing in parallel, but that&#8217;s where the pressure has really gone. It has not come to us very directly or it has stopped as we&#8217;ve gotten much older.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Antonio G. Di Benedetto</name>
			</author>
			
			<author>
				<name>Allison Johnson</name>
			</author>
			
			<author>
				<name>Victoria Song</name>
			</author>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[iPhone 18 live blog: On the ground at Apple’s biggest event]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/989658/iphone-18-duo-pro-fold-apple-watch-airpods-keynote-live" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=989658</id>
			<updated>2026-09-09T14:20:19-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-09-09T12:15:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Apple" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Apple Event 2026" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Gadgets" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Headphones" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="iOS" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="iPad" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="iPhone" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="macOS" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Smartwatch" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Wearable" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[It’s not just time for any old Apple event, but one that’s expected to usher in a new era for the company. This is the first iPhone keynote to be led by Apple’s newly anointed CEO John Ternus, and all signs and rumors have been pointing to it being the one that also debuts a [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="" data-caption="John Ternus, now Apple’s CEO, at WWDC in 2019 as the company’s VP of hardware engineering. | Photo by Brittany Hosea-Small / AFP via Getty Images" data-portal-copyright="Photo by Brittany Hosea-Small / AFP via Getty Images" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/gettyimages-2292460584.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
	John Ternus, now Apple’s CEO, at WWDC in 2019 as the company’s VP of hardware engineering. | Photo by Brittany Hosea-Small / AFP via Getty Images	</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It’s not just time for any old Apple event, but one that’s expected to usher in a new era for the company. This is the first iPhone keynote to be led by Apple’s <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/915272/apple-john-ternus-tim-cook">newly anointed CEO John Ternus</a>, and all signs and rumors have been pointing to it being the one that also debuts a <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/907856/iphone-fold-dummy-design-delay-production">foldable iPhone</a>. Ternus has <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/987583/apple-john-ternus-staff-memo">already billed this as</a> “a huge launch . . . that’s going to be phenomenal.” What bigger and flashier way to step into the limelight than with a new halo product of an iPhone?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We’re also likely to hear about OS updates, Apple Watches, and possibly some AirPods. But this might be an unconventional event in more ways than one. It’s also possible the <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/979231/apple-base-iphone-18-launch-delayed">standard iPhone 18 won’t come until the new year</a> — leaving just the pricey Pros and folding phone to be announced. And with <a href="https://www.theverge.com/news/839353/pc-ram-shortage-pricing-spike-news">RAMageddon</a> raging on, there’s a chance everything will be more expensive this time around, too.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That’s why we’re here, live, to cover it all. The event is scheduled to begin at 10AM PT / 1PM ET, and you can follow along with us and all our updates here.</p>
<div class="youtube-embed"><iframe title="Apple Event — September 9" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/39BalPDuTo0?rel=0" allowfullscreen allow="accelerometer *; clipboard-write *; encrypted-media *; gyroscope *; picture-in-picture *; web-share *;"></iframe></div>
<div class="live-center-embed" data-src="https://livecenter.norkon.net/frame/voxmedia/92923/default">(function(n){function c(t,i){n[e](h,function(n){var r,u;if(n&amp;&amp;(r=n[n.message?"message":"data"]+"",r&amp;&amp;r.substr&amp;&amp;r.substr(0,3)==="nc:")&amp;&amp;(u=r.split(":"),u[1]===i))switch(u[2]){case"h":t.style.height=u[3]+"px";return;case"scrolltotop":t.scrollIntoView();return}},!1)}for(var t,u,f,i,s,e=n.addEventListener?"addEventListener":"attachEvent",h=e==="attachEvent"?"onmessage":"message",o=n.document.querySelectorAll(".live-center-embed"),r=0;r&lt;o.length;r++)(t=o[r],t.getAttribute(&quot;data-rendered&quot;))||(u=t.getAttribute(&quot;data-src&quot;),u&#038;&#038;(t.setAttribute(&quot;data-rendered&quot;,&quot;true&quot;),f=n.ncVizCounter||1e3,n.ncVizCounter=f+1,i=f+&quot;&quot;,s=&quot;nc-frame-c-&quot;+i,t.innerHTML=&#039;<div id="&apos;+s+&apos;"><iframe src="&apos;+u+" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="true" allow="autoplay; fullscreen"></iframe></div>',c(t.firstChild,i)))})(window);</div>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[How Sonos rebooted itself]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/988368/sonos-ceo-tom-conrad-ai-smart-home-fabric-app-redesign" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=988368</id>
			<updated>2026-09-03T09:30:12-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-09-03T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Smart Home" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Sonos" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Speakers" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today, I’m talking with Tom Conrad, the CEO of Sonos. Tom and I have known each other for a long time — he was the chief technology officer of Pandora, VP of product at Snap, and the chief product officer of Quibi. He was also on the board at Sonos during its disastrous 2024 app [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A photo illustration of Sonos CEO Tom Conrad." data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="Image: The Verge / Photo: Sonos" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/DCD_Conrad_Sonos.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today, I’m talking with Tom Conrad, the CEO of Sonos. Tom and I have known each other for a long time — he was the chief technology officer of Pandora, VP of product at Snap, and the chief product officer of Quibi. He was also on the board at Sonos during its <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2025/1/13/24342282/sonos-app-redesign-controversy-full-story">disastrous 2024 app redesign</a> that threatened to crash the entire brand.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tom took over as <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2025/1/13/24342179/sonos-ceo-patrick-spence-resignation-reason-app">interim CEO to right the ship</a> during that period, and then took the permanent role just about a year ago. As you’ll hear him say, he thinks Sonos is fully out of that period now, and on to its next chapter <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/987129/sonos-27-ace-ultra-beam-ultra-announcement">with a huge product and platform launch called Sonos 27</a>.</p>

<div class="wp-block-vox-media-highlight vox-media-highlight"><img src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/chorus/uploads/chorus_asset/file/24792604/The_Verge_Decoder_Tileart.jpg?quality=90&amp;strip=all&amp;crop=0,0,100,100" alt="" title="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" />


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Verge</em> subscribers, don&#8217;t forget you get exclusive access to ad-free <em>Decoder</em> wherever you get your podcasts. Head <a href="https://www.theverge.com/account/podcasts">here</a>. Not a subscriber? You can <a href="https://www.theverge.com/subscribe">sign up here</a>. </p>
</div>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, come on, you all listen to the show. That is all the most <em>Decoder</em> bait imaginable. I have been dying to have Tom on the show to talk about how the board decided to move on from previous CEO Patrick Spence, how he diagnosed the issues inside the company, and what decisions he made to fix them.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Those fixes involved a lot of big changes: to the company’s structure, its product lineup, and how it thinks about itself and what its product fundamentally is. That’s that new platform, Sonos 27, which you’ll hear Tom call a new foundation for the company that makes every Sonos product work better as part of a system.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There’s a lot here, including how AI assistants can work across the system, the idea of having a mesh network of little computers in your home disguised as speakers, and of course, the testy relationship between Sonos and Google, which means Google’s Gemini assistant isn’t available on Sonos devices.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, and of course we got into the weeds about smart home standards, because I am a smart home nerd and simply cannot help myself. But to his credit, Tom was willing to nerd out with me, and I think this conversation is pretty fun because of it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay: Sonos CEO Tom Conrad. Here we go.</p>

<iframe loading="lazy" frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP2424781090" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.&nbsp;</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tom Conrad, you&#8217;re the CEO of Sonos. Welcome to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Thank you. As they say, it&#8217;s so great to be here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I am just going to say, finally, I have been asking you to be on the show for at least a year, if not before. I think the first time I met you was in the back of a car at CES when you were at Pandora.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sounds right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One hundred years ago.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One hundred years ago. We were children.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>[Laughs] We were little babies. That car was driven by a human driver. That&#8217;s how far back it was.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And then you took a turn through Quibi. You and I talked through that, and now you&#8217;re at Sonos. As you know, I&#8217;m a huge fan of Sonos. We had your predecessor, Patrick Spence, </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2019/9/5/20849503/patrick-spence-sonos-move-apple-siri-bluetooth-podcast-vergecast-interview"><strong>on the show</strong></a><strong> a </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/22955336/sonos-google-lawsuit-ceo-patrick-spence-interview"><strong>bunch</strong></a><strong> of </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/23627331/sonos-ceo-patrick-spence-giles-martin-interview-era-100-300-podcast-vergecast"><strong>times</strong></a><strong>.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Many things have happened, so I just want to start at the very beginning of this. You&#8217;re about a year into being the permanent CEO of Sonos. You have a bunch of news to announce. Just tell us what you think Sonos is today. What is your conception of this company?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I came in the door, one of my earliest observations was that the company behaved like it was 100 percent hardware, but we&#8217;re really 100 percent hardware and 100 percent software. And if you get either one of those even a little bit wrong, the impact is tremendous.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So how does that show up really day-to-day? It was about returning the company to the idea that Sonos doesn&#8217;t make these individual products, but we really make one thing — we make the Sonos system. It all has to hang together in a cohesive, interesting, and valuable way, or we&#8217;re just not doing the work.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><br>There&#8217;s been a bunch of basic blocking and tackling, of course, both operationally and in the work that we&#8217;re doing in the product family. But at the highest level, returning the company to the idea that we are a system for audio in the home has been the highest-level mantra.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When you say come into the company, do you mean as a board member or as the CEO?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, let&#8217;s start the starter pistol in January of 2025, 18 months ago, when I stepped in first as interim CEO and then was lucky enough six months later to be asked to take the job more permanently.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The reason I asked that question is that you obviously have two different views of the company in different roles. We did have former CEO Patrick Spence on several occasions, and he said something very similar to me when he first took over — that Sonos was stuck in its ways. It was really focused on very, very slow iterations of hardware.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>He tried very hard to push the metabolism of the company to be much faster, and he talked about that very openly with me. That led eventually to what I think is a moment of true crisis: the app launch. It was a disaster. The system stopped working. That&#8217;s when you came in to right the ship.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tell me about that gap. You came in, and you said this company thinks it&#8217;s a hardware company. That&#8217;s what your predecessor had been saying, but it went sideways in big, meaningful ways. Tell me about that moment and why you think it was the same conception even when you came in.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So as you describe, I&#8217;ve been involved with the company going back almost 20 years. We brought Pandora to Sonos in 2007, I think, and I was able to get to know the company as a partner before I got to know it as a board member. I came onto the board in 2016 right as Patrick became CEO. So from the vantage point of a board member, I got to participate in Patrick&#8217;s chapter.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I guess the way I would characterize his high-order thinking about the company in those early days was that, as you described, he wanted to turn the company into a product execution machine with an emphasis on hardware products. We call them NPIs, or new product introductions.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the chapter before him, it was sometimes years between new Sonos products. Spence said, &#8220;Look, we&#8217;re going to make a company that knows how to ship a couple of great new products a year.&#8221; And he did that. I mean, the company has reliably shipped a couple of great products, hardware products, every year, for close to a decade now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes, when you energize an organization around an idea, there are unintended consequences. I think one unintended consequence of that framing was that the company became very focused on the individual products, one at a time. Even as a board member, I received Roam as a portable speaker with a certain amount of battery life, waterproofing, and Bluetooth connectivity. I didn&#8217;t really think about it as a member of the Sonos system.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even with the software work that we did, and with every product that we make, there is a tremendous amount of software effort and innovation that goes into them. But even the software that we made was very focused on the individual NPIs. “What can we do in software to differentiate Move 2 from other speakers in that category?”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What was hard to do, and what was hard to prioritize in the company, was horizontal slices of software experiences that benefited all of the platform. So, in a way, I think some of that debt accumulated, and the company thought that the antidote was to recreate the app experience. And as you know, we made a bunch of mistakes at that moment.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m really proud of the fact that I think we&#8217;re well beyond that chapter now, but we could have been much more thoughtful about how we qualified that product in the real world. We could have been much more thoughtful about how we rolled it out to customers. We could have, candidly, I think, examined the original impetus in the first place. It was very Sonos-motivated. We wanted to put the app on a modern architecture to make us more nimble.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In my chapter at Sonos, I&#8217;m really trying to bring it all back to how we can focus on the customer first. I&#8217;m so inspired by talking to people on social media and in my inbox, and people in the industry, like you, about how we show up and solve the real problems that are happening in real households. I&#8217;m so excited about the things we&#8217;re going to talk to you about today because I think they&#8217;re really an answer to many of those questions.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>If you&#8217;re a listener, you know I&#8217;m familiar with Tom. The man&#8217;s on Threads doing customer support every day. And actually, I should not take advantage of this. I hold myself back from asking you for direct customer support all the time.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anytime. The way that you can tell it&#8217;s actually me and not our crackerjack social team is that I often will let a Thread die before I should or fail to follow up with someone. So if we were executing perfectly on that, you would know it was fake Tom, but it&#8217;s real Tom, and I do it when I can, but sometimes imperfectly.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>At least it&#8217;s not an AI avatar Tom. That&#8217;s when we know it&#8217;s going to go sideways.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">[Laughs] That&#8217;s right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I know you&#8217;re a </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> fan, so I&#8217;m going to make you sit in this for just one more moment because I find all of this to be really fascinating. The app shipped, and the feedback was immediately and intensely negative. Many, many things were broken. Speakers weren&#8217;t working at weddings. This is a time of massive crisis.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The company goes to resolve it, but then you&#8217;re on the board, and it&#8217;s clear that there&#8217;s going to be a leadership transition, that Patrick needs to go, and we need a new CEO. You&#8217;re going to be the interim CEO.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tell us about that process. Very, very few people will ever be in that kind of process or get insight into that process. What happened? What were the steps?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, I guess you start by saying that the last thing as a board that you want to do is to remove a CEO, particularly one who had as many successes as Patrick had. But I think as we looked at the company&#8217;s progress recovering from the app crisis, and frankly the tenor of the conversation inside the company, we just decided that for this kind of step-function improvement we needed on some of these dimensions, we had to make some changes in leadership, and that included a CEO change.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It was a wild experience for me because, I&#8217;ll tell you, at no point in the decade leading up to that day in January did I imagine that I might end up the CEO of Sonos. But in the process, the board asked if I&#8217;d be willing to step in on an interim basis, and it was an easy yes for me. It&#8217;s a cliché, but I&#8217;m a customer, and I love this product. There was a Sonos Move in the room when my daughter was born. You talked about weddings. I was watching friends and colleagues on the internet, frustrated by their experience. I wanted to come in and fix it. Of course, as a board member, I felt some real culpability in it. So [I was] thrilled at the chance to come in.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you&#8217;re an interim CEO, the assignment is really to keep the wheels on. The assignment at Sonos specifically was to right the ship. So during the period when the board was doing their comprehensive search for the person that they would ultimately decide was the right choice for the company, it was really easy for me to show up and just do that hard work of trying to get the company back on track.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">While I never imagined that I would land in this seat, I feel so blessed that it happened. I do love this job and continue to love the company and the team, and I’m so excited about the things we&#8217;re doing for our customers.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Very few people are going to get an interview to become the CEO of Sonos. I imagine at some point you went from being the interim CEO to wanting to become the permanent CEO. What was that process like? Did you write a memo? Was there a pitch deck? What were the steps?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, so there were a couple of pitch moments that the board asked me, completely reasonably, to engage in the process of applying for the job in the same way that all of the other talented candidates that they spoke to engaged. And so I took a personality test.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Wait, you did?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>With the letters?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, yeah.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Like an ENTJ or whatever?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, yeah. One of the letter things, sure. They wanted to know what they were getting.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Do they know that that is basically just like astrology? Someone should tell them. </strong><strong><br></strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know what? Yep, yep. I presented my vision for the company more than once, and I had the incredible advantage of being inside the four walls of the company and deeply understanding what was working and what wasn&#8217;t, and the things that we needed to do to get to this next chapter. It was a period of intense, intense work for me and everybody around me at the company, and more than a little anxiety about how it was going to turn out.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It was so fun, though, to get the call and then to just immediately be able to pivot at least a fraction of the work from the entirely tactical to the much more strategic, to begin to talk about what kind of company we are going to build together in this next chapter.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When it was announced that you would become the permanent CEO, even when you were the interim CEO, my reaction was, “Oh, this makes sense.” To use a football analogy, football teams hire defensive head coaches and offensive head coaches, and they come from one side of the ball or the other. It was just obvious: “Oh, this company needs a software CEO, and Tom is a software guy.”&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;re describing a situation where obviously it&#8217;s both. You&#8217;ve got hardware and software together, but that was the light that went off in my head — “Oh, this is a software person coming in to fix a big software problem.” Is that how you saw it initially?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, my career started with selling personal computers in 1986 or something, at the original Micro Center. If you&#8217;ve ever been to a Micro Center, it&#8217;s one of the few remaining big-box retailers for computers. So at the original Micro Center in Columbus, Ohio, at 16 years old, I walked into the CEO&#8217;s office and said, &#8220;I want to work here.&#8221; So from my earliest days, I was sitting with early adopters of personal computers and watching their struggles to understand the technology and put it to use in their lives.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I became an engineer and a product designer out of a desire to help people learn to use these products. And that&#8217;s really what&#8217;s motivated me through my entire career: how do I help teams make great experiences? So while it&#8217;s true that I&#8217;m a software person, 35 years in the business, my identity really is as a product designer. And I&#8217;d like to think that the board imagined that, yes, they needed a software person, but they needed somebody who could holistically look at the opportunity across hardware and software and help the team get there.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You appear to be through it now. There&#8217;s a big stack of announcements here, including MCP integration. I&#8217;ve got a lot of questions about all that.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When you became the permanent CEO 18 months ago, you said you immediately shifted strategy. What brought that into focus for you? “Oh, this is actually a software platform with hardware components”? Was that instinct? Was it research? Was it, “I&#8217;m getting through this app process, and that is becoming revealed to me”? How did that work?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think by disposition I&#8217;m a fairly right-brained person, and I have this intuitive feeling — creative, or whatever the words are, not as quantitative. But my first job out of college was at Apple, and I think even from the early days when I was there, we talked about the intersection of the arts and humanities and the sciences.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think one lesson of my career has been that you really do have an obligation to bring both a quant and a qual assessment to most things that pass your desk. So the development of our strategy was very much like that. Yes, there was an intuitive sense about what the right answer for Sonos was that was built up from my experience as a customer by observing our customers and talking to them through the years. A piece of that is a perspective about where the puck is going, of course.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But I do have access to piles and piles and piles of data about how our products behave in the real world, how our customers interact with them, what they use, what they don&#8217;t use, and lots of people around me in the organization who can bring that quantitative framing. I think one advantage I had over other CEO candidates was that I could bring some of that horsepower to bear on the story that I shared with the board about my vision for the future of the company.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;ve made some changes. It&#8217;s time for the </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> questions. You have restructured the company. There have been a few rounds of layoffs. How big is Sonos today?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We&#8217;re about 1,500 people.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And how is that structured?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the company that I stepped into was divided into business units. We had a team that was focused on home. We had a team that was focused on the professional opportunity, a team that was focused on home theater, and so on. While there&#8217;s something to be said for P&amp;L responsibilities, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera, there&#8217;s something to be said for that approach at a certain scale. I think that my appraisal was that we were sub-scale for the inefficiencies that creep in. We have the almost guaranteed duplication of effort across the silos.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What&#8217;s more, if you imagine that the product is really the system, the idea that your portables team sits far away from your home theater team, and sits far away from your plugged-in speakers team, is almost surely going to run counter to the kind of progress that you&#8217;re trying to motivate. And so very quickly, within three weeks of my arrival, we reorganized the company into a functional model.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So my leadership team today, of course, has a finance organization, a legal organization, a sales organization, and a marketing organization. But the product team now shows up as represented by hardware, software, and global supply chain operations, so leaders across each of those things. And what that allows us to do is to assemble cross-functional teams, or matrix-style teams, to invest in the initiatives that are of the highest priority to our customers and to the business at any given moment. And we can flex that up and down and side to side as our needs change.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We might, for an interval, be very focused on this part of the portfolio over here, and then we might be able to move to focusing on a different corner of the portfolio. No one has to get a new boss, and people can fluidly move from these things and get new opportunities to learn. It just strikes me as a much more appropriate organizational structure for our current stage.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;re describing the shift from a divisional structure to a vastly more functional structure.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s Apple, right?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yep, sure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Everyone comes up, and there&#8217;s one big product meeting.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You obviously make a lot of software. I&#8217;ve described you as a software CEO. It seems like the software industry is in a moment of existential crisis about how software is made, about what a product manager versus an engineer versus a designer do. Are you still in the classic structures of building software? Or has AI completely upended what you&#8217;re doing?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, we&#8217;re as deep in this as anyone. What&#8217;s been really fun for me over the course of the last year is to watch the software engineering team go from thoughtful skepticism to pretty deep embrace, if I&#8217;m honest. Some of that is on the back of just how dramatically the tools have evolved over the course of the last 12 months, certainly.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think almost everyone in the industry went home at the holidays at the tail end of 2025, coming into 2026, and came back just gobsmacked by how much progress the frontier labs were making on agentic coding, and it&#8217;s been a real accelerant for us. As complex as this transition is, I&#8217;m really excited about being able to help our engineers navigate what&#8217;s a pretty fundamental sea change in the way that this kind of infrastructure gets built, and it&#8217;s fun to get to be a part of that at this moment.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Did you break up the classic PM, designer, and engineer triad? Or is that still the core building block?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We still have all three, but it blurs particularly as the designers and the product managers can be prototypers at a really high level with incredible efficiency. It&#8217;s exciting to see how quickly they can communicate their ideas now in a medium that just didn&#8217;t exist at all for them a year ago.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;re at the turn, right? You came in, you restructured the company, you identified a new thesis for the company. Today you&#8217;re here to talk about all the new news. Do you think you&#8217;re through it? Do you think the existing customers have forgiven you for the app mess? Do you think the brand has been restored?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, as we&#8217;ve been saying, I think that there&#8217;s the quant and there&#8217;s the qual. The quant is green across the board. Performance, reliability, customer care interactions, social tone, NPS — these things are all restored to levels that we enjoyed before any of that happened.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the qualitative side, I love the fact that I can show up on Reddit or on social media broadly and engage with our customers and have a constructive conversation about things that they&#8217;re excited that we&#8217;re doing, and things where we&#8217;re still disappointing an individual customer on some dimension.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that at some level, maybe this game is never over; you&#8217;re just always trying to polish off the remaining rough edges of everything that you do. So I have a real critic&#8217;s eye when I look at the work that we do, and if I ever let that slip, a customer will remind me of where the work remains. And so, yes, I think in every measurable way it&#8217;s behind us, but it&#8217;s a “never forget” chapter for the company.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That brings me to the other <em>Decoder</em> question: how do you make decisions? What&#8217;s your framework?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, I don&#8217;t think you bring just one framework to every decision. So we talk about, for example, product decisions. As an idea moves through its lifecycle from its days as an early little sapling that you have to care and tend to, through final mass production for a hardware object, and out into the channels, I think how you think about [each of those] decisions is different.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So in the earliest days, I really tried to protect the creativity of the company and to not let the antibodies of doubt and critique erode an idea before it&#8217;s had a chance to express itself in a way that anybody could get excited about. That means creating room for risk-taking, creativity, qualitative assessment, and prototyping before you get to the details of the business case and the hard trade-offs that you make on a journey from an idea to something you can actually ship.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But of course, as the programs roll along and they take on more and more financial investment and organizational risk, as more and more people aggregate into the product, you become, I think, just naturally much more quantitative in your analysis of the decisions. And you ask the teams to bring a really thoughtful, detailed description of the puts and takes and the risks associated with it, and you use that to help you make your decisions.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But maybe on top of all of that, you just have to hire great people. I mean, you just do, and you have to put them on teams that are an appropriate size for the task at hand. I think it&#8217;s going to be very, very difficult for any CEO or any leadership team to make great decisions if the people who aren&#8217;t bringing the ideas themselves aren&#8217;t great. So I suppose it starts with the right people in the seats.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The reason I ask that question in that way is that, I think, the decision you made that is most emblematic to me of changing from a divisional structure with individual P&amp;Ls to a more functional structure, and thinking about the platform as a whole, was the decision to kill a product that I believe was called Pinewood. It was a set-top box that was going to integrate all the streaming services. This was </strong><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/features/2026-03-10/sonos-new-speaker-heralds-revival-under-ceo-tom-conrad-after-app-fiasco"><strong>well reported by former </strong><strong><em>Verge</em></strong><strong> reporter Chris Welch</strong></a><strong>, who&#8217;s now at Bloomberg.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The thing that really struck me about that was if you had a division that was focused on soundbars, the only place that division could go was to compete with Roku. And all the reporting that we had before suggested that the soundbar division was growing because the attach rate for soundbars with new TVs is 100 percent. Everyone knows the speakers in their TVs are bad.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s a great business, and we&#8217;re for sure the best product in the category.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So if you want to grow, which is the big thing, you&#8217;re going to be like, “How do we grow? And you say, “Well, I got to beat Roku.” And then now you&#8217;re just off doing that. You came in, and you just ended that, and I thought, “Oh, this is not just a decision to end a product line; this is also a decision about the strategy of the company. Because if you&#8217;re going to go compete with Roku, you&#8217;ve got to be a different company.” That&#8217;s my view of it. Is that how you saw it?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like so many things, these decisions do have more than one dimension that you evaluate. A big part of that decision, candidly, was that we were spread too thin across too many things, and I didn&#8217;t believe that we could be exceptional at all of them. I wanted to return us to focus on the thing that allows us to be most differentiated in the competitive set, and that&#8217;s the incredible systemness of the product, the audio experience that we can deliver, and attending to what, at the time, was a very long list of things that our customers were explicitly asking us for.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think if we were, putatively, actually working on a set-top box at that moment, another thing that I might have wondered about was whether our desire to make this particular product came from our customer or did it come from some sort of internally sourced sense of business opportunity? And I think companies get in a lot of trouble when the thing that comes first is the model and the thing that comes second is the product.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I certainly feel a sense of obligation to constantly be evaluating new business opportunities for the company, new business models for the company, sure. But I want them to always start from a place of what we really see in the market from customers. I&#8217;m not sure that they were saying we want a high-end streaming box that is somehow the love child of an Apple TV and a Roku.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Although that love child… I would be very worried about that love child. Why does this product have 200GB of storage for no identifiable reason, but also shows me ads at all times? We&#8217;ll set that aside.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I ask that because I want to talk to you about all the news here. The news here is a bunch of big bets. You&#8217;ve got Sonos 27. That is the new name of what you were calling an audio operating system that has something in it called Sonos Fabric.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Boy, I know you know me. I&#8217;m ready to go on all these names and all these ideas. In there, somewhere, is MCP support. There&#8217;s a big idea about assistants that I want to talk about. You&#8217;re cashing some chips, right?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;re saying, ”Okay, here&#8217;s a big new idea. Trust us. We&#8217;re going to get it right this time.” You&#8217;re ready for it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, I feel very ready. We&#8217;ve spent the last year building the new products that tell the story of this next chapter of the company. We&#8217;re really excited, not just about their capabilities, but how we&#8217;re going to share them with the world and how we&#8217;re going to enter a period of co-creation with our customers.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We&#8217;ve recently done that with some of the app enhancements that we&#8217;ve been rolling out. We&#8217;ve rolled out a mechanism that allows our customers to opt into them explicitly and talk to us about what they see in their own homes, and it&#8217;s just been such a delightful chapter of engagement with the community that I think we really lacked for a while. So yeah, I feel very ready.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Can I talk about it?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, let&#8217;s get into it. Sonos 27 and Sonos Fabric, what are these things? Explain to people what&#8217;s going on here.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So 100 percent hardware, 100 percent software. For 20 years, we&#8217;ve given all of our hardware objects names: Roam, Arc, Beam, Ace, Era. But we&#8217;ve never named the software platform — the thing that takes these collections of products and creates a consistent whole. So in some ways, the big news that we&#8217;re sharing right now is that the software platform has a name called Sonos 27, and it has a bunch of promises that it makes to customers in its nuts and bolts.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s an ecosystem platform that allows a huge heterogeneous world of services to come together in your home. It&#8217;s a system that has a deep technological layer that tunes the audio for every part of your household through a system we call Trueplay. It&#8217;s fundamentally built on a kind of fabric that brings all of the products together into a cohesive whole. And architecturally, it&#8217;s one of the things that&#8217;s really, really unique about what we&#8217;re doing.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Our products in your home really find each other on the local network and create something that is truly where the whole is greater than the sum of the parts. And it&#8217;s what unlocks so much of the magical experiences that we&#8217;ve delivered through the years. We&#8217;re about to announce some exciting new capabilities for Sonos Fabric and point a vector into the future of more to come.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Finally, we have these control and engagement services: app, voice, web. You mentioned MCP, which is a new dimension that we&#8217;re adding. We also have an entirely new voice assistant experience. And so we&#8217;re doing all of that across the software ecosystem, and we&#8217;re even giving a little bit of a preview of a capability that we&#8217;re calling Custom Agents, which is multi-tenancy inside of the platform to allow modern voice assistants to live side by side and interact with one another on the platform.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we&#8217;re doing all of that, and we have some great new hardware too. We’ve got a brand new amazing soundbar and an amazing set of new headphones.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The Beam Ultra is the new soundbar, and I think it&#8217;s 7.1.2.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yep.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is very nerdy, but to me it represents the fact that Atmos is totally mainstream now at this price point.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, totally.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That might be an entirely different home theater podcast.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can&#8217;t wait for you to hear it, honestly. Obviously, I&#8217;m biased and consider the source, but it sounds amazing. People who have heard it just can&#8217;t stop talking about how great this little soundbar sounds.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Honestly, I should quit doing this and just do home theater podcasts. Where does my heart truly lie? It&#8217;s that. It&#8217;s just doing that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">[Laughs] I&#8217;m down. Anytime.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We should do it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you need a co-host, we should do it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Look, I just </strong><a href="https://valueelectronics.com/tv-projector-and-headphone-shootout-evaluation-events/"><strong>judged the TV shootout, and Sony lost</strong></a><strong>. It&#8217;s a big deal. There&#8217;s a lot going on in that world.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tell me about the idea of naming the operating system Sonos 27. It&#8217;s obviously the middle of 2026. It obviously tracks Apple&#8217;s naming scheme. This very much implies there&#8217;ll be a Sonos 28 one year from now, in August of 2027.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It does. I think from the beginning we knew that we wanted to give it a name, and we knew that we wanted the name to be able to express this idea that Sonos does evolve. And for many, many years, that evolution was to the great benefit of our customers. We had lossless audio for Apple. We had high-fidelity audio for Spotify. We had AirPlay. We had Alexa.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Through the years, we&#8217;ve just over and over and over again expanded the capability of the products that were already in our customers&#8217; homes, and we didn&#8217;t have a way of talking about it at all. So we wanted to give it a name. We wanted people to understand that it improved over time.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So as we started thinking about, “Well, how do you really do that?” I mean, the first thing they came to was like, “Gosh, we already have ‘OS’ right in the name of the company.” So to try to brand some entirely new thing felt like a self-own, and so we pretty quickly reverted to this idea that the product is 100 percent hardware and 100 percent software. The product is Sonos, not Arc. Maybe the OS2 is called Sonos.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And then it&#8217;s like, “Well, what companion moniker can we give it to drive that idea home?” Obviously we talked about version numbers and any number of other things, but we decided that we&#8217;d like to take advantage of this. Once a year, we&#8217;ll stand up in front of our audience and tell them about how the platform is evolving, and using the year as a descriptor for that was a better mechanism than almost anything else that was available to us.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Those software cycles, yearly big releases… Apple is basically the only company that sticks to it. Even if it doesn’t do it, it announces all the features, and then they slowly dribble them out over the course of the year as they come into focus.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Again, I have a lot of questions about the nature of software development in 2027, but the idea that there&#8217;s one monolithic release once a year — the industry&#8217;s gotten away from that. Is that your idea, or are you going to do something different?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, no, no. Fortunately, the industry has gotten away from that, and our intention is to have a moment where we can tell the story of the operating system roadmap for the next six or 10 months. As you&#8217;ll see, even in this moment, the things that we&#8217;re announcing — many of them will be available in what we&#8217;re calling early access, which is the chance for us to put them out into the product as opt-ins for our customers. That way, we can do the perspective collecting, real-world data collecting sort of work. All of these products will continue to evolve through the year.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Frankly, I think as we go into the event, we will talk about all of this. I know that I&#8217;m going to get questions from customers and observers like, “What about this feature?” I think really the answer is just going to be like, “We know the stuff.” There&#8217;s very little that you can say, &#8220;Hey, someone should do this,&#8221; that isn’t on our list.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So to be able to say, “Look, part of what we&#8217;re communicating with the 27 of it all is that this stuff will come in 2027, and if it doesn&#8217;t, it&#8217;ll come in 2028 or beyond.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One of the big ideas here is obviously that this is an operating system that addresses a bunch of hardware in your home. That thing mostly looks like speakers, but some of it is connected to your TVs. You&#8217;ve got command and control. You&#8217;ve got other assistants, which I want to talk about, and that operating system should gain more capabilities over time.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What does the far version of that look like? Is it just that there will be an ambient assistant in your house that is addressing the fabric through MCP? Is it that you&#8217;ll interoperate with other speakers that might be in the house? What does the biggest vision of this look like?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, I think in some ways you&#8217;ll have to stay tuned to see where we take this, but I&#8217;ll start with this: I think that every home deserves this infrastructure. I think sound is an incredible mood stabilizer, if you like. Take the audio track out of your favorite movie or television show, and so much of the life comes out of it. And I think having an out-loud audio experience in your home is something that everybody should enjoy. So part of the big picture is we want to spread this far and wide and make it accessible to everyone.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A running joke about the first generation of assistants is that they&#8217;ve ended up being for timers. I think you really do, when you&#8217;re building out this next generation of voice-centric experiences, have to look at not just what the technology can do, but also what the customer wants. And one of the new capabilities in Sonos 27 is our new voice assistant.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Our voice assistant is built on modern generative technology, but it&#8217;s really inspired by what people tell us that they like to see in the home. I&#8217;ll tell you, the killer app of the assistant is that they just want to be able to talk to it like a normal person, full stop. With the first-generation assistants, you just had to guess what to say every time, and even then maybe it took two or three attempts to get there.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s such a game changer to be able to say, &#8220;Play that album I loved in college, the one with the Cocteau Twins singer. I think the song ended up as the theme song for that show. It was on Fox. It was about the curmudgeonly Doctor House… It&#8217;s ‘Teardrop’ by Massive Attack.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I know. They </strong><a href="https://screenrant.com/house-md-intro-songs-different-change-streaming-explainer/"><strong>took it off the [streaming version of </strong><strong><em>House</em></strong><strong>]</strong></a><strong>. It&#8217;s sad.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is. It is. So that&#8217;s job one, if you like. The first-generation assistants didn&#8217;t do it at all. Sonos Voice in the new OS is exceptional at this. So that&#8217;s meeting the customer where they are.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What else should they say? Well, they say a little bit about what I would call mood and ambiance. So lighting. Let&#8217;s bring lighting into the environment so that you can express a scene through both sound and light.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My wife and I are constantly settling little bets in the kitchen: &#8220;What was this thing called? Who is that actor?&#8221; They do want comprehensive world knowledge. They want to get an answer to the kid&#8217;s homework assignment or whatever, and so these agents do need to be able to hand off to comprehensive frontier models to get perspectives on the world.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In some instances, those perspectives allow them to use the frontier model to manipulate the audio environment to play some music that people are talking about on TikTok and pick some stuff that sounds like the shoegaze music that I liked when I was in college. We can leverage the power of a frontier model to understand what&#8217;s being talked about on TikTok to sort that against my musical preferences, and deliver it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I guess while we&#8217;re enumerating what I think a modern voice assistant has to do, it has to be fast, it has to be reliable, and it has to be responsible and affordable to run. I do think that customers want this as a fundamental capability of a product like Sonos, and we built an architecture that allows us to deliver it to every one of our customers as well.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a lot of big </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>, big </strong><strong><em>Verge</em></strong><strong> ideas in all of there, all the way down to where does the compute live? Where is the computer in your house supposed to be? You&#8217;re describing a lot of command and control. There&#8217;s integration with smart home stuff. I think it&#8217;s a Lutron partnership you have now.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But there&#8217;s an infinite number of smart light switches that might help you control your lighting. Your company is part of the Matter standard, but you don&#8217;t actually enable Matter on Sonos speakers. I think </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2025/1/2/24332848/speakers-matter-smart-home-apple-google-amazon-legato"><strong>our reporting from the wonderful Jenn Tuohy</strong></a><strong>, as our smart home reporter, has suggested that you don&#8217;t think it&#8217;s ready.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is a lot of stacked problems. I&#8217;m just going to read your press release to you. It says, &#8220;Sonos 27 MCP allows you to connect any outside AI assistant or agent to your system, including ChatGPT.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, I&#8217;m a customer, and I&#8217;ll tell you that the one that I want to use is Gemini for Home, Google&#8217;s assistant, and that&#8217;s been broken on Sonos for ages </strong><a href="https://www.reuters.com/legal/litigation/sonos-wins-ruling-revive-us-patent-case-against-google-2025-08-28/"><strong>because of an ongoing lawsuit</strong></a><strong>. Is that fixed? Is Google on your list? Because there&#8217;s a lot of competitive dimension here.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So in many ways we have a strong relationship with Google to this day, despite the lawsuit. YouTube Music is one of the most-listened-to music services on the platform. We do have a long history of a first-generation Google Assistant on many of our products. We&#8217;d love to continue to work with them on all of these things, and those conversations continue.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I guess I&#8217;m just going to push on this idea of connecting any AI assistant or agent. There are two big ones. There&#8217;s Alexa, and there&#8217;s Google. You might be in third place. Siri exists. Those are the ones, right? Maybe there&#8217;s going to be a ChatGPT product in the future.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, listen. I want to tease apart two different things.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sure.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let&#8217;s talk about command and control of the Sonos system through external agentic interfaces, just to use every buzzword. What I really mean is that we think there&#8217;s a lot of utility in showing up inside of ChatGPT on the web, on your phone, on the desktop in the same way that Slack or your calendar shows up in those environments.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So with Sonos 27 MCP, we&#8217;ll show up in the directory of connectable services in all of those environments: in Gemini, in Claude, in ChatGPT, in Grok. By connecting that tool into your experience, however you access it, you&#8217;ll be able to summon Sonos. So maybe you&#8217;re working on something, and you want some music to play; you can just tell Claude to make it play or just tell Gemini to make it play from the desktop or mobile surface that you&#8217;re sitting in front of.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s a pretty powerful building block as we see these OpenClaw-style agentic, proactive, asynchronous agents evolve. Now they have access to Sonos in a supportable way. There&#8217;s been a bunch of hack MCPs and CLIs for Sonos around, and a lot of reporting about how they&#8217;re among the most utilized examples for these things. We&#8217;re excited to officially support such a thing. As much as fun it is to see the mainstream use cases, I&#8217;m very excited to see what hobbyists are going to do with Sonos MCP.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So let&#8217;s now talk about on-device, though. So we&#8217;ve been working closely with Amazon for some time to bring Alexa Plus to our platform. That work continues. I&#8217;m excited about it. We don’t have anything to announce today, but we&#8217;ve had a long and really successful relationship with Amazon through the years. Panos was on the board with me for many of our years at Sonos.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>By the way, just so people know, that&#8217;s Panos Panay, </strong><a href="http://google.com/search?q=panos+panay+the+verge+decodefr&amp;oq=panos+panay+the+verge+decodefr&amp;gs_lcrp=EgZjaHJvbWUyBggAEEUYOTIHCAEQLhiABDINCAIQLhivARjHARiABDIHCAMQLhiABDIHCAQQABiABDIHCAUQABiABDIHCAYQLhiABDIHCAcQABiABDIHCAgQABiABNIBCDIwMjVqMGo3qAIAsAIA&amp;sourceid=chrome&amp;source=chrome.ob&amp;ie=UTF-8"><strong>who now runs hardware and Alexa at Amazon</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s right, that&#8217;s right. He’s a friend of the show.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yes. Panos and I are buds.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But one thing we&#8217;ve demonstrated is something we call Sonos Custom Agents, which lets you take any of these inference engines — the Anthropic engine, the OpenAI engine, the Gemini engine, the Grok engine — and invoke it from Sonos. You&#8217;ll be able to give it a unique voice, give it a name, and give it a context that has it show up in a particular way.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So imagine that you&#8217;d like to have a personality that lives inside of Sonos, and it’s the John Cusack character from <em>High Fidelity</em>,<em> </em>an opinionated record store geek who is interested in subtly shading your perspectives in music, but also making recommendations.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You&#8217;ll be able to go in and set up a custom agent in Sonos that says, &#8220;Let&#8217;s use OpenAI inference. Let&#8217;s use this voice I pick, and let&#8217;s give it this personality, and let&#8217;s have it live alongside an agent that&#8217;s powered by Anthropic inference that is going to give me advice on cooking. And let&#8217;s do another one that is only interested in connecting me with opportunities to see live music.&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All of these tools will be able to show up inside of Sonos, invoked by the name you give it, like, &#8220;Hey, Sonos, connect me to the curator,&#8221; and talk to you only about that topic, have a point of view, and be able to access the Sonos context so that they can hand off from one to the other.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s super fun. It&#8217;s super creative. It lets our customers become participants in the Sonos platform. We&#8217;re just showing it off as a technology preview because there are still a lot of details to work out here, but it&#8217;s a lot of fun to play with in the lab.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me bring some of these ideas together. There&#8217;s the idea that there&#8217;s external command and control. I have an Echo Dot, and I say, &#8220;Turn on the Sonos,&#8221; and it just does that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Then there&#8217;s the idea that there&#8217;s the assistant that lives on your device that is either the Sonos voice assistant or maybe you&#8217;re going to keep working with Amazon and Alexa+ being there. And then we&#8217;re going to make new custom ones out of building blocks that are enabled in lots of different ways.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When I asked where the computer is, this is, to me, the big question: where does all this ambient agentic AI actually live? Where does it have control? Is it going to happen locally? Are we sending everything to the cloud?&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Somewhere in your home, if you&#8217;re going to control lights, music, and everything else, there needs to be some logic happening in your home. There are a lot of standards to do that. Some of them are good, some of them are bad. Some of them have names that connect directly to the word fabric, like Thread.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a lot going on here in terms of just the names and schemes of what could happen. Where do you see this view? Who is your competition here?&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Is it that Apple is going to launch a new HomePod with an AI-enabled Siri, and they already have a HomeKit, which is a pretty well-built and pretty popular smart home platform? Is it, “Well, OpenAI is going to have a hardware device, and maybe their first one&#8217;s going to be in the home, and you need to stave that off and make sure people are talking directly to you, and you have the customer relationship”?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That seems not only undeveloped, but even the foundations of how you build the products — like Matter and smart home standards — are messy and political in very specific ways. So how do you see the competition, victory, and success there? And then how do you solve just the capability gap that every other company has run into?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So one thing that I&#8217;m reminded of in this moment is that we, as an industry, have these platform shifts that unlock opportunities for companies who get lucky on timing. For example, the original dot-com era was really powered by Oracle and Sun Solaris boxes and data centers that you owned and operated yourself. We then went through a chapter where the infrastructure became Linux and open source for your data tier.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course, we&#8217;ve had this huge long run of cloud infrastructure. I think that if you&#8217;re a company that builds your stack on Solaris and Oracle, it&#8217;s really that there&#8217;s an opportunity for a company to come along and build a stack on Linux and Postgres in that moment and suddenly find efficiencies that are very, very hard for you to claim.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think something very similar is happening in voice assistants. When I hear you talk on the show about your experience with voice assistants that are going through the transition from first generation to second generation, it feels to me like so much of the challenge there is about how we drag along all of the committed relationships that we have for the internet-connected toaster, back massager, and all of the things that are connected into those existing historical ecosystems.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Honestly, even in the world of AI, with just how much has changed in the last couple of years underneath the companies as they&#8217;re building out their answers here, it really feels to me like we are stepping into a moment where agentic tool use powered by protocols, like MCP, is going to disintermediate a lot of that stuff that you&#8217;re talking about.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that in the immediate term, we&#8217;re really excited about what we can do in the use cases that our customers are telling us they care about. Give me mood and audio in the home. We have great solutions for that today. And I think we can take advantage of this shift to a truly next-generation architecture without the baggage of a decade of internet-connected light switches from 17 different protocols with 17 different hubs in the closet.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, I mean, part of the opportunity there is that you don&#8217;t have a big voice assistant. I don&#8217;t think the current Sonos voice assistant is at the scale of Alexa or Google Assistant. I&#8217;m just guessing. They do have that problem. The light switches in my house, they&#8217;re in the walls. They&#8217;re going to be there. That Lutron hub is there. It&#8217;s not great. However, Lutron is the best one.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is. It is the best one.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a box in my house, and there are a lot of those little weird little boxes in my house because I have a smart home, and all of those dependencies exist for those platforms for reasons. If you show up and say, &#8220;Use my voice assistant instead,” and it can&#8217;t operate all of the lights, well, I&#8217;m just going to fall back to Amazon, or I&#8217;m going to fall back to Google. They know it, and they know they can&#8217;t break those things. Panos and I have talked about it a lot, actually in the context of Alexa Plus.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The promise of AI, at least from my very abstract vantage point, is, boy, I should not care about any of this. There&#8217;s a network in my house. There are lots of devices on that network. They have some access points on that network, and maybe they&#8217;re API-driven access points, maybe they&#8217;re MCP-driven. It should not matter. There&#8217;s just a bunch of devices in my network that you can control somehow, and this all-seeing robot that is going to replace every job in America should be able to traverse my network and turn on the lights without any help. That&#8217;s what it should do.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Some of the </strong><a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/openai-founder-andrej-karpathy-chores-dobby-ai-claw-2026-3"><strong>very first big vibe coding shockwaves</strong></a><strong> were AI researchers, bleeding-edge AI researchers, being like, &#8220;I figured out how to control my shades. They walked through my network, and the shades go up and down now,” right? We&#8217;re not there at the consumer level. The promise is not there. I&#8217;m still here talking to you about Matter, Thread, HomeKit, and whether or not Google Assistant can control my Sonos Amp, which, by the way, it can&#8217;t, and that is my one ticket to you that I didn&#8217;t submit on Threads.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s the promise, but the gap to that seems really, really huge. Are you able to close it? Is that the opportunity?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think we&#8217;re just still in the Apple II days of the home automation space. So while there is, as you point out, this incredible, wild, heterogeneous world of different light switch controllers, I think when you talk to mainstream consumers about their homes, they&#8217;re not there yet.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do think that because of the profound technological step function of agentic control of these kinds of services and things like tool use, as the consumer catches up with the industry&#8217;s ambition to solve these problems, new technological solutions will emerge. I&#8217;m really excited about how we&#8217;re positioned to ride that transition and not be encumbered by the decade of early adopter internet-connected light switches.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What are you going to do about the light switches that are already in the walls?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just don&#8217;t think that there&#8217;s enough of them to matter in the final answer. Of course, Lutron&#8217;s a great partner, and they do a great job with this.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>They do. I mean, we have them. We’ve got all kinds of light switches. We mostly have Lutron ones. But that&#8217;s my question. The first natural customer for something like what you&#8217;re describing is somebody who is already using these products in some way. If you show up to my house and there&#8217;s no Matter support or whatever, I&#8217;m like, &#8220;Well, I can&#8217;t use it.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Is it though, or is it more like the difference between the people that were adopting Creative Labs MP3 players before the iPod came along?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sure</strong>.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Was the iPod really for those people, or was it for people that had that problem but were nowhere near the people that had been early adopters? Or was the iPhone for people that were using Windows CE, or was it for people that were using flip phones who were ready for the transition? I think we&#8217;re making-</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Is that the idea here “iPhone for smart home control” or “iPhone for audio in the home”?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The turn there that I think is really interesting is: who are you going to talk to? Where is the computer? What is the computer? You&#8217;re describing a situation where if you want music, you&#8217;re going to talk to Sonos. But you also have a general-purpose assistant like Claude or ChatGPT, and they can talk to Sonos, too.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It&#8217;s unclear to me — and it may be one of the most fascinating questions at this moment in tech — where the interface goes. Are we all going to have one chatbot that does everything, and all the demand is aggregated there, and OpenAI becomes more powerful than ever? Or are we going to have lots and lots of assistants that we address in lots and lots of different ways?&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It seems like your bet is Sonos will have a personality in your home, maybe multiple personalities in your home, and customers will address that, and all the other stuff will go somewhere else.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For 20 years, we&#8217;ve found a lot of success around the idea of embracing every dimension of the problem. Yes, there&#8217;s an app, but you&#8217;re welcome to engage with us through AirPlay or Spotify Connect. Yes, we have a voice assistant that lives side by side with Alexa. Yes, we have proprietary mesh, but it integrates with Bluetooth and even line-in. I think we bet that we&#8217;re of a size and scale that allows us to both be nimble and react to these changes, but also have enough horsepower to keep up technologically with what the best in the category are doing. So I think some of this just plays out on the field.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just one last idea, since you said it a couple of times, this question about where the compute lives. I think one incredibly powerful opportunity for Sonos is that we do place compute in millions and millions of homes. People don&#8217;t think of them as computers often, but they are. They create a seamless experience that is really the integration of a set of cloud services and local services in a way that looks like just one surface area to the customer.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that the answer to your questions, “Does this live in the cloud? Does this live in the home? Does this live in a box?” is yes. I think we&#8217;re pretty uniquely situated to take advantage of an architecture where it&#8217;s not cloud-only, it&#8217;s not home-only, but it&#8217;s an integrated system that combines all of that together. And at the end of the day, that is what Sonos 27 is.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Just to make that really reductive, when I say “where is the computer” in the home context, what I mean is maybe in the &#8217;90s to early 2000s, there was a vision that we would all have home servers in our basements, and they would do all the logic of our home. They would have all the storage, and Microsoft would sell you a Windows home server in the basement and a Windows Media Center in the living room, and you and I probably both watched all of those Bill Gates keynotes at CES.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>None of that really ever came to pass. Instead, we put a lot of cheap computers near all the TVs, and they connected to cloud services, and they&#8217;re basically just running web browsers, as you well know. That is a very different version of what needed to happen and how the market played out.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>In the smart home, I&#8217;ve got a bunch of automations in my house. When the garage is open, the lights turn on, and other stuff happens. At night, the doors all lock if they&#8217;re not locked. That logic has to live somewhere. My perspective on it is that it should live in my house. If the internet goes down, the lights should still turn on.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is not anything to do with big AI integrations or the new MCP way to address the Sonos system. Those are big ideas, and I&#8217;m just insistently dragging you back down into the dirt of: if the internet goes out, are the lights still going to turn on?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You don&#8217;t want to be the partner that puts in the internet-connected light switches that don&#8217;t work when the internet is down.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But it&#8217;s not just the internet-connected light switches; it&#8217;s the logic of making it all work together.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I understand. Yeah, fair. Here&#8217;s what I&#8217;ll say about that. For 40 years now, we&#8217;ve been talking about technology for the home, starting with the personal computer, which is supposed to be the center of the technological household, but we didn&#8217;t really get that. We got laptops that people mostly use at work and use a bit at home.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then we got mobile, and mobile is supposed to be the thing that you engage with when you leave your house on your way to work. Of course, the fundamental media of mobile is so addicting that it&#8217;s all-consuming. We use it at work, we use it at home — we use it all the time. But my observation about our use of it in the home is that nobody loves it. No spouse has ever said, &#8220;I wish my husband was on his phone more. I wish my kid used their iPad more,&#8221; and so we&#8217;re looking for ways to get beyond that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To your point, the other compute that&#8217;s in the home, like I said, is the set-top box, which is largely just a web browser to a bunch of services that live in the cloud. I think it&#8217;s pretty interesting, actually, that in 17 million homes Sonos is an actual mesh of compute in your house with real horsepower, real memory, real CPU, real capability, a real operating system — all just waiting to be the container for some of the kinds of things you&#8217;re talking about. So it’s super interesting. We&#8217;ll figure it out over time.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I feel like you&#8217;re this close to being like, &#8220;And then the Teslas will be a data center.&#8221; There&#8217;s something there that is maybe the line. Actually, I want to talk about that. I actually want to push on that a little bit.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The initial Sonos innovation 100 years ago, when the company started, was, “Oh, we can build a mesh network. We can do wireless audio at scale. We can synchronize the latency of all the speakers so it sounds like the same music playing at the same time.” This was a lot of big engineering back in the day.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Still, I mean, candidly, still. A lot of what our software team does day in and day out is extend and maintain that infrastructure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There are features you&#8217;re announcing here as part of Sonos Fabric that I think are interesting. If you have surrounds, you can just place them, and they&#8217;ll figure out that they&#8217;re surrounds and immediately start being the surround speakers in a home theater.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s just a lot of potential, as you&#8217;re describing, in the notion that, “Oh, there&#8217;s a big network of small computers in my house that can come together and do things you would not expect.” Is your focus that they will always do audio things? Or is it the focus that they will have many more capabilities?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think any thoughtful product leader is going to tell you the focus is an important part of success. I do feel like there&#8217;s so much interesting work for us to do around creating an audio system that sets the mood for your home that I don&#8217;t want us to take our eye off of that opportunity. We are doing some really exciting things in Sonos Fabric and Sonos 27 that we should talk about, that get to some of the work that you&#8217;re describing.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But certainly in the moments where you allow yourself to think about what the company is in five years and what it will be in 10 years, you can&#8217;t help but interrogate what the opportunity is for a mesh — a fabric of compute that lives in the home.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to end by talking about headphones really quickly. We just had the CEO of Bose on. She and I had a </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/975732/bose-ceo-lila-snyder-ai-wearables-licensing-headphones-audio"><strong>pretty searching conversation about what happens to the headphone market</strong></a><strong> in the time of AI wearables.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>My fear, my anxiety, about audio is always that consumers will always pick convenience over quality. It&#8217;s just the history of the&#8230; I&#8217;ve got a set of AirPods on this desk, and they don&#8217;t sound great, but boy, are they convenient. And that&#8217;s just the way it goes. It has always been what the market has demanded: convenience over quality.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;re going to enter a time when Apple puts cameras on AirPods, and you can talk to them with Siri. When Google and Samsung ship very similar products, there&#8217;s undoubtedly going to be a flood of AI hardware startups that want to put something in your ears or in your body in some way.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You are in the headphone market. You&#8217;re talking a lot about AI; you&#8217;re talking a lot about Fabric. That seems like a cataclysm coming for headphones. The same way that the removal of the headphone jack was a cataclysm in the headphone market, this seems like the next one.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How are you preparing for that? Do you think there&#8217;s going to be a range of voice assistants on headphones, or do you think what you would call the first-party vendors are going to just grab more and more of that share?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Before we jump to the hypotheticals about where headphones are, can I tell you a little bit about the new headphones?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, of course.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All right. So one of the things that you get from entering a new market is the opportunity to build something and put it in customers&#8217; homes and learn a lot about what matters and what doesn&#8217;t matter.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we launched Sonos Ace two years ago. I think measured against any of the other premium over-the-ear noise-canceling headphones in the market, they&#8217;re a great product. They&#8217;ve got great reviews; they have great noise cancelling. They&#8217;re super comfortable, and they look great. We’re really proud of the product, but they weren&#8217;t thoughtfully integrated into the Sonos ecosystem.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, at launch you could swap to one of our soundbars, not even all of our soundbars. I think it was the most visible expression of the missed opportunity of that moment for the company to always remember that the products that we make are part of the Sonos system, not individual offerings.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we ended up with a great pair of headphones, but honestly, I mean, you review them all the time; there are lots of great headphones. When we set out to take all the lessons that we learned from Ace to design Ace Ultra, at the very top of that list is that we have to do the hard thing. These headphones have to be able to show up in your home as a part of the system, and the model through which you invoke your headphones has to be completely seamless and delightful.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We built an entirely new hardware platform for Ace Ultra called Headphone Engine 2, and it unlocks this capability at the hardware level. And then in Sonos OS 27, we built virtualization so that any one of the speakers in your home can deliver the audio platform to that speaker but can also act as a proxy for your headphones, which don&#8217;t have the horsepower to run the full stack — it would kill battery life, et cetera.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now with Ace Ultra, you&#8217;ll be able to link your headphones to your Sonos system, walk up to a speaker that&#8217;s playing, press a button on your headphones, and the music will jump from the speaker into your headphones. No Bluetooth, no phone. You&#8217;ll be able to walk around your whole house, enjoy the music, come to another speaker, press the button again, and it will jump to that speaker using some BLA location-sensing stuff that we&#8217;ve developed. It’s super magical. It&#8217;s the one job that we had and didn&#8217;t deliver on with Ace. We&#8217;re really excited to get it out into the market.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Analogous to that on the home theater side is, as you mentioned, that we&#8217;re making all of our portable speakers — Sonos Play, Sonos Move — capable of being rear channels for home theater. That sounds really easy. Maybe people will even be like, &#8220;Why wasn&#8217;t that always possible?&#8221; But to your point about the deep technology of it, the way that we achieve high-fidelity, low-latency surround experiences in the living room is by directly bonding our rear channel speakers and subwoofer to the soundbar on a proprietary network, not through your access point. So for a speaker to seamlessly hop between being part of your Sonos system as a music node and part of your Sonos system as a surround channel means that you have to do a real-time reconfiguration of that networking stack, and you have to know when to do it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We&#8217;re using accelerometers in the product to actually know that you&#8217;ve picked it up and set it down in a new location. We&#8217;re using Sonos’ positioning system, which is ultrasonic signaling, to broadcast to the room, &#8220;Hey, is there a soundbar here?&#8221; Ultrasonic comes back saying, &#8220;I&#8217;m here.&#8221; They negotiate position, left and right, and distance, so that they can optimize the surround sound experience. You pick it up again, you take it back to the kitchen, and it&#8217;s a regular speaker again. All happens magically, no use of the app. It&#8217;s pretty cool.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Answer my question on headphones, though. This is my big worry. You&#8217;ve got really cool headphones. They have a feature that no one else can ship, and Apple&#8217;s going to say, &#8220;Look, our new AirPods have Siri AI in them.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You can just say, &#8220;Show me what I&#8217;m looking at,&#8221; and a picture will be taken automatically and something will happen. We&#8217;ll get over the privacy implications of that, but that&#8217;s a collapse of the headphone market.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe. I mean, headphones come in all kinds of form factors today: over-ear, in-ear, cuffs, wireless, wired. So I do think it&#8217;s a market where people choose different form factors for different tasks. We&#8217;re really focused on this personal in-the-home listening — what do you do when the baby&#8217;s asleep? What do you do when you want to move the party from the kitchen to the den while you relax for the evening? We think that there&#8217;s a bunch of really interesting use cases there that other people aren&#8217;t paying attention to.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think, broadly, over the course of the next couple of years, we&#8217;re going to get all kinds of adventurous wackadoodle consumer electronics that are connected to this new emerging AI universe. Most of them will be a swing and a miss. Of course, we&#8217;ve already seen some of those. So it&#8217;s a little hard to speculate, I think, about which of these things, if any, is going to have its iPod moment or its iPhone moment or whatever.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What do you think is going to happen?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think we&#8217;re going to see a replay of what happened when the headphone jack got taken away. The headphone jack was an open interconnect. There was a really vibrant market for all kinds of headphones, and a bunch of those companies don&#8217;t exist anymore. The high-end wired headphones, for phones anyway, have mostly gone away, and you have a bunch of medium Bluetooth competitors, but the phone makers have largely taken that with first-party products.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Now, you have your products at the high end competing with really high-end noise-canceling products from Bose and Sony and whoever, and that is the airplane set. The lack of the open interconnect has really killed the vibrancy of the low and middle end of the market.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Okay, well, there&#8217;s one big thing they can do to make sure the high end belongs to them, and it&#8217;s to integrate AI in very specific ways directly into their operating system. We&#8217;ll see how that plays out. There&#8217;s also a thing that&#8217;s different this time: there&#8217;s a vastly more energized European regulatory environment. Who knows how this will play out?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I can&#8217;t tell you, but all that stuff is a swirl, and you&#8217;re a headphone maker, and it seems like different headphone makers are taking different approaches to this.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The only counter that I might offer is that there&#8217;s a lot of talk about the walled garden of the Bluetooth advantages that the platform companies have. But I would say even without the European regulators, it&#8217;s notable that something like the Meta Glasses can have a reasonable, I think, commercially viable set of experiences that are principally powered by compute that lives on your phone and still deliver conversational AI that is mediated by a Bluetooth connection, admittedly behind some of the obstacles that you&#8217;re describing. But those obstacles aren&#8217;t so profound that clever companies aren&#8217;t figuring out how to work within those constraints.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m very curious to see how that plays out. It doesn&#8217;t seem like it&#8217;s in focus. Again, probably because, as you say, none of the products are in focus. No one knows what a hit product here looks like, so you might as well let a thousand flowers bloom and then radically constrict the market.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, sure.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tom, I&#8217;ve burned just a ton of your time. I think you can tell I could talk to you for ages and ages about all kinds of things.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Super fun.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tell us what&#8217;s next for Sonos. When does all this stuff ship?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think by the time this airs, we&#8217;ll have announced all of this to the world. We&#8217;re having a big event in New York to share Sonos OS 27, Sonos Voice 27, and the Ace Ultra and Beam Ultra. We can’t wait to get this stuff out into the world and begin to hear what our customers do with all of these exciting new products.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Many of the software features are going to be available in early access, which will mean our customers will opt into them, be able to give us feedback, and we&#8217;ll be able to observe the telemetry that comes back from their homes and make sure that we&#8217;re delivering exactly the experience that we want. We&#8217;re excited about the moment of co-creation that&#8217;s around the corner for us.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As we talked about at the top of the hour, Sonos 27 is absolutely a nod to the fact that we intend to keep doing this until the sun burns out. There&#8217;ll be Sonos 28 and 29 and 30 and beyond.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That&#8217;s great. All right, I&#8217;ve got to ask you at the end: I have ceiling speakers in my kitchen. They&#8217;re connected to a Sonos Amp. There&#8217;s a Google Home Hub right there, and it&#8217;s broken. I can&#8217;t ask it to play music in the kitchen.</strong> <strong>When are you going to fix that for me? I&#8217;m ending on tech support.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All right. I don&#8217;t know the answer, but I&#8217;d love to figure it out for you. I know the right folks to call, so let&#8217;s get you connected.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;re going to have a </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> roundtable.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If your listeners have similar kinds of problems, we&#8217;ve got great people to help them, and we always like to hear from you. You can find me on social pretty easily.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Usually I end by inviting people back, but I&#8217;m saying we&#8217;ve got to fix it, and then we&#8217;re going to talk about what it took to fix it. That&#8217;s the plan.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All right. Right on.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tom, this is great. Thank you so much, man.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This was super fun. Thank you.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[New York Governor Kathy Hochul thinks AI should be ‘less evil’]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/986661/ny-gov-kathy-hochul-ai-data-centers-ban-3d-printed-guns-flock-cameras" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=986661</id>
			<updated>2026-09-02T13:47:36-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-08-31T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="AI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Policy" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Politics" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Regulation" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today, I’m talking with New York Governor Kathy Hochul, and I’ll just warn you — this episode moves really fast. It’s an election year, after all, with a shocking amount of tech policy at stake, and Governor Hochul has taken strong positions on almost every major tech issue there is. For example, Meta just reached [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A stylized illustration of New York governor Kathy Hochul in a podcast studio" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="Image: The Verge " data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/08/DCD_Hochul.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today, I’m talking with New York Governor Kathy Hochul, and I’ll just warn you — this episode moves really fast. It’s an election year, after all, with a shocking amount of tech policy at stake, and Governor Hochul has taken strong positions on almost every major tech issue there is.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, Meta just <a href="https://www.theverge.com/policy/985032/meta-state-ag-kids-online-safety-settlement">reached a settlement</a> with dozens of states, including New York, which will restrict how teens use platforms like Instagram in very specific ways. Governor Hochul is a strong supporter of those restrictions and more, as you’ll hear. But those come with a cost — widespread age verification means adults will also have to show ID to use the internet, which will essentially make it impossible to be anonymous online.&nbsp;</p>

<div class="wp-block-vox-media-highlight vox-media-highlight"><img src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/chorus/uploads/chorus_asset/file/24792604/The_Verge_Decoder_Tileart.jpg?quality=90&amp;strip=all&amp;crop=0,0,100,100" alt="" title="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" />


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Verge</em> subscribers, don&#8217;t forget you get exclusive access to ad-free <em>Decoder</em> wherever you get your podcasts. Head <a href="https://www.theverge.com/account/podcasts">here</a>. Not a subscriber? You can <a href="https://www.theverge.com/subscribe">sign up here</a>. </p>
</div>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I asked about that, and if these new restrictions amount to Meta conceding in a lawsuit that these kinds of regulations on speech might not pass First Amendment scrutiny if the governor were to try and impose them in a law.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had similar questions about New York’s restrictions on ghost guns, which prevent 3D printers from printing gun parts. That law is already being challenged — not in courts, but by activists like Cody Wilson, who runs the largest database of 3D-printable gun files and who has <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/983244/3d-printed-guns-hashes-hochul">started altering those files in a process he calls “Hochulization”</a> in order to show the ban is technically toothless. I asked the governor about this, and, well, you’ll hear her challenge Cody right back.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, but there’s more: We also talked about surveillance and Flock cameras, and, of course, the politics of AI and data centers in an election year. Governor Hochul <a href="https://www.theverge.com/policy/944041/new-york-data-center-moratorium">signed a one-year moratorium</a> on data center construction in July, and I wanted to know what she’s looking for when that expires to make data centers a workable proposition.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We also talked a little about Mayor Zohran Mamdani in New York City and, of course, her org chart for the state government. This one is a lot, I think you’re going to like it.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay: New York Governor Kathy Hochul, here we go.</p>

<iframe loading="lazy" frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP2475724315" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Governor Kathy Hochul, you are the governor of the state of New York! Welcome to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Thank you. Happy to be on.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I have so much to talk to you about. We don&#8217;t have a ton of time, so we&#8217;re going to move fast. Are you up for it?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m up.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>All right. I want to start with what I call the </strong><strong><em>Decoder </em></strong><strong>questions, lightning round style. I think the operation of your office and state government is really opaque to most people. So I ask everybody this question. How is the governor&#8217;s office structured? How did you make decisions about how to structure that office? How did you organize it?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Governor at the top. Then there&#8217;s a leadership team, senior leadership team. There&#8217;s a secretary to the governor who is the top advisor. It sounds like the person taking notes at meetings, but the secretary of the governor is the most powerful non-elected position in the state. When I first became governor five years ago, I said, &#8220;I want the smartest, the best, the brightest people I could surround myself with.&#8221; I didn&#8217;t know a lot of these individuals, but they were highly recommended from having business experience, government experience, or technological experience. I said, &#8220;Bring me the smartest.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s a layer of senior team members. There&#8217;s one individual who oversees all the agencies. There are 45 different agencies for everything from the Department of Transportation to the environment to our housing development agency, economic development. It all trickles down to a pretty large bureaucracy. I&#8217;m the decision maker, but I take input from a lot of different levels of government before I make a final decision. But I&#8217;m a fairly quick decision-maker. Show me the facts and I can make a decision instantaneously.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You took over in a complicated way from your predecessor and then you won reelection. Did you sit down and make an org chart of how you wanted your office to work?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, I did.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How long did that take?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I inherited one in a sense, but also early on I didn&#8217;t have a lot of tools. In fact, we had a hurricane in my first week. I didn&#8217;t know how to declare a disaster. I hadn&#8217;t hired that person yet, the head of emergency services. We were caught off-guard a little bit. The state still functioned, but I knew I needed to do more.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m always in search of talent, smart people, and trying to rotate people in. Sometimes I start commissions like the Future Works Commission to bring in experts, not just from my administration but around the country, who understand the displacement of jobs because of AI: who&#8217;s most vulnerable, how we deal with that, and how we train people to be able to overcome those obstacles or to embrace AI as a possible career. I&#8217;m always finding ways to supplement my team with industry- or issue-specific experts.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This question&#8217;s going to sound ridiculous, but I&#8217;ve asked a lot of people a variation of this question. Almost no one ever is going to sit down and say, &#8220;I need to write a new org chart for the governor&#8217;s office of New York.&#8221; Did you do that on a whiteboard? Did you open PowerPoint? Was it just you alone with a laptop? What was it actually like?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Can I tell you something I&#8217;m embarrassed of, since you phrased it that way? I did it on a legal pad.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nice.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Old school. Sorry.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Yeah, pen and paper. No, it&#8217;s great. Very few people do that. You would be surprised at some of the answers we&#8217;ve gotten to questions like that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just laid out, “This is what I need, this is the team I need.” Now that was five years ago. I&#8217;ve gotten a little better. I&#8217;d probably ask Claude or ChatGPT for some recommendations.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Oh boy. We&#8217;re going to come to that. Don&#8217;t worry about it. You started answering this question, but this is the other </strong><strong><em>Decoder </em></strong><strong>question. How do you make decisions? What&#8217;s your framework?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bring in all the information as quickly as possible, pressure-test it, and then go with my gut.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One of the more unique parts about structure in New York government is the relationship between the state and the city. We&#8217;re talking here in person in New York City. Mayor Zohran Mamdani has been pretty aggressive about going after billionaires and tech companies. Most recently the city went after Amazon for its labor practices. Do you think that&#8217;s been effective here?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I need to make sure that New York City and the state overall continue to be a place where we support innovation, new jobs. Technology is leading the forefront right now. I&#8217;m really proud that we now have been named the number-one job creator for tech jobs in the country, surpassing California, which has always dominated in this space. That says something about our ecosystem and I want to foster that. I want people who have just an idea who can use technology to create something that no one else had ever conceived of and be successful in marketing it. That is what I&#8217;m leaning hard into.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The mayor has his own approach, but I think overall we both want New York City to succeed. To me, success also means creating more opportunities for jobs because of the spinoff effect. Five guys in an office right in this building could lead to 500 jobs in a couple of years. Those opportunities help lift people out of their circumstances and achieve what I&#8217;m hoping for is more opportunity for more people.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a WeWork just above us. We got to go find those five guys.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m asking specifically about the more aggressive approach the mayor has taken. He&#8217;s taken a very aggressive approach. And like you said, the numbers show that the billionaires didn&#8217;t run, they&#8217;re actually investing; the tech companies didn&#8217;t run, they&#8217;re actually hiring at a rate that surpasses San Francisco. Is that emboldening you to take a harsher regulatory approach to tech companies?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t just take a regulatory approach for the sake of doing it. I don&#8217;t raise taxes for the sake of doing it. I do things in a smart way when it&#8217;s necessary. For example, we have regulations on tech companies when it comes to social media for young people under the age of 18. My job is to protect the young people of our state because they have been spiraling with mental health challenges — exacerbated by the pandemic, yes, but many of them have not overcome that sense of doom and anxiety. It is pervasive in our teenagers particularly.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I look at my role to regulate tech companies in that space. Before the Meta settlement, we had innovated and come up with probably three years’ worth of reforms to force the companies to do things that they are otherwise not doing on their own, and one would wish they would but that&#8217;s probably being too optimistic. We have in place, for example, no notifications to someone under the age of 18 between midnight and 6:00 AM. These kids need to sleep.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We’re saying addictive algorithms can no longer bombard young people, having — this is a big deal — automatic privacy controls that are already set. Parents aren&#8217;t expected to understand every platform where their kids may go or any gaming site and have to get ahead of them. That it&#8217;s automatic using age verification is really important.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Limiting access to AI chatbots for young people and making sure there are disclaimers so they understand this is not a real person that you think you&#8217;re having a relationship with: that&#8217;s an example where I think tech needs to be regulated. It went out of control and now the government has to perform a function to protect our residents and our young people, the most vulnerable. I don&#8217;t just regulate to stifle their growth. I want them to grow. It&#8217;s a smart, strategic, more surgical approach to regulations.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m glad you brought up the Meta settlement. That&#8217;s obviously the big news this week. </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/policy/985032/meta-state-ag-kids-online-safety-settlement"><strong>Meta settled with 47 states</strong></a><strong>, including New York. I look at that settlement, I look at </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/985329/instagram-facebook-meta-settlement-changes"><strong>the list of controls</strong></a><strong> that Meta has agreed to and my initial reaction was this is a bunch of stuff that, if passed as a law, would run into the teeth of the First Amendment. They are effectively speech restrictions, right? We&#8217;re going to prevent young people from using these platforms to speak at certain hours of the day.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And maybe there&#8217;s some argument that overcomes the First Amendment objection, right? The teen health risk is so high that this is actually a narrowly crafted, strict scrutiny-abiding restriction, but we don&#8217;t know that. That actually hasn&#8217;t been challenged in court. Meta just gave that to you. Then there&#8217;s age verification to prove that you&#8217;re over 18. Even if you&#8217;re an adult, you still have to show the internet your ID, which is a big ask for people who are not covered by the restrictions. That&#8217;s a big swirl. Do you think you got concessions from Meta that you otherwise would not have been able to get if you just passed the law?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, <a href="https://www.theverge.com/policy/972007/new-york-safe-for-kids-act-age-verification">we actually have laws in New York that are more restrictive</a> than some of what Meta has agreed to.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Are you worried about the First Amendment implications of some of those laws?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, I&#8217;m not. And here&#8217;s why: we have an opportunity and the responsibility to protect our residents. The First Amendment is when the government says that we&#8217;re limiting your speech. Not having notifications that keep you awake all night when you&#8217;re a 13-year-old is not restricting your First Amendment right to free speech. There is a difference.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes the First Amendment is used as any kind of government regulation. People will say, &#8220;Oh my God, you&#8217;re violating the First Amendment” or any of the other amendments. I&#8217;m an attorney. I look at it closely. I don&#8217;t do things to violate amendments or any laws. It&#8217;s not my practice. We&#8217;re smart about how we structure these and make sure that we&#8217;re protecting First Amendment rights as well as protecting young people from having their mental health monetized by companies who have a profit motive. It&#8217;s almost like cigarette smoking. The earlier you get them, the longer you&#8217;re going to keep them hooked.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Young people should not be bombarded with the addictive algorithms or be subjected to the bullying that goes on. Someone who&#8217;s thinking about suicide searches for “suicide” and is now told different ways to commit suicide. That is terrifying for parents. Parents actually appreciate the fact that they have a voice in government. Maybe it&#8217;s because I&#8217;m the first mom governor in New York that I understand this. I&#8217;ve raised kids. I know the pressures they&#8217;re under.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Something else we did: I&#8217;m really proud of the fact that we&#8217;re the biggest state in the nation to have come up with a full ban on cell phones in schools. Now you can say it&#8217;s violating their First Amendment rights. I&#8217;m saying I&#8217;m protecting them from a lifetime of addiction to a device where they no longer have human relationships.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You asked how I make decisions. Sometimes I go with my gut, sometimes I want confirmation from the real world and I go out there and talk to people in schools and in cafeterias and have a lot of conversations with young people. When I did round tables around the state of New York for about a solid year to get information, [students] were so anxious about missing a notification. “The girls are meeting in the restroom to plan activities for Friday night and I just got excluded and I&#8217;m also getting knocked out because of what I&#8217;m wearing. And now they&#8217;ve got a picture of me in an inappropriate way being sent around the school.” These kids are paralyzed. One young person, probably a sixth grader, said to me, &#8220;You&#8217;ve got to save us from ourselves. We can&#8217;t put these down. We&#8217;ll be ostracized.&#8221; That&#8217;s when I took it to heart and I said, &#8220;I will protect you. I&#8217;ll protect these kids.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We literally instituted this in September. The survey results from just this past May show anywhere from 75% to 80% of the schools surveyed have been overwhelmingly positive. The kids who resisted at first are now making friends in person. There&#8217;s more communication. They&#8217;re learning the interpersonal skills that you&#8217;d want your future workforce to have, and they&#8217;re playing games at lunchtime. They&#8217;re playing cards. They have baseball cards they&#8217;re trading. They&#8217;re playing chess, bingo. It&#8217;s almost silly, but they&#8217;re just being kids again. And so they&#8217;ve got plenty of time for the stresses of the real world. They can become hooked on social media later on in life. They can get hooked on their device. They can do all this later, but why do we rob their childhood from them?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sure. I&#8217;ve got kids in New York public schools. I&#8217;m reasonably happy about the bans. I&#8217;m not excited about my daughter ever getting a phone. But if you were to do this straightforwardly in a legislative way, particularly the restrictions that Meta has agreed to, you would have to build out some record and you would have to do some balance of harms analysis.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Here, Meta agreeing to age verification means that I, an adult, have to tell them how old I am with some tool, probably by showing them my ID. That is a big burden on me, an adult, that has nothing to do with the safety of the kids.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That to me feels like it might not pass the scrutiny that the courts would provide if Meta was like, &#8220;Actually, this is too much of a burden.&#8221; How do you address that? Because the big concern here is that you&#8217;ve actually, instead of saying age verification for teens, de-anonymized the internet.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The proof is the fact that Meta agreed to this in a settlement.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Meta&#8217;s looking out for its corporate interest. I&#8217;m looking out for my interests as a citizen.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Meta’s looking out for its ability to get more citizens like you to be engaged with it so it can make more money off of you and sell you more products. It&#8217;s in Meta’s interest to have you engage. The fact that they&#8217;re willing to step back—</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Right. They don&#8217;t care if I have to de-anonymize myself to look at Instagram ads for things I don&#8217;t need to buy. I&#8217;m saying I would like to be anonymous on the internet and if we put age verification everywhere, which is one of the consequences of this agreement, that every platform is going to have to start doing age verification at scale. I won&#8217;t be able to use the internet without constantly identifying myself to prove my age.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;m sure there&#8217;s a path forward that doesn&#8217;t require you to do this constantly. I&#8217;m not aware that you&#8217;d have to do it every single time you participate, every time you go to a site. I&#8217;m not aware that you&#8217;d have to do it that way. Let me find that out. I&#8217;m not going to say something without knowing that answer, but it&#8217;s an interesting point you raise. It really is. But I&#8217;m focused on the fact that we did gather data around the country to find out what is happening to our young people today. I cannot rely on parents to know how to stop this from happening, because the parents are the ones telling me, &#8220;Please do something. I don&#8217;t know how to stop this. My kid is spiraling.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One mom told me that she has her husband leave work every day at three to make sure their son, who&#8217;s being bullied in school and harassed and going to dark sites, doesn&#8217;t commit suicide when he goes home. Who wants to live with that specter? That was not the case when I was a kid, or my kids were kids.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The world has changed and again, it is not a no to progress or innovation. I have thousands of examples of me inviting tech companies here. Even Micron, the largest private-sector investment in American history. 50,000 jobs are happening up in Syracuse because I went after them aggressively. They&#8217;ll be open in two years. This is extraordinary, building the memory chips that are necessary to power AI in New York state. My credentials are impeccable when it comes to inviting innovation in, but when there are areas where we need guardrails to protect individuals, I&#8217;m going to step in and do this. I feel good about this. This is a decision that we&#8217;ve made and I think it&#8217;s overwhelmingly supported by many parents. Young people someday will appreciate the fact that they were spared from this, and other people who adapt to this, this is the way it is.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So much tech regulation, particularly for the last decade, has run into the First Amendment. Again, my view of it is we&#8217;ve avoided the First Amendment conversation by talking about Section 230 or other red herrings that allow us to not talk about the fact that a lot of this looks like speech regulation and expression regulation in important ways. Another good example of this, which I think will be developed, is the restriction on ghost guns in New York state. The idea is that you should not be able to 3D-print gun parts in New York state.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We have a </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/tech/983244/3d-printed-guns-hashes-hochul"><strong>story just this week about Cody Wilson</strong></a><strong>, who printed the first 3D-printed gun. He’s put out a tool to defeat the way that the law is designed to work. He calls it “Hochulization,” where he&#8217;s going to de-fingerprint the hashes of 3D-printed gun files so that whatever tool is scanning at the 3D printer level will not see that it&#8217;s a gun and print it anyway. That&#8217;s a cat and mouse game. That is a technological arms race.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can tell Cody I will get ahead of him next. I can&#8217;t always be on the forefront when I see someone intentionally thwarting a law. It is the law that you cannot have 3D-printed guns in the state of New York. And if you think it&#8217;s okay to have someone in their kitchen who may have severe mental health problems who wants to shoot up kids in your school, make a ghost gun at their kitchen table or create a munitions factory where there was none, with no regulations, no background checks, no nothing, and people broadcast that as if it&#8217;s a proper thing to do is challenge me on that, then I say go for it. Because you&#8217;re trampling in the wrong space.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The question I&#8217;m asking is about implementation. I understand the desire to prevent guns from being 3D-printed and I understand that probably a lot of people would prefer that not happen.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, it&#8217;s bad. It sucks. It&#8217;s wrong.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But implementing that means at some point the printer itself has to know “this thing is a gun and I’m not allowed to do this.”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That is a kind of regulation on expression. We have a case for an open source e-reader that looks like a gun that people have made just to see if it will trip the software detector. Even though it&#8217;s not a gun, it looks like a gun, and there&#8217;s some line in there that is very complicated for a government regulation to address. How do you view that? Do you want the printers to literally look at things that look like guns or do you want it to be more technical, more like a database or a registry?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to make sure that we&#8217;re getting the objective I&#8217;m looking for and I&#8217;ll figure it out. As I said, I assemble the smartest people when I make decisions, especially in the area of technology where the typical government employee is not proficient. So I&#8217;m going to use the foundation I have, but then go out there and say, &#8220;Tell me how to make sure that no one can thwart what I&#8217;m trying to do here,&#8221; and I&#8217;ll get it done. If we miss the first time, I&#8217;ll do it the second time and I&#8217;ll do it the third time because I&#8217;m not going to allow this to happen. Yes, there are other restrictions that occur. I get that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s not ideal, but I also didn&#8217;t think it was a smart idea for people to manufacture weapons of mass destruction at their kitchen table and kill kids. So I&#8217;m going to be the one who says no. I&#8217;d rather have the regulation that protects and prevents it. Use 3D printers for any kind of good. You can make all kinds of things with 3D printers. It&#8217;s not a ban on 3D printing. It is a use that is illegal because you cannot have a gun in the state of New York without having had a background check, having regulation, having it registered. We have all kinds of rules, which is one of the reasons why we are one of the safest states in America. Lowest gun homicide deaths in America. It&#8217;s extraordinary, because the rules are working. So not everyone loves rules. I get it. This is not the wild west. This is New York. We&#8217;re going to do it right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>If there&#8217;s a theme emerging in this conversation, it&#8217;s how much can the government watch what happens on my computer and how much can it tell me what I can do with my computer? Which is maybe a 40-year-old conversation, but it&#8217;s more and more relevant over time. We&#8217;re saying we&#8217;re going to restrict how teenagers can use their phones. We&#8217;re going to restrict what you can print on a 3D printer. The flip side of that is&#8230; I would say the backlash to surveillance is bipartisan. The backlash to Flock cameras is deeply bipartisan. It&#8217;s scrambling party lines.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;ve allocated budget for police departments to modernize, to install Flock cameras. How are you viewing that backlash to surveillance?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I understand the anxiety around this. I truly do.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But you see how it&#8217;s all the same, right?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do not have complete regulation over someone&#8217;s use of their computer. That&#8217;s an overstatement. It just is. We have a very narrow, specific purpose and a government objective to protect young people, because the companies have gone too far. If they had put these controls in place themselves, when the data was starting to show them that this is harmful to kids, [but they didn’t]. They stopped letting their own kids use this, but let everybody else be subjected to this, knowing the harms. That&#8217;s when the government has to step in and regulate business. We don&#8217;t do it as a first position.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My view is more hands off. Innovate, do good things, sell your product. Great. This is called capitalism in America. A 3D printer, those are great. Until I find out they&#8217;re making guns that can kill people from them or be able to convert a Glock. Maybe it&#8217;s a legal Glock that you have registered to you, that&#8217;s great, but you can get this little piece of plastic that&#8217;s the size of a Lego and insert that and all of a sudden it can fire countless rounds per minute. Now it&#8217;s a weapon of mass destruction.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The government has to be watching to an extent. Watch for excesses, but not to stifle personal use, not to stifle innovation, not to stifle the companies. When they go too far or they don&#8217;t self-regulate, using data that they have internally and ignoring it, thinking they can get away with it, that&#8217;s where we are today.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m just connecting the dots between “I want to use my printer in some way,” “there&#8217;s a connection to the government that says yes or no,” and how people feel about technology like Flock — “I want to drive my car too fast on the highway and an automated license plate reader is going to track that and send me a ticket in the mail.” Or “cops are going to use this in ways, good and bad, and sometimes they&#8217;re going to go over the line and there&#8217;s not enough regulation,” or “I don&#8217;t want these cameras at all.” Which is what we hear from so many people in so many communities, across party lines. Actually let me read you a quote —</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To the extent that they&#8217;re being abused, that has to stop.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sure. The CEO of Flock recently said to a lot of people, </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/policy/979339/flock-ceo-audits-data-retention"><strong>including </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong></a><strong>, that he was wrong to assume that the regulatory process would provide protections for civil liberties. He assumed that state and local governments would provide controls for Flock to prevent things like cops over-searching the database or tracking people. Tracking a lot of ex-girlfriends, for example, is a thing that we hear about cops using Flock for. That&#8217;s a pretty stunning indictment. The state is rolling out cameras to track people without the necessary controls, and the company providing the camera is saying, &#8220;Well actually you were wrong about this.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The state is not rolling these out. I give money for all kinds of technology. The localities are the ones that decide how they want that spent. I do not have a contract with Flock. That is a mischaracterization.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But the money provided does not come with controls?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use the money for overtime for police. Computers in police vehicles is primarily the main focus of this. And to the extent that there are license plate readers, that&#8217;s different from the Flock cameras which are automatically transmitting information without human intervention, which is what I object to.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Okay.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If there&#8217;s a police officer that says, &#8220;This person is wanted for murder, let&#8217;s go get them,&#8221; you&#8217;d be happy if we went after them. But this is not just to have AI or a machine make an automatic referral of information to other agencies, whether it&#8217;s ICE or anybody else. That&#8217;s not what we&#8217;re talking about here in the state of New York. That&#8217;s not what we want to happen. If I need to tighten up regulations in that space, I will. I have no trouble looking—</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Can you connect that to the money that you&#8217;re allocating for this technology and say, &#8220;You have to use it this way?&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, we can. We can look at it. That&#8217;s an observation. That&#8217;s new information to me, that we should be having restrictions on and how they&#8217;re using it. Absolutely.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What would you ask of the CEO of Flock in order to make that job easier?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I’d tell him to make sure that the information can only be amassed a certain way. It has to be reviewed with human eyes to make a decision on whether or not this has to be forwarded to another law enforcement agency, the FBI or someone&#8217;s wanted list. That&#8217;s basically the purpose we want it for.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t want Big Brother. I don&#8217;t want unfettered surveillance of Americans that makes them anxious. It goes against the sense of liberty that we all have and deserve to have living in this country. This is not a country where the government should be monitoring everything you do, but to the extent that we have to stop crime and thwart the criminals who are always trying to take steps ahead of us, I have to get ahead of that as well, and try to manage that or else we have a lawless society. People are getting harmed and then it&#8217;s a failure of government to intercede.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;ll come to data centers, but I think data centers are doing this as well. There is some kind of realignment happening. These are not right- or left-coded issues. They&#8217;re not Democratic or Republican issues. They are scrambling that traditional very, very strong party ties that have existed for almost a decade in this country. Surveillance is one, data centers are another. Do you see that — that there&#8217;s a scrambling here?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There&#8217;s nothing wrong with that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I welcome that. I have been waiting a long time for there to be more issues that people, all Americans, can galvanize behind and find some commonality. When I&#8217;m doing roundtables around the state, and I&#8217;ve done many, I don&#8217;t know if I&#8217;m talking to Democrats or Republicans. All I know is these are people worried about what&#8217;s happening in their communities with hyperscale data centers being built, making noise, causing disruption, and consuming energy. Is that driving up their own utility bills? They&#8217;re anxious about this.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, this is important. It&#8217;s an important time in our history to find that there are common interests and maybe that&#8217;s a breakthrough if you can have elected officials remind people like that: &#8220;Listen, you&#8217;re agreeing with your Republican neighbor and you&#8217;re a Democrat or vice versa.&#8221; That&#8217;s good.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Greg Abbott, the governor of Texas, <a href="https://www.texastribune.org/2026/08/03/texas-data-center-project-audit-greg-abbott/">followed our leadership on the moratorium</a> on hyperscale data centers — not the smaller ones for university research or educational institutions or healthcare institutions. We are very specific and these are the large-scale data centers. But to have the state of Texas follow our lead, that says something. That says something — that Americans overall are saying enough is enough.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The rudest version of this question is: Doesn&#8217;t that just say that it&#8217;s an election year?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You don&#8217;t think so?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. This only became an issue fairly recently in the state of New York. We were recently bombarded with 30 applications. That was the aha moment for me to say, &#8220;Wait a minute, if we powered all of these requests for approvals, how much power would I have left for everybody else in the state?&#8221; I’ll give one example: in upstate New York, there&#8217;s a county, St. Lawrence County. Five applications for data centers are pending right now. I said, “How much power would all those consume?” The equivalent of everything I would generate with one nuclear reactor.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I&#8217;m trying to build more nuclear power. I want to get ahead of the game and try to reduce the cost of power, make sure we never have shortages. All the work to get one nuclear reactor would be consumed by five data centers in one of my 62 counties. You expect your government to say, “Wait a minute.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If this had come up to me five years ago, I would have done it five years ago. This has nothing to do with electoral politics at all. In fact, my opponent embraces data centers. The President embraces data centers. They&#8217;re the ones on the wrong side of history on this one. If they were smart, they&#8217;d say, &#8220;You know what, the governor&#8217;s right. Let&#8217;s just stand out on this issue because our constituents are not with us on this.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is what I mean by a realignment issue. The President does embrace the data centers. He calls them, &#8220;Money printing machines,&#8221; which I think is very funny. Unclear if he knows what actually happens at a data center. But then you have, right in Texas, a similar moratorium.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We just ran </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/policy/969667/humans-first-data-center-protest-hernando-county-florida-republicans"><strong>a story about Republican voters in Florida</strong></a><strong>, hardcore MAGA voters, people who organized the Stop the Steal rally saying they would not vote for Byron Donalds if he won the primary. He won the primary, he&#8217;s going to run on data centers. We&#8217;ll see if he adjusts his position, but that&#8217;s a realignment. And I&#8217;m wondering if the answer is just in a year&#8217;s time when your moratorium expires, it&#8217;ll be over and we&#8217;ll start building again, or if there&#8217;s something specific you&#8217;re looking for as a solution to bring construction back online.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A couple of points. In one year from now, the communities in the state of New York that want to host hyperscale data centers will have far more tools at their disposal than they do today, which is what I&#8217;m trying to give them. I want them to have what I call my community investments framework. I have studied what data centers have done for communities all over America. I have a list. I know that in South Bend, Indiana, the community received $143 million of benefits. Other areas have had bonuses for teachers and supporting roads and infrastructure, energy infrastructure.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want our residents to know that their local elected officials have gotten the best deal they possibly can because right now, think about the negotiation that goes on between a small-town, maybe a part-time mayor, a small economic development staff, and they&#8217;re supposed to negotiate against a tech giant.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s not going well. I want to help them out. Why are there tax breaks in the state of New York for a data center? They have more money than God. They don&#8217;t need tax breaks that hurt my small farmers and my small towns. This is where they&#8217;re going. They&#8217;re not coming to New York City. These are going to rural areas, generally Republican areas, which is very interesting. But also the water consumption. Are they all using the hyperloop? Are they doing something else? Do they need to make the noise they do? Do they need to be this size? I&#8217;ve asked these questions.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In fact, I posed a challenge to the data companies: “You&#8217;ve created a powerful force that is changing civilization as we know it, the way we communicate, the way we work, the way we live with AI. Why don&#8217;t you ask AI how to create power that uses less energy, uses less space? Can you go vertical? Maybe you can go vertical, take up less farmland, less space, but it costs more. Well, then pay more.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>They&#8217;re trying to go vertical. They&#8217;re trying to go all the way up to space.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>[Laughs]</em> Maybe the whole thing should go up to space.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s the other question. We are talking about one that&#8217;s seven miles large. Seven miles, I can&#8217;t even conceive of that. We have some already that I&#8217;ve looked at in the East Coast and they’re huge. What happens when the technology changes and they do this underwater or in space or they figure out a way to make it much smaller? Nuclear reactors can now be small modular reactors. Things change and what happens to the community when they&#8217;re left with this monstrosity left behind? You have to be thinking about this in advance.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I told the people who work at the big AI labs that I was talking to you and I said, &#8220;What do you want to know?&#8221; Now I will concede they all think AI is a net good. They all think it&#8217;s going to be great. We have some people in our audience who do not agree with them, but speaking for them, they all think AI will be a net good. It will improve humanity. The question was, “What do you want the hyperscalers to give?” If you believe that AI progress will be a net good and inevitable, what is the ask that enables that development to happen?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I will restate my challenge.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I understand you need the power. I have harnessed AI in the state of New York, in state government in a way no other governor has. I have used AI to look at every single rule, regulation, policy, board, and commission.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Has that been effective? Is that just you alone with Claude? How does that work?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t do it myself. <em>[Laughs]</em> I have smarter people than me that do.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>All right. Fair enough.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Literally I said, &#8220;What would it take for us to look at every rule in the books? And are they smart? Are they obsolete? Are they too expensive? Are they too burdensome?&#8221; Let&#8217;s ask those questions. I like to rethink. I&#8217;m always challenging the status quo. It&#8217;s how I&#8217;m hardwired.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let&#8217;s look at the state government. People think it&#8217;s intractable. I say we can make it leaner, smarter, more efficient. And in literally a month, I had a list of thousands of recommendations, what would have taken five to 10 years for humans to do. I announced the first 50 already: we saved over a million and a half hours for New York businesses and individuals when it comes to filling out redundant forms. My first 50 out of thousands, saving millions of dollars in other areas.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There was a $25 fee to take your dog hunting with you. You had to pay for a $25,000 bond to move a mobile home on a highway. Why? Get rid of that. Why does someone have to do that? A woman could not work after midnight if she was pregnant. You had to have special permission to do that. Sending information by telegraph and telegram. I just looked at this and said, &#8220;I used AI as a force of good to rethink state government.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I&#8217;m not opposed, but I&#8217;m saying to them, &#8220;You already know what a next-generation data center looks like. It does not have to be this big. It does not have to use this much power. Figure it out now before there&#8217;s even more hostility towards you. Your public relations are dreadful by the way. No one understands what you&#8217;re trying to do and you come in like big bullies and you think you can run all over a little community, maybe you did in the early years.” They&#8217;re getting a little smarter now. They&#8217;re starting to give more community benefits, but they’ll figure it out.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me ask you about this. You&#8217;re a politician in a campaign year. I hear so much from the AI labs that what they have is a marketing problem, that if people could only understand the benefits, if they communicated them more broadly, they would win far more hearts and minds and people would be all behind this build out. I personally disagree with that. Everybody sees AI overviews in Google all day long. A billion people have used ChatGPT. The products are known to people and the capabilities are known to people. Maybe there&#8217;s some set of very advanced capabilities like the things you&#8217;ve described you&#8217;ve done in government that would unlock even more.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But I don&#8217;t think they have a marketing problem. They have an attitude problem. To some extent they have a product problem. I don&#8217;t think the products are good enough to support the asks, and these are enormous asks as you&#8217;ve been describing. How would you handle that for them? How would you say, &#8220;Look, these are big build outs, the potential benefits to humanity are high and from the government side, here&#8217;s what you actually need to say and promise to people in order to work on this productively&#8221;?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s not that. People know the benefits. Your kid gets a bite, you&#8217;re going to take a picture and ask Claude, &#8220;Is this a tick bite or a mosquito bite? Do I need to worry about this?&#8221; The way that medicine has even been integrated into people&#8217;s lives, asking questions. It&#8217;s already being employed in a positive way for the people who want to use it in a positive way, as you&#8217;ve said.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The data centers, the hyperscalers, have become the physical manifestation of people&#8217;s anxiety about the future. Think about all the young people that I literally spent years myself telling, &#8220;Go into STEM careers, kids, learn science and math. You&#8217;ll have a job forever. Oh yes, study coding and computer science. The jobs are going to be there.&#8221; Guess what? Those are the jobs that are going first. People are anxious about displacement. They&#8217;re worried. They&#8217;re not opposed to advancement and technology in the future, but where do they fit into it? Government has to be addressing that anxiety. When people see the data centers, they&#8217;re thinking, &#8220;Oh geez, that&#8217;s my job that could be gone.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">[AI labs] have to do a better job addressing the concerns that people have. Don&#8217;t make a big show about laying off 10,000 people in your company and literally tell them it’s because of AI. I had people who were displaced sitting in my office. They&#8217;re told they&#8217;re gone because of AI. That was more of a shareholders’ play to show your shareholders you&#8217;re streamlining and saving money, but that&#8217;s a lot of people&#8217;s lives you just ruined. That&#8217;s what&#8217;s going on.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Those are the conversations that I&#8217;m hearing in places where they&#8217;ll never see a data center, like here in New York City. Their challenge is to help people see that this is not [negative]. If they can&#8217;t prove this proposition, then they&#8217;re probably going to lose the battle for the hearts and minds. But show us the jobs that can be created. What other jobs should people be going to?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I&#8217;m told that, &#8220;81% of the jobs likely to be displaced are held by women” — Women took this long to finally make it into the workplace and in significant positions or positions where it&#8217;s administrative or legal secretaries or legal assistants, even new lawyers. All the jobs that you can think of are held by women. A woman might be the primary breadwinner. If she thinks her job&#8217;s going to be gone because of AI, she&#8217;s not going to love an AI company. She&#8217;s going to say, &#8220;Wait a minute, what about me?&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They need to figure out what the AI future looks like. Tell us right now the skills that are required. What should I be teaching in schools? What should we say the state education department should be teaching? What courses should students be taking in college to prepare the next generation of workers, so they will not be in that displacement? We have a whole lot of people who are already in that vulnerable spot. The individuals just getting out of college, those who are mid-career, what are they supposed to do?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I saw this personally. I&#8217;m from Buffalo. Buffalo Bills fan. I&#8217;ll put that right out here now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We haven&#8217;t talked about </strong><a href="https://www.usatoday.com/story/sports/nfl/bills/2026/06/23/new-highmark-stadium-open-inside-bills-new-home/90659592007/"><strong>the stadium</strong></a><strong>, but we can get there.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We&#8217;ll get to the stadium. We saved the Bills. That&#8217;s all you need to know. They&#8217;re not in another state.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There you go.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They are the Buffalo Bills, and they weren&#8217;t going to be. But not far from there, my parents used to live in a trailer park near the steel mill. Everybody worked at the steel plant, Bethlehem Steel. It was the best job you could get. My dad worked there, my grandpa worked there, my uncles worked there. In 1982, they picked up and left town. No one thought about the workers, the 20,000 workers in my town that now just lost their livelihoods. They left.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My point is that I lived through that. I will not let that happen now. That&#8217;s what people are anxious about, losing their livelihoods.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I just want to connect two dots here right at the end, because I&#8217;m really happy you brought up the idea that it&#8217;s the physical manifestation of anxiety. This is a trope, I think, in the tech industry. It&#8217;s true: data centers are big, they&#8217;re noisy. You can look at them and you can say stop. But we started out talking about all the things you might want to keep people from doing on computers, or keep computers from doing to people, maybe more importantly. Again, it&#8217;s been a decade of attempts to do this. We don&#8217;t have a privacy law in this country. There are all these things that we don&#8217;t have because of the First Amendment. We were unable to overcome the First Amendment to regulate social media in some very big, important ways.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You can stop a data center. The power of NIMBYism is strong in America, and the tools exist to stop it. Is this the wrong tool for the job to say we&#8217;re going to do land use and NIMBYism instead of regulating labor and employment and the future of young people more directly?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are two different dynamics here, a big difference. One is the application of AI and how it&#8217;s being utilized.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m asking about the mechanism. I understand the goals, but it&#8217;s the mechanism that I&#8217;m really thinking about here.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The mechanism of the data centers, of the power they&#8217;re creating?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We might want to regulate AI to make sure there are more and better jobs, or protect women in the workplace. The mechanism that we&#8217;re using to get to that outcome is we&#8217;re going to stop the data centers until they make better promises.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">See, I don&#8217;t see it as one or the other. Both are occurring right now. But stopping the data centers is not my objective here. It is to make sure that they do it right for the communities that want it. There&#8217;s a big difference. Maybe the companies will negotiate in a way, or they might say, &#8220;I guess we didn&#8217;t need that much space,&#8221; or &#8220;Yeah, we figured out a way to make it not noisy at all. You won&#8217;t even know we&#8217;re there,&#8221; or &#8220;We&#8217;re going to do a better job shielding this.&#8221; Everyone <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/video/us/100000011066777/inside-the-data-center-capital-of-the-world.html?smid=nytcore-android-share">talks about</a> Loudoun County, Virginia…</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We have a big story about Loudoun County coming next week.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know why I know Loudoun County? Because when I said my family had to leave Buffalo because there were no jobs, guess where they went to? I&#8217;m one of six kids; four of my siblings landed in Loudoun County many years ago when it was all farmland. Now they have in the backyard of their homes these massive data centers. For a while it was like, &#8220;Wow, look at this. Our taxes can go down. We&#8217;re benefiting from this.&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But do you know what? After a while, the tax abatement stopped, or the benefits stopped over a length of time. Now they&#8217;re starting to see their utility bills and property taxes go up. What they were sold years ago when they were the test case of a community that had lots of data centers, believe me, there&#8217;s buyer&#8217;s remorse. Not just for my siblings, but for many people who are saying, &#8220;You know what? We didn&#8217;t get the best deal after all. What are we doing here?&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I learned from other examples around the state, around the country, around the world, and I want to make sure that what we do in New York is based on the soundest, smartest practices. We embrace AI. Do there have to be data centers? If they have to be there, are they doing it in the best way? I&#8217;m going to challenge them.I know I&#8217;m going to keep pushing them to do better.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I first became an elected official in my small town, that&#8217;s when all the tech comms came and they all wanted their own cell tower. “Everybody&#8217;s going to want their own cell phone. We have to have our own freestanding tower.” I said, &#8220;Those are ugly. I don&#8217;t want these giant cell towers in neighborhoods and everywhere. They&#8217;re horrific.&#8221; So I said to them, &#8220;Why don&#8217;t you co-locate? Can&#8217;t you all go on one tower, you and your five competitors?&#8221; &#8220;No, that&#8217;s not possible.&#8221; &#8220;Okay. Can you go on top of a water tower? Can you go on top of a tall building?&#8221; &#8220;No, no, no. We have to&#8230;&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I passed the toughest law regulating cell towers in the entire state in my small town, and I forced them to pay me for the ability. I said, &#8220;I&#8217;m going to challenge you. I&#8217;m going to get outside experts when you tell me you can&#8217;t do something, and you&#8217;re going to pay for the cost of that consultant.&#8221; They did. Guess what? They co-locate. They&#8217;re on top of water towers. My town does not have cell towers everywhere, but we were told it had to be that way because I presume it was the cheapest, the best for them, the easiest for them to just throw these up. I said, &#8220;What happens when the technology changes and you&#8217;re bouncing this off of satellites?&#8221; This was a long time ago. I said, &#8220;I don&#8217;t want to be looking at any kind of towers here.&#8221; I made them put in a bond. They had to pay money for us to be able to dismantle this and take it down, even if it&#8217;s 50 years from now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know how to do this. I&#8217;ve done it before. And that&#8217;s what I&#8217;m trying to do for New York: use my experiences on how to manage this. We didn&#8217;t say no to cell phones. We said yes to cell phones. We say yes to AI, but in a way that the companies have to be challenged by the government to do it better because their own profit motives will let them do whatever&#8217;s cheapest and fastest for them. That&#8217;s not necessarily serving the public good. That&#8217;s what I have to protect.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Governor, you&#8217;ve given us a ton of time. You&#8217;ve answered a lot of questions here. We did go fast.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It&#8217;s an election year. I am very curious about this big realignment scramble. Give people your view of what to expect in this election year as surveillance, data centers, and AI scramble our traditional party lines. How do you think that&#8217;s going to play out?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What is top of mind is very much the data centers nationally, and it&#8217;s fascinating to me to see that in races for Congress and governor in other states, they&#8217;re using this as a political point. I could not have foreseen that six months ago. Public opinion has shifted so quickly. But again, regardless of what happens in the election, I do think Democrats will prevail for many, many reasons. There&#8217;s so much going on, and we can get to other topics on trade wars with Canada and how it&#8217;s having an effect.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You brought up the Bills. I want to talk about the NFL&#8217;s antitrust exemption. But that&#8217;s for another time. </strong><strong><em>[Laughs]</em></strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Can we just talk about the fact that the Buffalo Bills stayed in Buffalo? I fought hard.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Look, I&#8217;m a Packers fan. What do you think the Bears should do? We got another hour on that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I actually like small-town markets. I like the Packers. I used to follow them closely. Way before you were born, I was a big AFC fan. The Bills used to play the Packers all the time. So we can talk sports anytime.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But I just want to leave people with this sense. I believe that Democrats will take back the House and the Senate and position themselves to take back the White House, but we have to do it in a smart way that shows that we are attuned to the anxieties of Americans. I know that people are very anxious about their future, their jobs, how they&#8217;re going to take care of their families in a world where AI seems to be so ever-present, and it is that data center that scares them. We can do more to shape that, make sure that people understand that&#8217;s in one sense a necessary evil, but that evil doesn&#8217;t have to be as evil as it is. Make it less evil, and people will adapt and adjust and understand this.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The companies are complicit in this sense of, &#8220;We can do what we want because we&#8217;re so big.&#8221; Americans, when they go to vote, want people who are going to stand up and not just roll over. They have a president and Republicans in Congress, my Republican opponent, who are rolling over trying to convince people that, &#8220;No, this is good,&#8221; when in fact you have people like me and some others who are saying, &#8220;Let&#8217;s do this smart. Let&#8217;s be thoughtful about this. I&#8217;m not going to roll over. I don&#8217;t roll over for anybody.&#8221; That&#8217;s the impact on the elections. Democrats are going to win.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Governor, thank you so much for your time. Thank you for implying that I&#8217;m young. That was very nice of you. I really appreciate it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>[Laughs]</em> It&#8217;s all relative, right?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[OpenAI&#8217;s executive exodus has one big winner]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/985332/openai-greg-brockman-sam-altman-leader-executive-exodus" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=985332</id>
			<updated>2026-08-31T09:08:56-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-08-27T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="AI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Business" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="OpenAI" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today on Decoder, I’m talking to Verge senior AI reporter Hayden Field about some pure Decoder bait: the seemingly-endless org chart changes at OpenAI, and how all of them seem to consolidate power under cofounder Greg Brockman, the company’s president. While Sam Altman is the CEO and still OpenAI’s most public face, Brockman has amassed [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A photo illustration of OpenAI president and cofounder Greg Brockman." data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/08/VRG_DCD_082726_site.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today on <em>Decoder, </em>I’m talking to <em>Verge</em> senior AI reporter Hayden Field about some pure <em>Decoder</em> bait: the seemingly-endless org chart changes at OpenAI, and how all of them seem to consolidate power under cofounder Greg Brockman, the company’s president.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">While Sam Altman is the CEO and still OpenAI’s most public face, Brockman has amassed enormous power and influence within the top ranks of the company as other senior leaders have left in rapid succession these past few months.</p>

<div class="wp-block-vox-media-highlight vox-media-highlight"><img src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/chorus/uploads/chorus_asset/file/24792604/The_Verge_Decoder_Tileart.jpg?quality=90&amp;strip=all&amp;crop=0,0,100,100" alt="" title="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" />


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Verge</em> subscribers, don&#8217;t forget you get exclusive access to ad-free <em>Decoder</em> wherever you get your podcasts. Head <a href="https://www.theverge.com/account/podcasts">here</a>. Not a subscriber? You can <a href="https://www.theverge.com/subscribe">sign up here</a>. </p>
</div>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Brockman now oversees the company’s entire consumer and enterprise product teams, including ChatGPT, Codex, and its major infrastructure build out. As Hayden <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/982774/greg-brockman-openai-role-expansion">recently reported</a>, he is effectively now the day-to-day operational leader of OpenAI.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This will have major effects on OpenAI as a company and its product strategy, at a time when it continues to cede ground to Anthropic in the enterprise and is preparing for a historic IPO. This is all against the backdrop of needing to turn a profit in the next few years and the company’s huge ambitions to replace both Google Search and the iPhone in the consumer market.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I wanted Hayden to break down for me what’s going on at OpenAI, and the increasingly important role Greg Brockman will play in its future.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay: <em>Verge</em> senior AI reporter Hayden Field on Greg Brockman’s consolidation of power at OpenAI. Here we go.</p>

<iframe loading="lazy" frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP2439617861" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.&nbsp;</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Hayden Field, you&#8217;re </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong>&#8216;s senior AI reporter. Welcome back to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Thanks. It&#8217;s great to be here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Always, always chaos when you&#8217;re here, Hayden.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Absolutely. There&#8217;s never a calm week. If there&#8217;s a calm week coming up, I know something even crazier is coming the next week.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We should just rename the show </strong><strong><em>The Real Housewives of AI</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>[Laughs]</em> Honestly, that would be fitting.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Straight up, that&#8217;s what we should do. A lot of personalities, a lot of feelings, a lot of relationships that people have really come to value over a long period of time.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And a lot of lore. A lot of lore that goes between all these people for years and years and years. It&#8217;s crazy. And now they&#8217;re even putting out profiles on some of their spouses. The circles and the people themselves are really interesting.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Today the drama is about OpenAI and specifically Greg Brockman, who seems to be consolidating even more power at OpenAI. You just </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/982774/greg-brockman-openai-role-expansion"><strong>wrote a long story about this</strong></a><strong>. It seems very clear that Greg is emerging as the central decision maker at OpenAI. Describe what&#8217;s going on.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Greg has obviously been pretty influential at OpenAI for a really long time, but what&#8217;s different now is that he has so much control over the day-to-day operations in a way he didn&#8217;t before. He was always a cofounder. He was always heavily involved. It was him, Ilya Sutskever, and Sam Altman for a long time, all in these <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/920775/evidence-exhibits-elon-musk-sam-altman-openai-trial">email threads that came out during the <em>Musk v. Altman</em> trial</a>.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We saw them all talking about the future of OpenAI, what it should look like, and all their strange dynamics with Elon Musk. But Brockman was in a big-picture role before, and now he&#8217;s increasingly taking on so much power in the day-to-day. Altman has been focusing more on the big picture, the IPO stuff, and the direction of the company at large.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Meanwhile, Brockman is amassing all this power day-to-day as other executives leave. He&#8217;s been in control now of Codex, of its enterprise business, the consumer side. There are four arms of the company right now and he&#8217;s in control of all of them. It&#8217;s been really interesting to see how that&#8217;s happened over the last few months.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Greg is a character in the AI story. Certainly inside of OpenAI, he&#8217;s been a central figure in a lot of the company&#8217;s drama over time. So if you&#8217;ve been paying attention to the AI industry, you&#8217;re familiar with him. But if someone haven&#8217;t, explain who Greg is and why he&#8217;s such a notable figure both in AI and at OpenAI.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He has been on my radar for seven years now. He&#8217;s been on other people&#8217;s for even longer. He dropped out of MIT to join Stripe way back in the day. He was Stripe&#8217;s CTO during its really early explosive growth phase. He left in 2015 to cofound OpenAI. That&#8217;s how he came on the AI radar.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ever since then, he&#8217;s been a really influential figure. He, Ilya Sutskever, and Sam Altman were all heavily involved in the drama with Elon Musk really early on, raising money, trying to lure people over to OpenAI, hire top talent, and figure out who was going to control AGI in the event they ever made it. There’s a lot going on there. In the years following, Mira Murati joined and Brockman, Sutskever, Murati, and Altman became the four main players here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">These were the most talked-about people at OpenAI. You saw them in the headlines the most. They had the most power at the company. And then when the <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/11/17/23965982/openai-ceo-sam-altman-fired">board coup happened in 2023</a>, that&#8217;s when Brockman flew onto the scene in a new way. He had been behind the scenes a little bit, under the radar. He was not really doing that many public interviews. I interviewed him in 2020, but it&#8217;s not like he was a talking head. You weren&#8217;t seeing that much of him unless you were really watching the company and the industry.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But when Sam Altman got fired by the board, Brockman was so incensed that <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/11/17/23966277/openai-co-founder-greg-brockman-leaving">he quit immediately</a>. He and Altman were going to start their own thing, or were potentially going to <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/11/20/23968829/microsoft-hires-sam-altman-greg-brockman-employees-openai">lead a department at Microsoft</a>. That&#8217;s when he was making waves in a new way because he was hellbent on the drama.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Brockman said, &#8220;Okay, if Sam goes, I go.&#8221; That&#8217;s when he became Sam&#8217;s right hand in a new way. Before that, he was just one of the many execs. They were close, but the board coup made them closer than ever. That&#8217;s also what made Sam know that he could trust him in a new way and thereby later greenlight him getting more power.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This was a big bet in the politics of the organization. Mira was going to </strong><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2023/11/17/who-is-mira-murati-openais-new-interim-ceo/"><strong>become the new CEO for five minutes</strong></a><strong>. Then there was going to be </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/11/20/23968848/openai-new-ceo-emmett-shear-twitch-co-founder-hiring"><strong>another new CEO</strong></a><strong> and it was unclear who would stay and who would go. Justifiably, Altman did not know who he could trust in that moment, except Greg Brockman was ride or die. He said, &#8220;I&#8217;m leaving. I&#8217;m going.&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The five minutes that they were going to start a new division of Microsoft were some of the most hilarious five minutes in tech history. But Brockman had basically made it clear he was ride or die for Sam. Over time, that bet has paid off. That move has paid off. Even during that board coup moment, it was not clear that Sam would ever come back.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I remember I was backpacking in Patagonia at the time and I didn&#8217;t have a laptop, but I wrote six articles on my phone. It was a crazy time. It seemed like Brockman and Altman were going to be fine, but just be on their own. Of course, all the hundreds of employees <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/11/20/23968988/openai-employees-resignation-letter-microsoft-sam-altman">signing a letter that they would leave</a> if Sam was not reinstated is what got the ball rolling on him coming back and then pulling an <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/11/29/23981848/sam-altman-back-open-ai-ceo-microsoft-board">UNO reverse on all the board members</a> who had voted to oust him, except one. That was a big moment where he didn&#8217;t know who he could trust.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some of the people who he had trusted the most were the ones who voted for him to be fired. That went a long way with him that Brockman quit as well. Ever since then, we&#8217;ve seen Brockman positioned in the public eye a little bit more. He&#8217;s been in the press more. This summer is when he really amassed a lot more power after a couple other executives left, and he&#8217;s now in control of quite a lot of pillars of the company.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What&#8217;s really striking is, yes, we can talk about 2023 and the board coup and Sam going and coming back and who was going to stay or go then, but actually this year has been more dramatic in terms of executive departures from OpenAI.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Just since April, the list is staggering. I&#8217;m just going to run down it: Bill Peebles who ran Sora; Kevin Weil, who was head of product at Instagram and then VP of OpenAI&#8217;s science arm; Fidji Simo, who was supposed to be head of product and was at one point the AGI chief, </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/963738/openai-fidji-simo-steps-down-ceo-advisor"><strong>left on health leave</strong></a><strong> and then just never came back; Kate Rouch, the Chief Marketing Officer; Srinivas Narayanan, the CTO of B2B; Brad Lightcap, who was the former CEO and the head of special projects; and then just recently Denise Dresser, the Chief Revenue Officer, who is an important character if your company&#8217;s about to IPO.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That is a lot of people, and it seems like Brockman just took all of their roles as all of those people left. Is that what&#8217;s happening here?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">More or less. Some of them definitely affected his position less than others. For some of them, like CMO Kate Rouch, leaving didn&#8217;t really give him that much more power. But what was interesting is Simo, the ex-chief of AI at the company, is the one whose absence left a huge gap for Brockman to fill. He took over a ton of different aspects.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you just alluded to, a lot of the people who had just left the company had also recently changed roles. Through one way or another, a lot of these people leaving created a power vacuum that Brockman could then capitalize on. It&#8217;s not like he had this master plan of amassing power, but either way, he ended up with a lot of power.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What is interesting is when Brad Lightcap transitioned roles, for example, one of these other people took over his COO responsibilities. Guess who it was? Dresser. Then she leaves. Now some of those responsibilities fall to Brockman. It didn&#8217;t all happen cut and dry, but in one way or another, people switching roles and then leaving the company, he ended up with a ton more power. I can&#8217;t even calculate the ratio really of how much power he ended up with.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now he&#8217;s in control — to give you some context — of the entire product strategy of the company, which is obviously incredibly important when you&#8217;re about to IPO and you&#8217;re getting a lot of pressure to turn a profit. He’s in charge of the company&#8217;s entire scaling arm, as well as core product and platform; all of consumer, which includes health, commerce, personal finance, ChatGPT, and other consumer-facing stuff; and core infrastructure, ads, data science, and growth. What isn&#8217;t he in charge of, really? You know what I mean?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to talk about Fidji Simo for one more second here. She was the former CEO of Instacart, but before that she was a really high-ranking executive at Meta. She ran the Facebook app. She was in charge of a lot of monetization.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When she came to OpenAI, it felt like her role was to turn the consumer version of ChatGPT into a product. There were lots and lots of people leaving Meta to go to OpenAI for a while, such that basically we had reported that every all hands at Meta was about, &#8220;What are you going to do about OpenAI? They&#8217;re taking all of our people.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You just saw this exodus of people from Meta going to OpenAI in various ways, led by Fidji Simo, in a moment where it felt like what they wanted to do was take on Google as a big consumer product supported by ads.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It&#8217;s funny, Altman actually copped to that ambition on the David Senra’s show last week — here he is, giving Peter Thiel credit for saying </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kG8AoExkX40"><strong>OpenAI should compete directly with Google</strong></a><strong>:&nbsp;</strong></p>

<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sam Altman:</strong> He&#8217;s like, ‘The power of this is the power of the Google text box, it’s a text box you can type anything into and it does the right thing. Clearly, the empty text box worked for Google so why don&#8217;t you just double down on that?’</p>
</blockquote>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That’s pretty straightforward and that’s what they did. Altman says they went super hard at it — being the empty text box, taking the Google business model, which is one of the best business models in internet history. That was a big bet, and they hired Fidji Simo to go run that bet. But she left, and that does not seem to be the emphasis anymore. The emphasis is on Codex, on enterprise, on competing with Anthropic.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What&#8217;s left of that? Was that just a misfire and she had the wrong ideas? Is it still the plan? This seems like </strong><strong><em>the</em></strong><strong> question about OpenAI.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some of it has fallen by the wayside, which we&#8217;ve seen for a bunch of stuff that OpenAI has tried in the past year or two. They <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/895835/openai-cuts-back-on-side-quests">vowed to stop doing all their side quests</a>, which is ironically something that Simo herself wrote in an internal memo.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Several episodes ago, you were on and we just talked about the </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/news/836212/openai-code-red-chatgpt"><strong>series of code reds at OpenAI</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right now they&#8217;re focused on the key revenue drivers, which are enterprise and coding. That&#8217;s really what they&#8217;re all-in on. They&#8217;re also, of course, really focused on building a “<a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/945683/chat-is-dead">super app</a>,“ which is supposed to incorporate all this stuff together, and making that super app better.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Besides that, they&#8217;re trying to cut the fat and operate as a leaner business, which has been helped by some of these executive salaries being cut. They&#8217;re trying to look better on their balance sheet when they IPO. There&#8217;s a lot of pressure to do that, especially when SpaceX just IPOed at a crazy valuation and Anthropic is apparently gunning to exceed that. We&#8217;ll see if that actually happens.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When they changed Simo&#8217;s title from CEO of applications to CEO of AGI deployment, that was the most </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> thing of all. I looked at their org chart changing and I thought, &#8220;This isn&#8217;t going to last.&#8221;&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Over and over and over again, they keep reassigning people. And then as you say, they leave and we see one person take over those roles and consolidate power. We&#8217;ll come to the IPO in a second, but where is Sam Altman in all of this? It seems like he should be running OpenAI.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He really likes focusing on the long-term stuff. The events of the last couple of years and all of the lawsuits have shown him that maybe he isn&#8217;t supposed to lead direct teams in a huge way. He has a few direct reports, but should he really be involved in the minutiae of the day-to-day operations? Maybe not.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Altman has said before, and in blog posts that the company put out years ago, that this is the trend that they&#8217;ve been following. I remember a year or two years ago, the company would put out summer blog posts saying that different C-suite executives&#8217; roles would be changing slightly, and Sam would be focusing a little bit on the longer term, on research. This is just a continuation of that trend, in my opinion. As we know — and this is a big <em>Decoder</em> thing as well — the more power you have at a company, the higher your title, the less you probably are involved in the actual day-to-day operations, especially at a tech company.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is another example of that. Sam has always been interested in the research and the long-term stuff. Brockman is an engineer. He was described really early on at the company as an “engineering workhorse that pushed to build scaled-up systems that would train the AI and make it work.” So he&#8217;s always been seen internally by employees as a can-do person. He makes things happen and he has the engineering training that is required to scale a system. So I could see investors being thrilled about this.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I could also see Altman saying, &#8220;I know this guy&#8217;s in my corner.&#8221; Altman already cleaned out the board. He&#8217;s surrounded by people that are going to support him. He trusts Brockman. So he says, &#8220;I actually don&#8217;t really want to be involved in the operational stuff quite as much. I want to be focused on the direction of the company. So you handle that. You&#8217;re an extension of me. I can trust you. Go ahead.&#8221; That&#8217;s what I think is happening here.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;ve talked to Brockman before. I&#8217;ve met him. He just did a </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_44Ra8msls"><strong>video with our friend Joanna Stern</strong></a><strong>. You can see he&#8217;s pretty direct. He answers the questions. What kind of character do you think he&#8217;s going to be as a person who&#8217;s operationalizing OpenAI? Is this “get stuff done, make the numbers go up” situation? Or is this more expansive of an approach?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s going to be interesting to see how he handles this much responsibility, especially this many disparate arms of the company. He&#8217;s a really can-do person. He has a lot of engineering training. He&#8217;s pretty respected within the company, but I do think there&#8217;s going to be a lot of natural tension here because consumer, enterprise, health, and personal finance are really, really intense departments that handle data extremely differently. And then you&#8217;ve got all the core infrastructure stuff and the behind-the-scenes stuff that makes everything work. We&#8217;re going to see a lot of natural tension arise, especially because this company has a limited amount of funds.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even if it&#8217;s a huge number, it&#8217;s still limited in some way, especially now compared to a few years ago. They have a limited amount of compute. That&#8217;s something that every executive at OpenAI has run into problems with — allocating the compute. The research side of things says they don&#8217;t get enough sometimes, or the product side says they need all of it. It&#8217;s going to be really interesting to see how he squares all this, especially as someone who&#8217;s probably trying to make everyone happy. He&#8217;s not going to be able to, and so he&#8217;s going to have to make some hard decisions.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This brings us to the IPO, because the IPO is where those hard decisions have to pay off. There&#8217;s been a lot of talk about OpenAI playing catch-up to Anthropic, particularly in the enterprise and with coding. There was a </strong><a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/openais-second-quarter-sales-show-tepid-growth-compared-with-anthropic-5cb42998"><strong><em>Wall Street Journal</em></strong><strong> story last week</strong></a><strong> that said OpenAI&#8217;s revenue in Q2 lagged behind Anthropic&#8217;s.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Obviously, Anthropic will tell you they&#8217;re profitable even though we haven&#8217;t actually seen their numbers and we don’t know how they calculate it. You&#8217;ve mentioned the IPO several times now. SpaceX just went public. Big IPOs are all the rage. What role is the IPO playing in all these changes? Is it focusing the company down? Is it making that equity pay off? Is it needing to raise more capital? What&#8217;s the shape of it?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s absolutely behind a ton of these changes. It is normal to see a lot of changes in the C-suite ahead of an IPO. But some of the sources I spoke to within the industry, who study the way these IPOs typically happen in tech, said that the interesting and unusual thing here is how many C-suite execs left in such a short timeframe, because they know that looks bad for the company.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s one thing if you need to cut salaries, make the balance sheet look a little bit different, make the company leaner. That&#8217;s normal. It is an easy way to do that, to not replace someone. We can only speculate how much each of these people&#8217;s salaries was. This is an easy way, cut and dry, to help out the balance sheet.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But doing all of this in this amount of time reminds me of what <a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/979370/google-deepmind-ai-race-lose-jeff-dean-demis-hassabis">we were talking about last time on <em>Decoder</em></a><em> </em>about Google and DeepMind and how maybe Demis Hassabis didn’t leave when Jeff Dean did because they didn&#8217;t want to make the company look bad. Now at OpenAI, people are leaving left and right — sometimes within 24 or 48 hours.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Brad Lightcap, for instance, just got a new job as special projects head. Then <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2026/08/11/longtime-openai-executive-brad-lightcap-leaves-as-shakeup-at-ai-lab-continues.html">a couple months later he&#8217;s out</a>, even after being at the company for so many years. Part of it&#8217;s probably just cashing out. You can make a lot of money if you&#8217;re an exec and the company&#8217;s about to IPO and you have a lot of stock options. But it is unusual, my sources said, that it&#8217;s happening in this short amount of time.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The IPO is interesting for a number of reasons, but to me, the most clarifying is that OpenAI is up against Anthropic. There are numbers coming out, reported numbers, <a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2026-08-14/anthropic-revenue-ahead-of-ipo-surges-over-14-fold-in-second-quarter">about Anthropic&#8217;s finances that make that company look pretty good</a>. The company hasn&#8217;t really challenged them in public. So we have to assume that they&#8217;re happy that there&#8217;s reporting out there that the numbers look good for them.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But all of that is enterprise. They&#8217;re selling Claude to big enterprises, to the government. It&#8217;s effective. Maybe their token prices have high margins. It&#8217;s unclear what the internals of Anthropic&#8217;s business look like, but the numbers that we can get look pretty good and they support a big IPO.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a lot of excitement around Anthropic for that reason. That&#8217;s Anthropic as an enterprise software provider. That&#8217;s their business. It&#8217;s a thing it’s focused on. It&#8217;s all they do. OpenAI has taken a lot of shots. You&#8217;re talking about cost-cutting ahead of an IPO. Are they shutting some things down? Are they closing the aperture on all the things they&#8217;re trying to do to compete with Anthropic ahead of this IPO?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s interesting because I&#8217;ve seen a slight shift from OpenAI. Earlier this year, the company was saying, &#8220;Enterprise and coding. That&#8217;s what we’ve got to focus on. We have to make money. We have to compete with Anthropic.&#8221; Now, however, ahead of the IPO, OpenAI is getting a little bit of different advice.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, the company needs to focus on those things because obviously that&#8217;s where the money is. But now it’s also being told, &#8220;You also have to differentiate yourself from Anthropic. You can&#8217;t just be a copy that&#8217;s lagging behind. You have to be doing something different.&#8221; OpenAI is going to really lean into consumer and hardware as well.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One attorney told me that for OpenAI to be successful in the public eye and in investors&#8217; eyes, the company needs “hardware and consumer products to sell to consumers, and luckily, that&#8217;s something that Brockman has experience with.” It&#8217;s hard to do everything, but they&#8217;ve had to narrow a ton and then slightly widen again and say, “Consumer is what we&#8217;re really known for.”&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They&#8217;re saying, &#8220;We&#8217;re the Kleenex of AI right now because of how we&#8217;re known in the consumer world.&#8221; People say, &#8220;I&#8217;m going to ask ChatGPT,” or, &#8220;I ChatGPT&#8217;d it.&#8221; And they&#8217;re talking about just using AI in general. Maybe they weren&#8217;t actually using ChatGPT, but that&#8217;s the way they&#8217;re referring to things a lot of the time. So OpenAI knows they need to capitalize on that. That&#8217;s one way they can be different from Anthropic. Of course, Anthropic also offers that, but they&#8217;re much more known for enterprise and that is why they&#8217;re making so much money.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But OpenAI is leaning into hardware. The company has Jony Ive. It has to not cut some of this stuff entirely because then it’s going to look like Mark Zuckerberg with Meta. It can&#8217;t go all-in on something and then just completely cut it, or they&#8217;re probably worried about being a laughingstock. You have to really cut the true fat, which they did with a lot of their side projects. But as far as consumer, hardware, enterprise, and coding, those are their main bets right now. We&#8217;re going to see them really double down on that heading into the IPO.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Come on, Hayden. Aren&#8217;t we actually in the metaverse right now? Technically, you and I are in the Metaverse together right this second. It worked.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Absolutely.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It happened.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Should have made an avatar.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Technically we&#8217;re here in our bodies on the internet.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yep, that&#8217;s true.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What argument can you have except that the metaverse definitely worked and Mark Zuckerberg was super right about all of it?&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The consumer business is really hard. The scale of the play you need to make the consumer business work is on the order of fully overtaking Google, which seems very challenging. In hardware, you have to replace the iPhone. If you do anything other than replace the iPhone, people still have their iPhones. And then you&#8217;re going to lose to Instagram every single time.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Have they said anything about how they plan to do either one of these things? Because replacing Google with a Google-level monetization engine seems very hard. Replacing the iPhone — even if you have Jony Ive — such that people don&#8217;t still have their iPhones, seems very hard. Neither one of these things has been in any kind of focus for me at least.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like <a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/968787/apple-openai-trade-secrets-lawsuit-ai-hardware-smartphone-jony-ive">we talked about last time</a>, I really am skeptical. Hardware is hard. I&#8217;ve seen way too many companies crash and burn when they try to make an AI hardware device. It&#8217;s going to look beautiful because Jony Ive is in charge.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But as for how useful it&#8217;s really going to be, especially in the era of AI populism when there&#8217;s a huge backlash against using AI, I don&#8217;t know how excited people are going to be on a broad scale to have something visible pinned to them or in their ears or on their table where you can tell they are using AI. It&#8217;s going to be really exciting for a subset of people, but for the broader public, Meta’s glasses are still uncool, still being called pervert glasses. With AI hardware, you&#8217;ve got a steep hill to climb.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let&#8217;s talk about what happens next with OpenAI, because those are the challenges. What you have now is a new leader who is, as you said, running most of the company. Greg Brockman was </strong><a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2026/08/17/openai-brockman-leadership-changes.html"><strong>just on CNBC last week</strong></a><strong>. He basically defended the turnover. He said this:&nbsp;</strong></p>

<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Greg Brockman:</strong> “I’d say fundamentally, we’re a very resilient organization… If you look over the years, there have been different eras where we have different sets of leaders in place. I’m constant, Sam is a constant. I think that we are stronger because of that resilience and diversity.”</p>
</blockquote>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>So this might be what Greg Brockman has to say: &#8220;All these people are gone, but I&#8217;m still here. Sam&#8217;s still here, and the company&#8217;s still the same.” Do you think it&#8217;s just the thing that he has to say? Or do you think there&#8217;s something more real about OpenAI as a company, where you have these two leaders who are clearly ride or die for each other and you can swap in and out all these other executives and the company will still have its own unique vision?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He would like us to think the latter, but it&#8217;s more of the former. It&#8217;s never good when you have a bunch of people leaving at once. It&#8217;s never good when you&#8217;re constantly restructuring or reorganizing the company. It&#8217;s bad all the way down. Employees are probably feeling weird. They have a new person in charge. They&#8217;re being shuffled between different teams. Their teams are headed by one person and then their boss&#8217;s boss is someone else, which probably means their bosses are weird.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s not great for productivity, especially heading into such an important time for OpenAI. Even if it&#8217;s a move that makes sense and is good long term, it&#8217;s still going to be weird for people in the short term.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In some ways the latter is true in terms of Brockman and Altman having been at the helm from the start. Someone who’s been there for eight months who leaves is not going to have as much of an impact. But we&#8217;re seeing some people that have been there for a really long time leave as well, like Brad Lightcap. He was someone that I had tracked for years and years. All of a sudden he&#8217;s out, after switching roles, and now he says he&#8217;s going to start something new. He says he&#8217;s implying he&#8217;s still going to work with OpenAI in some way, shape or form. He and Altman <a href="https://x.com/sama/status/2087243765765509185">had a really friendly exchange on X after he left</a>, but a lot of it&#8217;s for show.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They&#8217;ve got to make sure that people aren&#8217;t skittish about the company right now. It&#8217;s something he just has to say. But it&#8217;s also true that if there were two people that would be the most influential if they left, and luckily those two are still there, Brockman and Altman.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;ve mentioned the public antipathy towards AI several times now. There is just a lot of anti-AI sentiment out in the world. And it&#8217;s pretty politically coded, although it </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/971855/ai-data-center-backlash-protests-florida-bipartisan"><strong>scrambled some political lines</strong></a><strong>. Hating AI is pretty bipartisan. Hating data centers is pretty bipartisan. We&#8217;ve got </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/902546/data-centers-ai-energy-power-grids-controversy"><strong>a lot of reporting about that on the site</strong></a><strong>.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brockman is into politics. He </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/867947/openai-president-greg-brockman-trump-super-pac"><strong>donated $25 million to MAGA Inc.</strong></a><strong> He&#8217;s one of the top donors to Trump overall. Do you think him being so openly political will help or hurt him as he becomes more of a character, more of a visible leader of OpenAI?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s going to help the company from the outside, because they&#8217;re trying to push a lot of stuff through during the Trump administration and they really want a voluntary regulation framework. They want to be in Trump&#8217;s ear in a good way. It&#8217;s going to hurt Brockman internally, because a lot of employees at tech companies that I&#8217;ve interviewed in the past year, no matter what company they work at, are incredibly angry if their CEO or their C-suite isn&#8217;t doing enough to speak out against some of the Trump administration&#8217;s decisions.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, Brockman isn&#8217;t just not speaking out against them, he&#8217;s also supporting the admin with tens of millions of dollars. I could see this really hurting him from the inside. Maybe some people don&#8217;t take him seriously. Maybe we will see some departures. It&#8217;s going to help the company from the outside, just because when you&#8217;re giving a lot of money to Trump, he seems to let you curry favor with him. We&#8217;ll see.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>To be clear, we&#8217;ve seen Sam Altman </strong><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2025/1/21/24348816/openai-softbank-ai-data-center-stargate-project"><strong>stand next to Trump and announce data center projects</strong></a><strong>. So whatever reputation OpenAI was going to have because of its leaders, it might already have, but the specific political giving seems new. And as we head towards the midterms, it seems like a new challenge for the leaders of the company to be openly associated with. Do you think it&#8217;ll change any of the valence around data centers and AI, how the public feels about them?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don&#8217;t know that it&#8217;ll change that because we&#8217;ve been careening towards this for a while. People are really mad about data centers and it&#8217;s a bipartisan feeling, like you mentioned, and same with AI. Sam Altman and other AI CEOs have said in the past month that they feel like AI has a big PR problem and that they haven&#8217;t done a good job of showing people the good parts of AI and how they need to do better to show people why they&#8217;re even building it in the first place.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe they do, but people have been told a lot of the good things about it and they&#8217;re still not thinking that they&#8217;re as good as the bad is bad. The AI industry is in for a rude awakening there. But as for what you mentioned about Altman, yes, he and every other AI CEO have been at Trump&#8217;s dining table. They&#8217;ve been <a href="https://www.yahoo.com/news/articles/hot-mic-catches-mark-zuckerberg-170531448.html">caught on hot mics praising him</a>.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s not something hugely new that Brockman&#8217;s giving this money, but what is new is that he&#8217;s giving it so much of it in a personal capacity, so much so that <a href="https://thehill.com/policy/technology/5091930-sam-altman-claps-back-at-senate-inquiry-into-trump-inaugural-fund-donation/">Altman even had to come out and say</a> at some point, &#8220;Brockman only did this in a personal capacity. We&#8217;re not saying that we&#8217;re super behind him.&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He also couldn&#8217;t really say they weren&#8217;t behind him, but <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/openai-greg-brockman-political-donations-super-pac-statement-leading-future-2026-6">OpenAI had to separate themselves a little</a>. That&#8217;s what&#8217;s interesting to me about this. It&#8217;s like the personal capacity of his giving has made so many headlines and OpenAI tried to distance itself a little bit, but not too much. Now they&#8217;re not going to be able to do that because he&#8217;s essentially running day-to-day operations.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m very curious to see how that plays out. I don&#8217;t think we quite know yet, but as he becomes a more visible leader of the company, being that open about his politics, even in the context of the other big tech CEOs, is different. We don&#8217;t quite see that from all of them. We see it from Elon, but everyone else plays it pretty safe. This is new, especially for a leader at OpenAI.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>All right, let&#8217;s end here. Let&#8217;s say it&#8217;s two years from now, OpenAI is public. Do we think Greg Brockman is the CEO and Sam is just the “chairman of raising money,” or whatever it is that he&#8217;s doing?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I could see that happening. It would take a couple of big things to make that happen. Altman really likes being in charge, so I don&#8217;t think he&#8217;s going to go super quietly. But if he ever needs to move on to a more big-picture chairman role, if the IPO doesn&#8217;t go so well or he gets dragged in the public eye or something and still needs to be part of the company but not the CEO, I could definitely see that happening.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Especially because Brockman has a lot of ambitions. We saw his <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2026/05/05/open-ai-altman-musk-trial-brockman-testimony.html">journal entries come out during discovery</a>, during <em>Musk v. Altman</em>, and he was writing some pretty ambitious things.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>&#8220;What will get me to a billion dollars?&#8221;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He&#8217;s saying, &#8220;This is my one chance to be in charge.&#8221; There are a lot of entries that he&#8217;s writing about how he&#8217;s put his blood, sweat, and tears into the company and how he needs to be in charge in some way, shape, or form. He will probably be gunning for a role like that and he&#8217;d be happy to take it on.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We&#8217;ll see what happens in the next few years. But I definitely don&#8217;t think that&#8217;s out of the question, especially because he’s been there since the beginning. He has a lot of product experience and he&#8217;s clearly ambitious. The other thing that is interesting is, way back in the day, he wasn&#8217;t always so aligned with Altman all the time.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In fact, Brockman and Sutskever, OpenAI&#8217;s chief scientist, were pretty aligned against Sam every once in a while. Not against him, but they were questioning him and pushing back. They were saying things like, &#8220;It seems like you really care about this CEO role. It seems like you really care about being in charge and having a lot of power in this way and that way. How does this relate to your political ambitions? How does this relate to who&#8217;s going to control AGI? We really don&#8217;t want it to be a dictatorship.&#8221;&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Altman would probably be hard-pressed to give up the CEO title when he fought so hard for it, even 10 or 11 years ago. But if he ever does, it seems like Brockman would be happy to take it on.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I will end by stating my prediction that I&#8217;ve been making almost the whole year now. I don&#8217;t think we will end 2026 with OpenAI as the same kind of company as when the year started. Actually I would say, given all of this turnover, that prediction has already come true. Structurally, it is a very different company with very different goals than the year started.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But I&#8217;ll just put that prediction to you. You cover the company way more closely than I do. Do you think there&#8217;s any way that OpenAI looks the same at the end of the year as it did at the top of the year?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Absolutely not. When a company goes public, so many things change. Especially when the end of the year is only five months away.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It&#8217;s a scary number of months away. It&#8217;s tomorrow.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let&#8217;s say maybe not by December 31st, but six months from now, 100 percent it&#8217;s going to look different and probably sooner than that. They&#8217;re going to have to make a lot of changes. They&#8217;re going to be listening to their investors in a new way and they&#8217;re going to be beholden to them in a new way. There are only certain parts of this industry that make money and OpenAI is not in the lead in those parts.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They&#8217;re going to have to go all-in on that type of stuff. The type of research that they want to do to stay at the frontier, they can make a case for that. Money-wise, they can say, &#8220;Look, in order to stay in the lead, we have to do this long-term stuff a little bit.&#8221; But they&#8217;re not going to be able to go all-in on it all the time because it costs a lot of money — and they have a limited amount.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We&#8217;re going to see a lot of the anxieties that we saw Brockman and Altman voice a year ago, two years ago. I&#8217;ve been in the room with them where <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/812455/ai-industry-earnings-bubble-fomo-hype">they&#8217;re talking about their fear that they&#8217;re running out of compute</a> and how they’re going to scale. Their whole job for the next six months, the next year, et cetera, is scaling.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They&#8217;ve had so many concerns about this. They&#8217;ve had so many fears about how they&#8217;re going to do this with their limited compute, especially now that they&#8217;re going public and they&#8217;re beholden to investors in a new way. There&#8217;s no way the company is going to look the same.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Hayden, this has been great. Thank you so much for being on </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> again. We&#8217;ll have you back when another season of </strong><strong><em>The Real Housewives of AI</em></strong><strong> kicks off, which is probably going to be tomorrow at the rate we&#8217;re going.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>[Laughs]</em> Absolutely. Thanks.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
			<entry>
			
			<author>
				<name>Nilay Patel</name>
			</author>
			
			<title type="html"><![CDATA[How GoFundMe became America’s backup plan]]></title>
			<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.theverge.com/podcast/982901/gofundme-ceo-tim-cadogan-fundraising-healthcare-medical-expenses" />
			<id>https://www.theverge.com/?p=982901</id>
			<updated>2026-08-24T12:53:56-04:00</updated>
			<published>2026-08-24T10:00:00-04:00</published>
			<category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Business" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Decoder" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Podcasts" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Tech" /><category scheme="https://www.theverge.com" term="Web" />
							<summary type="html"><![CDATA[Today on Decoder, I’m talking with Tim Cadogan, the CEO of GoFundMe. You know GoFundMe — it’s a major fundraising platform where you can donate to help people with everything from medical expenses to Little League uniforms to starting a new business. Tim took over as CEO in March 2020 — a fascinating and chaotic [&#8230;]]]></summary>
			
							<content type="html">
											<![CDATA[

						
<figure>

<img alt="A stylized portrait of GoFundMe CEO Tim Cadogan." data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="Image: The Verge / Photo: GoFundMe" data-has-syndication-rights="1" src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/08/DCD_20260824_TimCadogan.jpg?quality=90&#038;strip=all&#038;crop=0,0,100,100" />
	<figcaption>
		</figcaption>
</figure>
<p class="has-drop-cap wp-block-paragraph">Today on <em>Decoder</em>, I’m talking with Tim Cadogan, the CEO of GoFundMe. You know GoFundMe — it’s a major fundraising platform where you can donate to help people with everything from medical expenses to Little League uniforms to starting a new business.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tim took over as CEO in March 2020 — a fascinating and chaotic moment in the United States, and the moment, you’ll hear me argue, I think GoFundMe became a load-bearing part of American culture.&nbsp;</p>

<div class="wp-block-vox-media-highlight vox-media-highlight"><img src="https://platform.theverge.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/chorus/uploads/chorus_asset/file/24792604/The_Verge_Decoder_Tileart.jpg?quality=90&amp;strip=all&amp;crop=0,0,100,100" alt="" title="" data-has-syndication-rights="1" data-caption="" data-portal-copyright="" />


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Verge</em> subscribers, don&#8217;t forget you get exclusive access to ad-free <em>Decoder</em> wherever you get your podcasts. Head <a href="https://www.theverge.com/account/podcasts">here</a>. Not a subscriber? You can <a href="https://www.theverge.com/subscribe">sign up here</a>. </p>
</div>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It wasn’t just the pandemic that changed the nature of fundraising platforms like GoFundMe. 2020 was a major turning point in the history of political unrest in the US, and GoFundMe has become a central player in many contentious news events since — not just in the US, but all over the world.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The platform is also now a <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2024/02/gofundme-health-care-hospitals/677353/">kind of proxy for the broken healthcare system</a> — medical expenses are the most popular category of fundraising on GoFundMe. You might be surprised to hear Tim say this is not just in America, but in every market GoFundMe operates in.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All of this means GoFundMe sits inside a ton of big, messy ideas: wealth distribution, <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2024/2/29/24085175/gofundme-gaza-palestine-fundraiser-under-review-esims">geopolitical conflict</a>, the holes in the social safety net. And that’s also in direct tension with the platform being a for-profit company, collecting fees and tips and feeling the pressure to grow as a business.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you can imagine I had a lot of questions for Tim: how he thinks about all this, and how he makes some very tough decisions about what money to make and what money not to make. To his credit, he was game to go there and talked about it all pretty openly.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay: Tim Cadogan, CEO of GoFundMe. Here we go.</p>

<iframe loading="lazy" frameborder="0" height="200" src="https://playlist.megaphone.fm?e=VMP8004251532" width="100%"></iframe>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.&nbsp;</em></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Tim Cadogan, you&#8217;re the CEO of GoFundMe. Welcome to </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Hey, thank you very much for having me, Nilay.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I am very excited to talk to you. GoFundMe occupies an incredibly unique place, I think, in our culture, particularly in American culture and American society. It&#8217;s a for-profit company, and I have a lot of questions about how you think about its place in our culture and the need to grow and deliver returns.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I was also doing the research. You joined this company in the pandemic, in the heart of the pandemic, when it felt like everything changed. Now, we&#8217;re six years later; maybe things have settled, maybe they haven&#8217;t.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But I actually just want to start there. You became the CEO when the idea that the public health system — how we think about healthcare in America — got flipped upside down. I know that healthcare expenses are, I think, the single biggest category on GoFundMe. How do you think about the platform, and how do you think about that path from 2020 to now?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, yes, there&#8217;s a lot in there. So I started on March the 2nd, 2020, which was about a week before it became very clear in the US that the pandemic was going to have major implications, but it was already becoming clear in other parts of the world.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We operate in 20 countries, and we did back then. For instance, Italy is an important country for us, and that was probably the first European country that experienced a big impact. So it was just becoming evident; in fact, by the end of the first week, we went remote. Things came at us, all of us in the world, very quickly. It certainly came very quickly for me, trying to figure out a new company, a new space, and all this stuff happening.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The root of what we do is extremely simple. We help people help each other. And we are there to help people in whatever situation they need help. Sometimes those are the most consequential, the most significant thing that is happening in someone&#8217;s life and has ever happened in their life. And sometimes they&#8217;re very lighthearted and fun and forward-looking, like going to college or sending your kids&#8217; sports team on tour because they&#8217;ve made the state championships, you name it. Everything in between: if someone thinks they need help, we&#8217;re here to help them mobilize support from friends, family, and networks.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you talk about the pandemic, that is a time when millions of people needed a lot of help. In some cases, for medical situations and everything related to that, some cases because they weren&#8217;t able to work anymore. Or we had a phenomenon that was not expected — and we could not have anticipated this — when hundreds of thousands of small businesses were shutting down: restaurants, bars, music venues. They were all having to shut down for a while and didn&#8217;t know how long they had to furlough employees.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We had tens of thousands of fundraisers that were often being set up by really loyal customers who said, &#8220;I love my local restaurant. I really feel bad for the wait staff and the kitchen staff. I want to set up a GoFundMe for them.&#8221; And we had so many of those, and it was such a different use case that it was a struggle to figure out how we handle the volume.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, when you raise money into a fundraiser, to take the money out, you have to go through a [know your customer] process to verify that you&#8217;re the right person. If you&#8217;re a business, you have to go through a KYB process. And that&#8217;s different and more complicated. It means you need paperwork. And if people are no longer at their place of business, how do you get the paperwork?&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, we and our payment processors who we work with — all money goes through our third-party payment processors, not through us — had to figure out how to get through this huge amount of new fundraisers to navigate the situation. Those are a couple of examples of this kind of thing, but it goes back to helping people help each other in whatever situation they&#8217;re dealing with.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think the reason I wanted to start there, and you can disagree with me on this, is because that feels, to me, like the moment when GoFundMe became a load-bearing part of American culture in very specific ways. The same way that Zoom maybe became a load-bearing part of American business for five minutes.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Everything changed, and what are the resources, what is the infrastructure, and what are the tools? And GoFundMe emerged as one of those things. Obviously, you were the new CEO at the moment, so maybe you just had to react and put one foot in front of the other. But I&#8217;m wondering if you feel the same way about what GoFundMe has become after that time.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I think your phrase there, which I haven&#8217;t heard before, but I think is a really interesting part of it, is [calling GoFundMe] load-bearing. We definitely were used by more people. Awareness was already reasonably high, but it has increased. To give you a sense, our unaided awareness was sort of in the mid-30s. It&#8217;s now about 70 percent. Aided awareness is in the low 90s.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So almost everyone has heard of GoFundMe. And yes, I do think that along with a lot of digital services in that time period, the awareness and usage elevated and has continued to grow since then. I think, well, more than a third of American adults have used GoFundMe now.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also, I think it&#8217;s not just America, though. So we&#8217;re in 20 other countries: the UK, Ireland, Italy, France, all the European countries, Australia, Canada. A similar thing has happened there, where doing a GoFundMe has become an expression in the vernacular. And it&#8217;s become something that people definitely relate to. It&#8217;s like, that is a way that I can do something.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ll give you a personal example. I was telling your producer before we got on. We were talking about where we are in the country. I&#8217;m in Altadena, as I mentioned. In January last year, our town burned down: 6,000 homes, and about two-thirds of the population displaced. GoFundMe was an incredibly important part of the response. The response involved many things: national agencies, local agencies, and nonprofit organizations. GoFundMe was the way that over 10,000 families here in the Palisades could mobilize support and love from friends and family immediately. That&#8217;s one part of the response.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I mentioned, there are many parts, but the thing that I think maybe people don&#8217;t realize until you&#8217;re doing a GoFundMe is that it is actually about a lot more than the money. The money is obviously important, critical, but what comes with that is the expression of support. So when you&#8217;re dealing with a tough situation, many times people feel alone.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you do a fundraiser, or someone does one on your behalf, suddenly you start to see, here are all these people, some of whom I know really well, some of them are friends I might not have seen for a few years, who are like, &#8220;Hang on a minute. I want to help. I&#8217;m thinking of you, Nilay. Here&#8217;s $50, but more importantly, I&#8217;m thinking of you, and I&#8217;m hoping you get through that.&#8221; So it’s that — the sense that a GoFundMe can be the catalyst for that. Yes, you are right. That has become much more significant.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m curious about that dynamic. I think there are a lot of different ways I want to come at it through the course of this conversation. But just to make the comparison to Zoom, for example, another service that sort of exploded in use during that time and became a phenomenon. Zoom is business software. The idea that a bunch of businesses needed to use Zoom so that everybody could talk to each other. And then that became consumer software because we&#8217;re, I don&#8217;t know, going to run elementary schools over Zoom.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The idea that Zoom is a for-profit business that expanded its market and then that changed, that feels simple in one specific way. This is enterprise software for businesses that people are going to use in different ways, and they&#8217;re going to charge you money too. The thing you&#8217;re describing with GoFundMe is far more cultural. It echoes deep into how society is structured.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How should our communities help one another? What is the expression of that help? How should you feel about asking for that help? That echoes differently through time, through situations, through our politics.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;ve mentioned several times that GoFundMe operates in different countries. Different countries have different social safety nets. They have different cultures. They have different attitudes toward asking and receiving help from the government, and from one another. How has that changed? Because that feels like maybe the most important part of a for-profit service where you&#8217;re taking fees from people who are sending money to one another, but the mission you&#8217;re describing is more of a social good mission.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, look, there are a couple of things. One, help is part of what makes us human. We are a social species. We&#8217;ve always lived together in groups, starting with little villages and on up. Anything great that we create, we do it together. So the help is timeless; it&#8217;s inherent. To your point, it&#8217;s universal.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So what I have found — I&#8217;ve been to 10 or more of our countries, a bunch of them even just over the last year — is the patterns. What&#8217;s fascinating is that every country you go to, whether it’s Australia, Italy, Germany, Canada, or the UK, everyone asks, &#8220;What&#8217;s different about us?&#8221; And also, you go within those countries to diaspora populations. It can be Nepalis in Australia or the Turkish community in Germany, or you name it. And everyone&#8217;s like, &#8220;The similarities are actually a lot stronger than the differences.&#8221; One, everyone finds it hard to ask for help. I haven&#8217;t met anyone yet who said, &#8220;That was easy for me to ask for help.&#8221; The paradox is that help is so powerful, but it&#8217;s difficult and takes courage to open the door. And I want to come back to that.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But you&#8217;re asking me about what it means to do this work, but to do it as a business? So a couple of things. One, how does the business work? We&#8217;ve thought very carefully about this. Our goal is to get as much help to the recipient as possible. So how do we structure the business? When you give money, the only fees that we take are the transaction processing fees, which in the US for our consumer fundraiser are 2.9 percent, 30 cents per transaction.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s the same as when you use a credit card or a debit card anywhere in the world, pumping gas, going to the supermarket. All of those businesses have those fees. That&#8217;s it. We have to do that because we have to use third-party payment processors to make sure that money flows in the right way, as verified, and so on.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After that, we ask the donor if they want to give us a voluntary contribution, a tip. Totally up to them. Make a suggestion; people change it. A good chunk of people do give us a tip, a good chunk of donors. I think last year, 15 to 20 million people didn&#8217;t give us anything, which is fine because the donor is the person in this equation who&#8217;s bringing the financial resources. And we want to leave it up to them whether they want to compensate us for the service or not. That&#8217;s it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we feel that that&#8217;s very well aligned. Now, the reason that we ask for a contribution is that we have 850 people here working extremely hard. They’re running servers, building the websites, doing the marketing, doing the trust and safety, running the company, running the organization that enabled 80 million people last year to donate and has generated over $40 billion of help over the last 10 to 15 years.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That takes real work. Those people need to be compensated, and the third-party services that we use, whether it be AWS and so on, OpenAI, those cost money. And we need that, but we make it, and I think it&#8217;s very unusual; we give people the choice of how much they want to pay us. It&#8217;s really powerful.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Is that a stable line of revenue? It&#8217;s a for-profit company. I imagine at some point you have to go in front of a board of directors and say the revenue line is going up.</strong> <strong>Are voluntary donations a stable line of revenue? Is it growing?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, it&#8217;s highly variable at the individual level. But at the scale that we&#8217;re talking about, tens of millions of donations, it aggregates to a fairly steady average. And our growth comes from helping more people help each other. Everything we focus on is: how do we generate more help in the world?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, it&#8217;s literally my True North objective. I start every meeting with that. It&#8217;s like if we&#8217;re making a decision, the first dimension of making that decision is: Will this thing that we&#8217;re thinking about doing help more people help each other? If it does, let&#8217;s lean into it. If it doesn&#8217;t, probably not as important as something that does.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Can I just sit in the idea that it aggregates out to a pretty steady percentage across the tens of millions of people? That is a huge insight. On the individual level, it varies. I&#8217;m sure most people listening to this have participated in GoFundMe and decided whether or not to donate, and whether to click the box or not.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To everyone listening who has, thank you for the help. And if you&#8217;ve contributed to us, thank you for that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a part of that where you&#8217;re saying, if you can get to tens of millions of people, there will be a steady state of donations, and there will be an amount of revenue that will track linearly with the growth of the platform overall. We can come to how the platform might grow in the future, but you&#8217;re saying that there&#8217;s something predictable there that lets you grow and generate profit in return.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What is the mechanism that goes from an individual decision to donate or not, to “in the aggregate it&#8217;s steady”? Because that feels like a big insight, almost like a bet — that the company would&#8217;ve had to make at some point, that it would aggregate over time at scale — which doesn&#8217;t seem intuitive to me, at least.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, it&#8217;s the aggregate average behavior. You can see that as more and more people use any feature, your ability to predict how that feature will be used gets more precise. Essentially, your path to statistical significance gets improved. This is the same for anything about what we design that more and more people use.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you get more people, you run more people in the experiment, you start to see, okay, the volatility of usage is going down, and we can now see that we think it&#8217;s going to settle in here even though there are large variations. So it&#8217;s really a law of large numbers.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What is the average donation that people give when they participate in the platform?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So today I was looking at that, and it&#8217;s between $80 and $100. I say that because it&#8217;s moved in interesting ways over the last year. It varies a lot based on the category, and it varies a bit by country as well. But somewhere in the $80 to $100 range. For personal fundraising, it varies a little bit more.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another side of our business is called GoFundMe Pro. We offer fundraising software to nonprofit organizations. These are folks like World Central Kitchen, Salvation Army, the Mayo Clinic, Cleveland Clinic, and so on. And there are two different kinds of donations. There&#8217;s a one-time donation, which is somewhat similar, sometimes higher. And there&#8217;s a recurring donation, which is much lower. That&#8217;s someone committing to give monthly.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s a very important source of revenue to nonprofits, one that we&#8217;re spending a lot of time investing in because it gives those nonprofits predictable revenue. And that&#8217;s more in the sort of $25 to $30 range. But if you think personal fundraising, roughly $80 to $100 is what people are contributing.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Are they contributing to one another or contributing to GoFundMe? </strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh, I&#8217;m sorry. This is a donation to the person or cause that they&#8217;re helping.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong> I&#8217;m curious about that too. That&#8217;s a fascinating number. I&#8217;m asking more specifically when they choose to pay GoFundMe for the services. “Please pay us.” How much are they paying you?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s just a few dollars typically, if they&#8217;re choosing. And a lot of people are choosing not to. That&#8217;s fine. For the folks that are, it&#8217;d be a few bucks, depending.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The law of large numbers part is really interesting to me. I look at other big services that take percentages of payments over time. I&#8217;ll just pick on </strong><strong><em>Candy Crush</em></strong><strong> because I love picking on </strong><strong><em>Candy Crush</em></strong><strong>.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Apple makes a lot of service revenue, and probably some huge amount of it is from </strong><strong><em>Candy Crush</em></strong><strong> whales. People who spend tens of thousands of dollars buying loot boxes in Candy Crush, and Apple just collects 30 percent. There&#8217;s a long tail of the rest of us who understand that it&#8217;s a 30 percent fee to do an app purchase, and maybe we do one or two a month, and that&#8217;s it. There&#8217;s some enormous disparity between who generates the bulk of the fees and the sort of long tail. Do you have that same disparity?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Is there a class of people that pays more money?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, no. Ours is much more in the center of the bell curve because most donations sit in that area. And unsurprisingly, when people are donating more, if they choose to contribute to us to tip us, they do much less as a percentage. So people are definitely looking at that and saying, &#8220;Hey, what&#8217;s a reasonable number to give to GoFundMe?” They’re making those choices.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m guessing there&#8217;s a lot of software design in there. You can dark-pattern yourself into getting more money if you wanted to. You could write more heart-pulling copy to say, “GoFundMe won&#8217;t survive unless you pay us some money along the way.”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What&#8217;s the pull there? I mean, it seems that if you want to optimize a business result, there are a lot of levers to pull around the check-box that says give us some money.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, we&#8217;ve gone in exactly the opposite direction from anything like that. When I came in, the tipping experience was a stepper. It&#8217;s like a little thing saying, “Here&#8217;s the suggestion.” And if you wanted to change it, it was a couple of clicks. I was like, &#8220;I want us to be far more transparent than that.&#8221; So we tested our way into what we now use, which is the slider. It’s right there; it has a suggested amount, and it just went “boom.”&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Obviously, people are mostly doing it on their phones. You can move [the slider] without any clicks, in less than two seconds. It&#8217;s right there, and it&#8217;s called out. It&#8217;s called out in the main experience. It&#8217;s called out as you&#8217;re checking out. It&#8217;s called out in your receipt. Multiple ways to do it. So it&#8217;s super clear, super transparent, and that gives people choice and control.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m asking about the revenue side and the ability to optimize that revenue because these are the pressures every for-profit company faces. The number has to go up. And the idea that you can layer in dark patterns, you can do what my friend Corey Doctorow calls enshitfification and collect more fees along the way. That pull exists when you are a for-profit company.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Why be structured that way and have all of those bad incentives exist as opposed to being a nonprofit, a B Corp, or any of these other kinds of structures that might reduce that pressure?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because as a company, we can invest a lot more, very simply. We work for some very significant nonprofits, some of the biggest in the world, but the biggest doesn&#8217;t have a technology team of more than about 50 or 60 people. And to do what we are doing, at the scale we&#8217;re doing it in a big chunk of the world, you need more technology, you need more people, and you need the capacity to be able to innovate, which is what we have done.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To do that, you need to be able to run as a company. It&#8217;s really hard to do that as a nonprofit. So that&#8217;s the biggest reason. And it is elegant in the sense that our objective is 100 percent aligned with what our customers are trying to achieve. We are trying to make it easier for more people to ask for help and then more people to come in response to that help.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That takes a lot of thought, a lot of innovation, a lot of software development. We&#8217;ll talk about the [AI] coach and the things that we&#8217;re doing there. And therefore, it is us who have done this. We invented this thing. We have scaled it. We have helped now many, many tens of millions of people, actually hundreds of millions of people, to help each other, and we&#8217;re continuing to do that. So it is working. The way we think about growth is directly linked to how to help more people mobilize support for each other right now.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Customer is a really interesting word there. You&#8217;ve kind of brought me to the </strong><strong><em>Decoder</em></strong><strong> questions quite naturally. Well done. But I want to just ask about customers. I understand that on the pro side, the customers are big nonprofits, and that probably feels more like a traditional SaaS business in some way. But on the consumer side and the individual side, who&#8217;s the customer? Is it the person raising the funds? Is the person paying the money? How do you evaluate that?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Both. They are both our customers. We start with the person asking for help because they are the source of everything. The paradox of help is that it&#8217;s really hard to ask for help. And helping feels great. So I do a thing when I&#8217;m talking at a conference; sometimes I&#8217;ll ask a little question. I&#8217;ll say, &#8220;Hey, who in the room likes helping? Everyone&#8217;s hand gets up.&#8221; I say, &#8220;Who here likes asking for help?&#8221; And usually less than 10 percent of the room put their hand up. Then I say, &#8220;That&#8217;s awesome. Who of you likes asking for help in public?&#8221; Most of those people put their hands down.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We don&#8217;t like it. This is not a cultural thing. It&#8217;s a human thing. We don&#8217;t like asking for help, but the paradox is that for help to flow, someone has to ask. Because we&#8217;ve also been in that situation where we think our friend needs some help — or a relative, or a child, heaven forbid —&nbsp; and say, &#8220;I want to help you with this,&#8221; but they haven&#8217;t asked. Often it doesn&#8217;t work. It&#8217;s awkward. It can be resisted.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But when someone has asked for help and had the courage to do that, they open this door, and then the goodness flows in, and then the experience flows. So we start with: how do we help people? We know there are so many people who are considering asking for help, but they are inhibited by many emotional and societal factors. The sense of, like, &#8220;Can I do this? How would I do this? I&#8217;ve never done this before. What will my friends think of me?&#8221; All of these different things.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of our work and the software, the smart fundraising coach, is geared to help with those problems. So that&#8217;s the first set of things. And then it&#8217;s like, okay, how do we give them a great experience? Then, how do we give the people who want to come in and help a great experience of helping their friend, their family member, or their local nonprofit? And then also give them other experiences on top, like, &#8220;Hey, you did a great thing here, and that felt great. Would you like to do more? How do we connect you into other experiences where maybe the friend of a friend, or maybe there&#8217;s another local nonprofit or fundraiser in your area that you would like to help with?&#8221; Doing more on that. So we think of both as customers.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m curious about that. I want to push on the sort of redistribution aspect that you&#8217;re describing. There might be more people to help. That&#8217;s a fascinating concept. You mentioned that GoFundMe has 850 people. How is that structured?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. So as I mentioned, we have one mission, two approaches. We are here to help people fundraise successfully and get help. We do that for consumers, and we do that for nonprofit organizations. The latter is called Pro. Our company is organized, largely, functionally. So about half the company is in product technology, design, and data science. That&#8217;s the biggest chunk.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the rest of the company is focused on how we support the people using our platform. So that&#8217;s customer care, trust and safety, risk and compliance, making sure the money is moving in the right way. And then operations. Of course, we have our go-to-market team, which is our relatively small sales team reaching out to nonprofits, and marketing. And a really important part for us is our communications team. Because a lot of what we do, which is very unusual, is that we invest heavily in taking our customers&#8217; stories and getting them attention in the local, national, and international media.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s a very important part of the service we provide to them. And it also builds awareness of GoFundMe because what we&#8217;re trying to do is show more and more people that you can do this too. That help works, and this is a powerful way to do it in the digital world. So that&#8217;s roughly how we&#8217;re structured.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That communications piece is really interesting to me. It sort of tracks intuitively that if you start a GoFundMe, you want a lot of people to see it.</strong> <strong>There&#8217;s some fractional percentage of all the people who have ever seen your GoFundMe who will donate. If you just increase the total number, you&#8217;re going to get a larger number in the end.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That communications piece, there&#8217;s an element that is curated by you. You&#8217;re going to pick the ones that are the most heartwarming that might play in the local media the best. Then there&#8217;s a sort of platform aspect to it. You can write a GoFundMe that&#8217;s going to go the most viral on Facebook. Somewhere in there is your AI coach.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The new tool. I was playing with it today. I almost just started a GoFundMe for the fun of it today. I was right at the end, about to click on the last button. But the tool writes you a GoFundMe campaign. You say, “I&#8217;m starting whatever, a shelter for puppies. Help me write the copy for the GoFundMe,” and it will just do it for you.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s something about AI in that context and then having a human comms team in the other context that seems like the same idea, pointing at the same goal. But the AI might, because it is sort of the average of every successful GoFundMe, pull everyone in the same direction, while your human comms team is trying to show how different everything is. Does that track? There&#8217;s something in there that I find particularly interesting.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah, so the most important thing about creating and running a GoFundMe is that you can&#8217;t just put it on the platform and expect people to come to it. You, as the fundraiser, have to tell people about it.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So on our coach, we&#8217;re doing two things. We break it into two main chunks. There is creating the fundraiser, which is what you just went through, and then there is managing it. So, when creating it, there are a lot of big decisions when you create a GoFundMe. First, am I going to do this a lot? Second, how exactly do I want to write my story? What do I want the title of that story to be? What do I want the pictures to be, particularly the hero image? What do I want the goal to be? Every one of those decisions is a point at which people drop off because I&#8217;ve written my story, but not the title.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You&#8217;re a journalist, right? Title writing is hard. That&#8217;s why media organizations have title writing departments. So we identified all of these very difficult blockers. We think, “How do we make that easier?” The way we started a couple of years ago is helping with those components. We would say, “Okay, we see the people are getting stuck with titles. Let&#8217;s take what they&#8217;ve created and suggest three titles. If they like them, pick one, modify one, run with it.” It turns out a lot of people use that. In fact, we&#8217;ve had over 90 million uses of these different components. The same is true of goals.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Where we moved to this year… Earlier this year, we launched Smart Fundraising Coach, which said, “Actually, you can choose to have an agentic experience, a chat experience of creating your GoFundMe that&#8217;s going to do all of those things with you holistically in the creation process.” The key is that it’s you, your story, that we&#8217;re helping you put together.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let me give you an example. We do a lot of checking people&#8217;s experience and looking at sample flow. We had a lady whose close friend&#8217;s son had passed away, and she wanted to create a GoFundMe for her. She was so emotionally affected that, in the interaction, she was struggling to string together coherent sentences and was just talking about how stressed she was. And the coach could interact with her to take the substance of what she was trying to say in this very difficult time, put it together, and explain what she felt about her friend, about the son, what he&#8217;d been about, what they were trying to do; it was this very particular difficult situation. And she was able, with the assistance of the coach, to create that. That&#8217;s what we&#8217;re talking about.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For a GoFundMe to work, it has to be you. It has to be your situation because most people that you fundraise from are your friends and family. Over 80 percent of the donors are people who know you, first-degree connections. And then yes, there are friends of friends and so on. So people know that GoFundMe is a coherent point for that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the coach is helping people get through these steps. Another example would be picking the goal. Most people haven&#8217;t ever fundraised before. Do I pick a big number, a little number? Do I start low? Does it grow over time? So those are the kinds of choices. And then you get to manage, which is the part that you&#8217;re asking about, communications.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of that is like, how do you share? Who do you share with? When do you share? How often? So, for example, we know that the most effective way is to reach out to people one-on-one. Text them or WhatsApp them. One-on-one, not groups, because it&#8217;s easier to sort of go quiet in the group. Much harder not to engage. If you text me, “Tim, I was inspired. I set up the GoFundMe that I was talking about.” You’re texting me directly, and I&#8217;m going to say, “Okay.” Whereas if you text a group, it&#8217;s like, “Ah, someone else will do that.”</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But that coaching will create prompts based on your fundraiser: “Here&#8217;s a quick little snippet. Here&#8217;s the URL that&#8217;s done for you.” You can modify it and send it to your 10 best friends first, get momentum, and then start reaching out and then start posting on social media.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the model we have now is sort of a daily plan. It&#8217;s a program: “Okay. It&#8217;s day one. Here&#8217;s what you do. Find 10 people, get it going, get momentum. Day two, you got three donations. Great. Follow it with the other seven. Do this, do this, do this, and we&#8217;ll do pieces for you.” And then our comms is a sort of umbrella on top of that. But the most important thing is to empower and enable the thousands of people starting every day to have a successful fundraiser.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I want to ask the other </strong><strong><em>Decoder </em></strong><strong>question here because I think it&#8217;s going to flow into everything else. You have a lot of decisions to make. Those decisions can go in a lot of different directions with a platform like this. How do you make decisions? What&#8217;s your framework?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love the fact that you used the word framework because there are two really important things that I focus on. The first is that before we make a decision, we try to frame the decision. This is so critical because what we&#8217;re trying to do — what any of the tech companies you&#8217;re talking to are trying to do — is create a future that doesn&#8217;t exist, by definition.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I think a lot of them are just trying to make money, but I&#8217;ll grant you that. Fair enough.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In our case, we&#8217;re trying to help people do something that is ancient, but do it in a new way and have more people do it. And that doesn&#8217;t exist right now. So that&#8217;s what I&#8217;m trying to do.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you&#8217;re trying to innovate and create something new, the questions from the future are murky. It isn&#8217;t like in business school where you can say, “Hey, there was this challenge.” You have to think very carefully to distill what the question is. </p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, should we deploy a more sophisticated recurring giving program on our personal fundraisers? That&#8217;s a clear question with an answer. So part one is to frame the question because what I find is that when we don&#8217;t frame the question, and it&#8217;s sort of like we&#8217;re talking about a topic, you get mushy decision-making because you have a mushy question or no question at all. That&#8217;s one. Two, how do we make decisions? First thing, will this generate more help in the world?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When you say help, does that mean money? I just want to be very clear about that.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. I focus on help because help is the thing that we&#8217;re doing, and there is so much more around the experience than the money. Yes, we count it by looking at the money. It&#8217;s a simple, easy way, but the implications of that — the emotional and societal consequences — are far bigger.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ll give you an example. I went to Liverpool in the UK because they were the most generous city in the UK. About two years ago, there were a bunch of riots in reaction to a murder, and there were riots around immigration, and so on. A bunch of things in Liverpool were destroyed. One was a local library called Spellow Lane, and it was ransacked, burned, severely damaged, and left unusable. A local woman, a local mom, named Alex McCormick <a href="https://www.gofundme.com/f/books-for-spellow-lane">set up a fundraiser</a>: “I just want to do something. I want to raise £500.”&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, it took off; she <a href="https://www.theguardian.com/books/article/2024/aug/06/liverpool-library-torched-by-far-right-rioters-raises-repair-funds-spellow-hub">raised £250,000</a>. The local council got that library rebuilt in less than a year. I went and met the mayor, met Alex, and went to see that. I met the community full of books, full of kids, and people using the workstations to get jobs because it&#8217;s a dual-purpose place. Yeah, you could say that was about the £250,000, but it&#8217;s not. It&#8217;s about a lot more than that. It&#8217;s about the community saying, “No, this is not right. We&#8217;re going to do something.” It&#8217;s about the country coming together. You have Matt Hay, the author, and the queen donating books. It&#8217;s just a lot bigger.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But yes, we count through the [gross donation volume], but that&#8217;s why I focus on help. So will it generate more help? That&#8217;s number one. And then pulling in the right people to pressure-test the logic of, okay, how are we going to go about it? But that is the essence. Frame the key questions, make the decisions, and keep the eye on the singular objective that we exist to do.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We have no other businesses. We don&#8217;t do advertising. We don&#8217;t sell data. We don&#8217;t do any of those other things. We exist to help individuals organize and mobilize more support for what they need.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What strikes me about your answer is that there&#8217;s a very important values component to what you&#8217;re describing here.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>If the target is just money, there are a lot of ways for you to make more money. You could do algorithmic discovery on the GoFundMe platform, and you would probably generate more money because you would have the most heartwarming pictures of puppy shelters possible right on the front page, but that&#8217;s not there. There&#8217;s very little of that going on.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;re saying that the fundraisers are on their own and you&#8217;re going to help them raise money. There are many, many other things you could do to make money. You&#8217;re also saying that your values, the company&#8217;s values inside of decisions, prevent you from doing those things.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I just want to push on this a little bit more, and then I want to bring it more practically to some of the areas that you raise a lot of money in. Are the values enough to keep you from the pressures of having to make money? Because that seems like where most businesses are failing, at least in America in 2026. There are things they said they wouldn&#8217;t do. I&#8217;ll point to the AI companies. They all said they wouldn&#8217;t do military and defense work, and the money showed up, and now they&#8217;re all doing military and defense work.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Are the values at GoFundMe so enshrined, so inbuilt, that they will prevent you from saying, actually, the dollar should be the target? Because when I talk to our audience about your platform, that&#8217;s the thing they worry about the most.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, so far it&#8217;s worked. We only focus on help, which we count through a measure called GDV, which is gross donation volume. That is the amount of money that people are giving to one another and to organizations. And that is the thing. We talk about it every meeting, at every company meeting. We tell stories like the ones I&#8217;ve just shared with you about how that is.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ve been here six and a half years; we haven&#8217;t gotten into other areas. The thing we have added is that we bought a company that did fundraising for nonprofits because we said, &#8220;Hey, look, we&#8217;re doing well at helping individuals, and we want to continue to grow that, but we know that a lot of the consumers that are giving to our individual fundraiser are also helping nonprofits.&#8221; So that seems like a natural extension. But every opportunity we think about is like, how do we do more of this?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the things I love about being here is that singularity of purpose and clarity. I&#8217;ve never felt pulled into a different direction because this is why we are here. This is it. This is the whole point of this organization. There are a lot of other organizations doing a lot of other things, but we are, I think, put on this world to do this one thing.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let&#8217;s put this into practice. I want to start with healthcare because I think GoFundMe&#8217;s relationship to the healthcare system in America is fascinating. As you have said, you operate in many different countries with many different versions of healthcare systems.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>When I say many different versions of healthcare systems, what I specifically mean is that they almost all have nationalized healthcare. The United States is a particular outlier in not having that. Maybe that&#8217;s going to change, maybe it won&#8217;t, but that is the state of affairs in America today. In 2024, GoFundMe </strong><a href="https://kffhealthnews.org/health-care-costs/gofundme-health-care-funding-hospitals-surprise-bills/"><strong>said</strong></a><strong> medical expenses are the most common fundraising category. Is that still true today?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It raises the largest amount. Here&#8217;s what&#8217;s interesting and may surprise you. It&#8217;s actually the number one category in terms of fundraising dollars in every country we operate in. I mean, obviously I&#8217;m British originally. I&#8217;m familiar with that system. There are a lot of different systems, hybrids, and so on, but it&#8217;s actually number one everywhere.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, why is that? There are a couple of reasons. One, when a significant medical issue occurs, we face our mortality. When we&#8217;re facing our mortality or that of a loved one, whether that be a friend or a relative, that&#8217;s the biggest thing. That is the moment when, more than any other moment, people want to support and show their love for someone more than anything else. And when you think about it that way, maybe that&#8217;s not surprising. The second thing is that there is no medical system on earth that takes care of everything.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, even though there are systems in other countries that take care of the medical costs, none of those systems take care of all of the different things that happen when someone is dealing with a major health issue. I’ll give you an example. When a parent has to go for cancer treatment, they have to travel. They can no longer work. They may be looking after their kids or looking after their older parents, and they may no longer be able to do that.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there are a lot of other expenses that come along with a health situation, and those are the moments when folks want to pitch in. And so quite often it will be a friend or relative who does the fundraiser. I&#8217;m looking to help to make sure all these other things are taken care of. Because they are hugely consequential moments in our lives. I say our lives; it is true for all of us. We are human. We are mortal. All of us will go through this cycle at one point or another. And it&#8217;s the moment when people most want to help.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The third thing is when your aunt or your best friend is going through something in a health-related area; there&#8217;s actually not much we can do. We&#8217;re not doctors. We&#8217;re not cancer researchers. And we feel a bit helpless. What can I do? How often do you hear that? Or do you say that when you see that happening and say, “Well, how can I help?” This is a way that you can help. You can set up a fundraiser, or you can give to a fundraiser. You can mobilize; you can follow up. It builds community.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Can I give you another example? I know I&#8217;m telling you, but I just want to make it real because it&#8217;s very, very real. I recently got to know a young girl named Harlow who&#8217;s about five years old — she might just have turned six — and her mom, Daphne. Harlow has a very, very rare genetic disease. Her parents figured out how to get treatment through an amazing foundation based in San Diego called the n-Lorem Foundation.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That foundation would cover the medical treatment, but that medical treatment had to be done at a hospital. There were a lot of administrative costs related to the hospital, and those weren&#8217;t covered. It&#8217;s about $120,000. They also lived in a different state. So Daphne, who&#8217;s Harlow&#8217;s mom, set up a fundraiser with a lot of hesitation. It actually worked amazingly well. In four days, they raised the funds they needed, and a whole community of people, including her Peloton moms group, made it happen.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I got to meet Harlow in June. She came to one of our company events, actually one of our hackathons. She&#8217;s doing so much better, and she&#8217;s got a little stroller, and was zooming around the stage, and I was trying to make sure she wouldn&#8217;t fall off the edge. But for people with, for example, ultra-rare or nano-rare diseases, a GoFundMe can be a really important part of supplementing what is already happening, and it&#8217;s life-changing. Absolutely.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Harlow has received a unique gene therapy, and it is helping, and it&#8217;s life-changing for her and her family. And so I could tell you many, many stories like that. But I think overall, because we&#8217;re human, those moments matter more than anything else. No system is perfect, and we can supplement that. It gives people a way to come together that is different from an institution supporting you. An institution can do a lot. The NHS can do a lot. Medicare in Australia can do a lot, but it&#8217;s not coming with love, right?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This is very interesting. I&#8217;m very curious about that aspect of it. “It&#8217;s not coming with love” is fascinating to me. Maybe it&#8217;s because I&#8217;m American and I exist in this cultural context and have mostly existed in this cultural context, and you have a much broader context. But I would say, broadly, Americans do not trust the government.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It feels like a thing I can say. It&#8217;s a claim I can make, and you can disagree about how much we should trust the government or not. But I think, broadly, in 2026, trust in our government is very low. And even if you could provide a great healthcare service, Medicare for All, whatever form that takes, you&#8217;re saying there&#8217;s something else the government cannot provide for you.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>At the same time, I&#8217;m just listening to what you&#8217;re describing in these individual stories that are very powerful, and I&#8217;m thinking about them in the abstract. In the abstract, all we&#8217;re doing is redistributing money. The Peloton moms group has some capital that they can allocate to this problem, and they&#8217;re going to allocate it to this problem, and that person&#8217;s going to feel great and be taken care of. And that is what our government should be doing.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That is actually the function of all of this: to redistribute resources across the society in some way that makes sense for everyone. Some governments do it well, some governments do it poorly. And somewhere in there is GoFundMe, creating a different redistribution structure and process. It works so well that some people, in aggregate, give you enough money to have 850 people, most of whom work in product.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Something about that in relation to healthcare specifically strikes me, at least, as absurd. And maybe that&#8217;s just the American context where we&#8217;ve gotten it so wrong for so long. I just look at healthcare, and I think about how wealthy the healthcare companies are, how people feel about pharmaceutical profits, and the fact that they can&#8217;t get care. And there are studies saying the vast majority of people who have donated to a crowdfunding campaign in America did it because of healthcare expenses.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a </strong><a href="https://www.washington.edu/news/2022/02/03/for-the-uninsured-crowdfunding-provides-little-help-in-paying-for-health-care-and-deepens-inequities/"><strong>University of Washington study</strong></a><strong> that I&#8217;m looking at here, with over half a million medical expense campaigns, that found that 30 percent of them raised $0. And the more medical debt a state has, the less money the campaigns in those states raise. So it&#8217;s not actually equalized. There&#8217;s actually a great disparity in the average outcome of the medical campaigns.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That is what government spending and tax policy should accomplish — a more equitable policy. I&#8217;m just asking how you feel about GoFundMe&#8217;s role in that. Because as a business that has to make money, any change to that structure, at least in the United States, would have an outsized impact on your business. There&#8217;s some relationship between how broken the United States healthcare system is and your profits. And I can&#8217;t quite bring those together. I&#8217;m wondering how you think about it.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would love for people to be taken care of more in whatever way works. So I think you&#8217;re making some connections that I agree with. But I think there&#8217;s a dimension here that I&#8217;ll just reiterate, which is that I think you&#8217;re being very rational about it in the sense that the thing I have learned — and I&#8217;ve shared these stories because I&#8217;ve met so many people now who&#8217;ve used GoFundMe to help them in their lives — is how it makes them feel and how it makes the people who contribute feel. Our business and our platform are about emotion.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When we help each other, we do not do it in expectation of return. It&#8217;s not a product or a service. You&#8217;re not buying anything. You are helping because you care and, in many cases, because you love someone else. I think that is intrinsic and permanent. I think it will be valid on top of whatever system we have because I think that is something that a big system can&#8217;t inherently provide. It&#8217;s just different.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So yes, I would love for more people to have more access. And I would also… I&#8217;m very hopeful… My big hope for AI, actually, is that the first thing is medical breakthroughs. That more people like Harlow — and there are a lot of other people dealing with similar situations — have better pathways to earlier identification and cures.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think we have something that can help people come together, support each other, and realize there are stronger communities. I have seen it shifting away from medical. I&#8217;ve seen it in crisis now in my own town. Pretty much everyone I meet has had a GoFundMe. They’ve lost their home. And it&#8217;s not enough to replace your home. You need insurance, and you need support for that. But it was enough to get that first month&#8217;s rent in the place that you had to stay. And God, it made people feel better. Well, we&#8217;re not alone.<br></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m pushing on this because you have brought up the values of the company and your values and your resistance to profit several times now. And so I&#8217;m going to —</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wouldn&#8217;t say resistance. I think profit is derivative.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sure.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Our job, as I&#8217;ve hopefully made pretty clear, is people help each other. And then if we do that well, they will be more successful, and more people will think I can do that too. That means we&#8217;ll be able to, and hopefully the laws of scale that I mentioned in terms of people contributing to us will continue.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>But about the thing you just said — we&#8217;ve interviewed many, many politicians on this show. In some way, what you&#8217;ve just described is what every politician hopes tax policy will do. We&#8217;re going to help more people with better education; they&#8217;re going to make more money, and tax revenue will go up. Whether you think taxes should go up or down to do that, that is the goal. I&#8217;m just wondering if you see the connection. It&#8217;s fascinating.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah. I had not. I mean, I do now that you mentioned it. I&#8217;d never thought of it quite that way. But it&#8217;s just a personal perspective, and people are very different. For me, being able to run the company in a disciplined way such that we can make investments and continue — that&#8217;s an important financial discipline. But the purpose is this big purpose. It&#8217;s the same purpose, and it is consistent. I feel incredibly lucky to be able to work at an organization where I can do CEO-type stuff and work on really interesting tech things, but do it for this purpose.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Let me push on that just one more time, on healthcare, and then I want to talk about platform moderation with you just to wrap this up. I appreciate that you&#8217;re saying the platform is more emotional and I&#8217;m operating in this very abstract, aggregate way. Being rational, as you keep saying.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m looking at a </strong><a href="https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0167268122004218"><strong>study here from a bunch of economists</strong></a><strong> that found that whenever there&#8217;s ACA Medicaid expansion, there&#8217;s a significantly meaningful effect in reducing health-related GoFundMe campaigns. So if a state expands Medicaid, the number of GoFundMe campaigns in the state goes down.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This suggests the demand for crowdfunding campaigns is actually driven by gaps in insurance coverage. And so maybe there&#8217;s the emotional component and all the stuff around you&#8217;ve lost a job, you just need living expenses. But there&#8217;s also just a statistically meaningful connection to healthcare costs on their face. This, again, suggests to me that if there is more Medicaid expansion, you will have some impact on your revenue.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Is that a problem? Is that something you think about? Do you lobby against it?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How do you approach that?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, we definitely don&#8217;t lobby against that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;ve had people on this show lobby against things that would harm their business; that&#8217;s why I wanted to ask.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If that&#8217;s going to help people, that is great. We think there are a lot of ways that people want to help each other. And we are constantly focused on helping people become aware of all the different things that you can use GoFundMe for. So no, if that&#8217;s the case and people are getting more care and they&#8217;re… well, that&#8217;s awesome.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Again, the thing that I&#8217;m pushing on here, as you&#8217;ve described, even in your decision-making process, is a value-based approach that another CEO might say, &#8220;Actually, I need to lobby against tax reform,&#8221; which is a real thing that has happened on the show. It’s a real conversation I&#8217;ve had before.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You&#8217;re saying somewhere embedded in the company is something that will prevent you from maximizing profit. Not making profit, but maximizing profit.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yeah.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And it obviously seems like that&#8217;s very important to you. Is there pressure to change that? Because that&#8217;s the one that I look at. Where, okay, ACA expansion would reduce the biggest bucket of dollars that comes through the platform. A more craven capitalist would take a hard look at that in a different way.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. I mean, I&#8217;ll give you a different example from during COVID: rent. There were some government programs to support people with rent, and we tried to make people aware — those who were using our [platform] — that they could avail themselves of these services. Because a lot of times with programs that are there, folks just don&#8217;t know that they&#8217;re eligible for them, or may not know how to access them. So we have tried to tell people that other programs are available.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Similarly, we will sometimes work with some of our nonprofits who are providing services, with a lot of them being medical nonprofits, homelessness-focused, or food insecurity, and so on. And so we&#8217;ll work with them. There are services that are available to you if you have these needs, because we want to make sure that we can direct people to those services if they&#8217;re available.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>This brings me, I think, to platform moderation. GoFundMe is a platform. Every platform CEO has to make big moderation decisions. You mentioned you have a sizable trust and safety team. If the theme of this conversation is, what are the things you won&#8217;t do? There&#8217;s actually a long list of things GoFundMe won&#8217;t let you raise money for. Tell me about that list: what&#8217;s on it, what&#8217;s off it, and how you make those decisions.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we have a set of terms of service, which it sounds like you checked them out. They&#8217;re actually readable. We put a lot of work into writing them in English that anyone can read. And they&#8217;re pretty practical. There&#8217;s a bunch of things, frankly, most of them are illegal, that if you do a fundraiser for, you want to spend it on drugs or guns, you can&#8217;t do that. A lot of these also are a representation of our payment processor’s terms as well, so those are reflected there.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We think they&#8217;re a common-sense set of guardrails, which is, &#8220;Hey, we fundraise for everybody. We want anybody to be able to come here, fundraise for help for themselves, a friend, or an organization. And here are some simple, we think they&#8217;re very pragmatic, guardrails.&#8221; They&#8217;re like, &#8220;Hey, just stay within the guardrails. You&#8217;re good to go.&#8221; That&#8217;s it. Now, those have served us really well. And fortunately, I don&#8217;t really get very involved in decisions around that because they&#8217;re clear, the team&#8217;s well set up, and off we go.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Clear in the context of content moderation is simple for the CEO to say. And I would suspect if you go ask your trust and safety team, it&#8217;s much more complicated.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s why they&#8217;re the great professionals they are.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You have a rule against funding defenses of people who are alleged to commit violent crimes.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. We don&#8217;t allow fundraising for the legal defense of violent and financial crimes. So murder, fraud, a list of a bunch of nasty things. Yes, we decided that no, we&#8217;re not going to play in that particular area for the betterment of the community.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>And that&#8217;s a values-based decision, right? That&#8217;s just GoFundMe&#8217;s decision.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is GoFundMe&#8217;s decision, yes. And just to be clear, it doesn&#8217;t reflect on the innocence or guilt of people in those situations. It&#8217;s just like, &#8220;Hey, look, that gets very complicated. It&#8217;s just better for us to… For fundraising purposes on GoFundMe, it doesn&#8217;t make sense for us.&#8221;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Right next to that, there has been ongoing controversy since 2023 — </strong><strong><em>The Verge</em></strong><strong> has covered it — around the freezing of payments and an </strong><a href="http://u"><strong>alleged disproportionate rejection of fundraisers</strong></a><strong> for humanitarian causes in Gaza, in Palestine. Again, we&#8217;ve covered that these things have just gotten frozen, and that people are complaining about it. Is that a values-based decision at GoFundMe? Is that something else?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Not at all. I mean, it&#8217;s just trying to find the right line in terms of the policy. So we, through individual fundraising and fundraising for nonprofits, have enabled over half a billion dollars of support to go into the Israel-Gaza conflict, which is a very large amount of help.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But we are also working, and again, I want to stress this, we work together with the payment processors to make sure that we&#8217;re adhering to national and international regulations and laws. And in some cases, some of those fundraisers didn&#8217;t meet the criteria to allow them to proceed, and that is a shame, but we have to adhere to them. It&#8217;s the right thing to do to adhere to those, but in no way does it reflect a policy of we don&#8217;t want to enable people to help. It just has to be legitimate.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, of course, what you hear is people bringing it up when things were frozen. You don&#8217;t hear from all of the stuff that is actually happening. But they&#8217;re important decisions; they have to be made. We have to do that in a way that upholds our commitments, keeps the platform safe and secure, and follows laws and regulations. So that&#8217;s the case.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>One of the themes that comes up in every conversation I have with a platform CEO when it comes to trust and safety is the payment processor. In some cases, the payment processors are a much more shadowy figure in the scheme of content moderation. In your case, you&#8217;re talking with them quite openly. You&#8217;re saying, &#8220;Well, we accept a lot of payments. We move a lot of money. Their rules are important.&#8221; What is that dynamic like? Do you push back on their rules?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We work with Adyen, Stripe, and PayPal Giving Fund. And actually, all funds to personal fundraisers go through our payment processors. We never actually touch the money. And that&#8217;s important because it creates another layer of checks and balances.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you think about a fundraising journey, we do a bunch of steps to validate that the fundraiser is legitimate. We&#8217;re doing risk assessment of donations coming in, and then when the time comes for someone to verify that they are the beneficiary — and that can often be someone different than the person who&#8217;s fundraising — they go through the [know your customer] process. I talked about it in the context of small businesses during COVID, in the first part of the interview.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They have to be verified. And then the processor can unlock funds and begin to disperse those funds. So they&#8217;re an important part of our infrastructure and the design of the system to ensure that it&#8217;s as safe and secure as possible.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>There&#8217;s a pattern that plays out with every platform that has tight moderation rules — another platform shows up with looser moderation rules. Twitch bans a streamer; they go to Kick, YouTube, or Rumble. With GoFundMe, it&#8217;s other platforms. There&#8217;s GiveSendGo, and they </strong><a href="https://www.rollingstone.com/politics/politics-features/christian-crowdfunding-givesendgo-white-power-problem-1234809799/"><strong>will allow all the things you don&#8217;t allow</strong></a><strong>.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>In the context of, well, this has become infrastructure, and there are things you won&#8217;t do. And then you have competitors who will do all kinds of things. Do you think about the dynamic, or does the payment processor set a floor and you&#8217;re just interpreting based on your values?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. I mean, there are terms of service. We&#8217;re obviously looking at what makes sense in the world of money movement, but they are ours, and we take full ownership of those. And we&#8217;re head and shoulders ahead of where anyone else is.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We tend to have smaller companies that offer a service a bit like ours in every country we operate in. But we focus on what the right thing is for legitimate customers. And how do we craft a coherent, sensible, easy-to-understand set of rules that are rules of the road for everybody? And we go from there.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Every platform, including yours, is now caught in the dynamic of wanting to help regular people make better things with AI, with an AI coach that helps you get through the process of starting a fundraiser, marketing it, and then being flooded with enormous amounts of slop.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>In your case, the enormous amounts of AI slop might be scams. It might be people trying to raise money through fake fundraisers or fake people. How do you balance that? Because that seems like the hardest problem for every kind of platform to solve right now.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would say we have not seen that as much as maybe some other platforms, because the process of setting up a fundraiser has to be so authentic. It doesn&#8217;t work. So people call it crowdfunding. I don&#8217;t like that term because a crowd implies a large group of strangers. It wouldn&#8217;t work as well, but it&#8217;s more like friends and family fundraising.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fundraisers that don&#8217;t resonate with your network, your community, or your friends and family don&#8217;t work. It&#8217;s very hard to get a fundraiser to go viral unless it has some initial momentum. And that initial momentum comes from the people who know you, know your situation, want to help, and create that. So maybe it&#8217;s just a bit of a different dynamic.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Are you on guard against it? Are you seeing it pop up?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Oh yeah, we&#8217;re absolutely on guard against it. But in terms of massive spikes in fundraiser starts, we haven&#8217;t seen crazy spikes like that. We are very much on guard against that. We are certainly using AI in our tooling to help our folks make the right judgments and so on. So we&#8217;re doing those things.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Not to continue to just be ruthlessly rational about your platform, but if I look at it, and if you have more fundraisers, that will lead to more outcomes. You got in a little bit of trouble recently on the nonprofit side.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You set up pages for nonprofits that had not signed up for GoFundMe. A bunch of state attorneys general had accused you of plagiarizing the charity pages and setting up nonprofits. </strong><a href="https://abc7news.com/post/gofundme-apologizes-creating-donation-pages-nonprofits-consent-vows-make-changes/18082313/"><strong>You apologized</strong></a><strong>; you took them down. There&#8217;s a </strong><a href="https://www.centraloregondaily.com/news/regional/bend-nonprofit-gofundme-lawsuit-oregon/article_4be0b0db-6928-44b0-a40d-beaae64259de.html"><strong>class action lawsuit</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That, to me, looks like we need to increase the number of inputs. Yelp ran into the same thing. If you&#8217;re going to be the platform for all charitable giving, you need to have all the charities. For Yelp, it was: you need to have all the businesses. We&#8217;re just going to set up the listings and go. What led to that decision?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it&#8217;s a classic: you have your overarching principle, which is, hey, we want to mobilize more help in the world. Our thought process was that we have more than a hundred million people coming to GoFundMe a month. Many of them are helping something directly.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But we also know that a lot of those people are interested in supporting local and national charities. So why don&#8217;t we make it a little bit easier for them to find those organizations? Because we know those organizations want more supporters and are trying to work through an increasingly fragmented digital environment. We&#8217;re a place that people are coming to help. Wouldn&#8217;t it be great to just give more people that opportunity?</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, classic tech company thing, we moved a little bit too quickly. We didn&#8217;t think carefully enough about how to bring people into that and give them control. And we got that reaction, and we&#8217;re like, you know what? You&#8217;re right. We did go too quickly. We made a couple of mistakes. We are sorry for that. That&#8217;s not our intent. Our intent is to get more people supporting your organizations. But let&#8217;s take a beat, change our approach — which we have — and lean into that, because if you don&#8217;t like it, it&#8217;s not working.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I just want to connect that to the AI piece. I understand there&#8217;s a lawsuit there, and that&#8217;s probably all I can get out of you on that one. But let me connect that to the AI piece.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>It’s a classic tech company move: “We see demand.” What you&#8217;re describing is that GoFundMe is an aggregator. You have the demand, the same way that Google has demand or Instagram has demand.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We have a lot of people coming who want to help.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>People who want to help, and then you can redistribute the demand. That&#8217;s an aggregator move. The response on the other platforms has been, “Oh, we&#8217;re going to put more stuff here. I&#8217;m going to use AI, and I&#8217;m going to make 500 YouTube videos a day to try to capture pieces of that demand.”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You can see it happening on the web and Google Search in a thousand different ways. You can also see it happening on Instagram. I know people who have fully automated their Instagram accounts to post hundreds of reels a day using Claude and MCP connectors. Why hasn&#8217;t that happened to you if you&#8217;re the aggregator of demand?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you&#8217;re talking about nonprofits, well, we have-</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Well, the connection I&#8217;m making more specifically is that you saw the demand to give to nonprofits and, in a very manual way, you set up a bunch of pages for them. And maybe that was the right thing or the wrong thing to do, and that will come to whatever regulatory conclusion it&#8217;s going to come to. But that was the response: to see the demand and then do something about it.&nbsp;</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>On every other platform, AI has stepped into the middle of that cycle, and the response is, &#8220;Oh, we&#8217;re going to overfill the demand because the cost of production is so low.&#8221; I can just say, &#8220;Go make five million YouTube clips of this episode and just fire them into the algorithm all day and all night and let&#8217;s see what happens.&#8221; You can just see it happening all over the place on all of those platforms.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Here you have demand. If I were an unscrupulous actor, I would say, “Boy, there&#8217;s a bunch of demand for people who want to give help and give money on that platform. I will use AI to go get it, in whatever way that occurs. I&#8217;m going to go get literal money, not clicks, but actual money. I&#8217;m going to find a way to get it.”</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What is keeping that happening right now? You&#8217;re saying it&#8217;s not happening. And what might prevent it from happening? Because that strikes me as a pretty huge risk.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think probably the reason that that&#8217;s maybe not happening is that when you give, you have to have an emotional connection. That comes from some sense of relationship. Either a relationship with a person who&#8217;s fundraising or a relationship with a cause or an organization that resonates with you.&nbsp;</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That really can&#8217;t be manufactured. People feel it, and it has to be real, and it&#8217;s fundamentally human. And I just think it&#8217;s a lot harder to maybe try and synthesize that versus just having it stay real. So that&#8217;s the way we use AI for the folks who are fundraising, who are asking for help, is to assist them in telling their story, their way to their people. And it just has to be completely real and genuine for it to work.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>I&#8217;m curious how that goes over time. I&#8217;m reliably told that AI can be your girlfriend. So we&#8217;re going to find out. Again, we&#8217;ve had CEOs on the show tell me that you can marry an AI. That emotional connection is coming in one way or another. We&#8217;ll see how it goes. Thank you so much for all this time.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ll just leave you with this. The more powerful the technology, the more significant and unknown the implications. So I&#8217;m sure some of those guys are right.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>That is a big question. I don&#8217;t think we have nearly enough time to dive into it. Tim, thank you so much. What&#8217;s next for GoFundMe? What should people be looking for?</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We are focused very heavily on evolving the coach. Just to give you a sense, very quickly, it&#8217;s helped people be more successful. We thought it would help raise about $125 million more this year, but it&#8217;s on track to double that to a quarter of a billion, so that&#8217;s a lot more help.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s making people feel better. Two-thirds of the folks who are using it feel less stressed, more confident, and critically less alone. So from a consumer point of view, we are leaning very heavily into that. And we hope over time to be able to show more people that we will help them take the brave step, ask for help, and unlock the support that will come out. So that&#8217;s a big focus for us.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>We&#8217;ll have to have you back soon to see how all of these things go. Tim, thank you so much. This has been great.</strong></p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would love to. Great conversation. Good, really searching questions. Thank you for that.</p>

<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em><sub>Questions or comments? Hit us up at decoder@theverge.com. We really do read every email!</sub></em></p>
						]]>
									</content>
			
					</entry>
	</feed>
